Home

SOB User Manual__32

1. The yellow shaded item is the current highlighted E 5 Su message for conducting Rename Archive Delete or gt Ho GRIB Info operations The text will be blue if it is also o NaJ F cast 66hrs Tu decoded loaded or black otherwise Bi Lat 0N 40H Pale blue Bounds items indicate that loaded messages are contained in this branch If every contained message is loaded then the item will also be ticked The following diagram shows how the File Manager tree items and the Viewer panel lists are related TGA Fin Man aje mer HEGER peapa an EE Pressure Temperature Gi eee Lat 10H SH Leg WDE 120E iste Bate 16 5 me 06208 et bat 20H SH fee GE PSE j its Bebe di ee es P F cast iahes Sun 17 midgize Se Pressure reduced to WSL Pa Samples gt ERs afr Midnite 1 0 41 0 Pressure reduced to WL Pa Samples ahe AU Tf Pie component of wind ms Sample ge Mls Tue 19 a 1t PP component of wind ms Sanple2 ge mi itdhrs Sun AR Ti eb Porri Temperature R Sarple grk FF cast ishrs Tue 19 Aite Specs Tapa HEUG E Samplo grh Cente Lat 40H 60H Leg ine TSS ge Dope ie ml os id hrs Mon 16 midnitej 1 Pressure reduced to WL Pa fSanple EF tast ithra Kan 1A midnitej 1 est Miceperature E Sanplea grb 15 4 1 2 Refresh Tree Button This will unload all loaded GRIB messages clear the Viewer lists re read all files in the GRIBS Inbox folder and rebuild the tree 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com
2. 6 1 2 Move Waypoint with the Mouse or touchscreen An existing waypoint can be repositioned either manually or dynamically For moving with the mouse of touchscreen first select the waypoint tool then Shift Click the existing Waypoint the next Click or touch will place the waypoint at the new location To cancel wpt move mode and leave the waypoint in its old position simply Shift Click anywhere on the chart or cancel Waypoint mode by unpressing the waypoint button or any other of the chart tool buttons Refer to Move Waypoint page 6 4 6 1 3 Copy a Waypoint To copy a waypoint began as for moving it select wpt tool Shift Click on the waypoint to grab it then release the Shift key Now before clicking again at the new position hold down the Ctrl key the waypoint cursor will change slightly to include a symbol which denotes a Windows Copy function Clicking with the Ctrl key down will place a new waypoint at this location which is almost an exact copy of the original the only differences will be a plus appended to the original name and of course the lat and long will be different Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 6 2 Software On Board User Manual WAYPOINTS 6 1 4 Change Waypoint appearance and settings With the Waypoint tool selected simply click on the waypoint you wish to re configure the Waypoints form will be displayed see Waypoints Form page 6 2 The Waypoint form can also be
3. A T i i 3 i amp Ti i i m 1050 bd Weare Eua E oon AA Soe een on orteiorer eE Re Menten een renee N goruoo S O se i a ee ty al i J Fe Ta gt z North Pacific Ocean PACA A a E cere e Then click the same mark again to display the ene meer Be ten button menu notice that this time the centre button TumMark Tumbak Fhumb Line has changed to GC Leg to Rhumb Line SOB knows nnn I that this turn mark is part of a Great Circle leg so the button menu provides the choice to convert the great circle leg from this point onwards back into a Rhumb Line automatically deleting each GC turn mark that was created in Step 1 up to but not including the final point However for this example it is easiest to just delete the single turn mark lying north of the 48 parallel The resultant opo Route i is pictured here wiOOT00 s Ww 165 00 00 w 150 00 00 RO SNAREENMENEAANNNENEANSENMANENANNNENENANNNNNASANNNANESANNNENESANNNSSENANNNENENNNNNEMMERNNNANENANNNNNNnANNNANNENNNERSNSRENNEn mnnn AFnnnnnnnnnn North Pacific Ocean E n Adon on TN s s a If you work this example Ei you will find that the total Rhumb Line leg engh was 4 551 Nm and became 4 322 Nm for the GreatCircle Composite equivalent A saving of 229 nautical miles or 424 kilometres Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 7 6 Software On Board User Manual ROUTES 7 2 Route Details Form The Route Deta
4. EA moame gt BGT ls Microsoft Office Tools F fo Communications E Magnifier EGE DECEO EEC Ca0 Documents Fay Startup j i Entertainment gt inal Narrator Snppsononnnanka CoC ono amp Internet Explorer names EEY Dun A Sees P H Microsoft Outlook fa System Tools j Utility Manager Sp j posto aay m See os Finding the On Screen Keyboard for touchscreen use This menu item can be dragged to the Windows taskbar for easier access Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 7 SOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION 1 4 5 Zooming and Panning the Chart An optical no ball cordless mouse with a middle wheel is recom mended to maximise SOB s ease of use Panning and Zooming is conveniently performed with the middle wheel Spin the wheel for fast zooming by changing chart level when possible and pan the chart by clicking with the middle wheel Also use the middle button to drag a resizing Zoom window around an area of interest refer to the example on page 3 3 The chart screen will be activated whenever the mouse cursor is moved over it The SOB window size and position on shutdown will be remembered and restored when SOB is next started 1 4 5 1 Arrow Keys for panning chart Use the left right up down arrow keys to pan the chart Toggle super pan mode with the SHIFT key Super pan will pan the chart 5 times further than normal pan mode 1 4 5 2 Note about Zoom Scale Terminology Although
5. Show LT W China Sea S Phillipines O8 16 80 Tue 08 Oct 16 5 WSpAm ata T T 0 16 kre 44 mina B turm gt 114 5 738 Wed 06 Oct O0 Flam 256 7 A nal F hrs 51 mins Channel evn 1361 T1F1775 Tue 12 Oct 10 4 2 rnm 2d0 T 59 rL 26 min Channel ff 14 14 11416 7E Tue 12 Oct 10 5 10nm 301 T ais nai 10 min 48 sec Channel 2216 30 114 75 83 Tue 12 Oct 11 2 anim dap T F al 24 min 7 2 1 1 Show LT Local Time Use this tickbox to change the form to use either UTC or Local Time as set in your Windows Control Panel A rule of thumb would be to use UTC if your Route crosses time zones and longer passages Use LT for short local routes 7 2 1 2 View AIl Will display the All Routes form discussed in next section 7 2 1 3 Load Any route file can be individually loaded in SOB without opening the All Routes form 7 2 1 4 Activate Activating a route will set it as the one currently being navigated The red N2D panel will appear for the active route and if connected commands will be sent to the autopilot When a route has previously been active then a pop up will appear asking if you want to continue the route or restart it Obviously if you are back at the starting point and are retracing a route then you would choose to restart it However if you have stopped navigating the route mid way for any reason eg overnight anchorage or short term pause to reel in the tuna then you would
6. 11 1 1 2 Sync PC clock to GPS time If valid NMEA UTC data is being received then use this button to synchronise the PC clock to UTC time from the GPS There must be more than a 5 second difference between the PC and GPS times for this function to be enabled SOB will show the difference between the PC and GPS times including the UTC offset as set in Control Panel However when synchronising SOB will retain the local PC time zone settings 11 1 1 3 Ship Data Wind Data Misc GPS Route Data These fields are continuously updated with any incoming NMEA data The data window will show streaming data like in the example image The values extracted from the received sentences are shown in these fields and used throughout SOB NOTE A connected Wind Anemometer will usually only send Apparent wind data windA on the form The True wind values displayed here windT are calculated by SOB using apparent wind and GPS course and speed over ground However if available from a connected electronic compass the ship s heading data rather than the GPS COG data is used with SOG to calculate the true wind this is because the wind angle reported by the anemometer is relative to the ship s heading not the ship s course So if heading data is not available and thus the COG is used the true wind calculation may not be exact 11 1 1 4 Next Waypoint Data When a connected GPS is set to Goto or Navigate mode it will transmit this data to SOB
7. As received from an AIS target and measured as degrees per minute SOB displays the value for example No ROT indicator data received nothing is displayed Straight ROT indicator present straight Right at 14 degrees per minute gt 14 min Left at 123 degrees per minute lt 123 min Right or Left value out of range gt gt or lt lt ARPA or MARPA Automatic Radar Plotting Aids A pre AIS technology based on RADAR signals to determine lat Ing speed and course of defined RADAR blips MARPA Mini ARPA for all intents and purposes is the same as ARPA just without the official ratification DSC Digital Select Calling Relatively old technology initially used for making telephone phone calls with VHF radios New life has been given to DSC as a semi automatic position fixing service by digital transmission to a receiving station DR Dead Reckoning A method of navigating using an estimation of your current position course and speed DR is typically used when 1 the GPS is unavailable or 2 to simulate a passage when away from the boat SPD Boat Speed Speed Over Water SOG Speed Over Ground Boat Speed is the speed through the water as measured by manual means or with an onboard LOG device Speed Over Ground is your speed relative to the Earth s Surface aS measured by a GPS HDG Compass Heading COG Course Over Ground Compass Heading is your course as measured by an onboard magnetic or electronic co
8. Note SOB will not automatically start the Server when you run SOB You must show the NMEA Output page before the Server will start so double click the chart then select the NMEA Output page If TCP IP output was pre selected the Server will now start Otherwise select TCP IP from the drop down list for Multiplexer to start the server 13 3 2 Connecting to a SOB Server When your SOB computer is in Server mode a remote computer either a local network connection or connected over the Internet running SOB can connect to your computer and have all your data mirrored to SOB on the remote PC To connect to this SOB Server the remote computer will need to know this computer s IP Address or URL if it s an Internet node and the Port number 13 3 2 1 Server Port Number SOB s default listening port number is 1001 Note for network administrators this value iS held in the Windows Registry and can be changed to any available value Examine and or change the port number used in the SoftwareOnBoard Registry Key or contact support digiboat com au for instructions if you re not knowledgeable with RegEdit Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 13 9 SOB NETWORKING 13 3 2 2 Server IP Address You must determine your SOB Server computer s unique IP Address used for a network connection SOB allows a connection to any valid IP Address available on your computer you would have multiple IP addresses availa
9. The bell files are located in this folder SOBVMAX Media Sounds Tick the checkbox at the bottom of the Talking Pilot form to enable disable the Ship s Bells When the bells are turned ON two bells will be played through the default Sound System and when turned off and if TTS is installed the following sentence will be spoken Ship s Bells have been disabled The 7 key also toggles the bells on off When toggled ON four bells will be played and when toggled OFF a small blip will be played through the computer s internal Speaker which on some systems may be mapped to play through the default Sound System 14 4 Voice Recognition amp Spoken Commands Voice recognition is built into Windows XP refer to your Windows User Manual for instructions on how to enable and use this feature Voice or speech recognition can function in two different ways 1 Commands or 2 Transcription Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 14 9 THE TALKING PILOT With adequate training of the speech recognition engine and a disciplined dictation voice it is not unreasonable to expect better than 95 recognition accuracy during transcription However SOB does not have a use for the dictation properties of speech recognition rather SOB would use Spoken Commands to activate Macros that are linked to SOB s features Each user must set up these macros for their own use using techniques as described
10. Whenever a new chart license is registered with PC Chart Selector you are advised to use the j Pale somerpan E en O Dinka Fah Backup Registration Information DainaznPah CA0 i minra button on the Settings screen aE _ We recommend you call the backup file Backup Faiako byfcarastion cmap_licenses txt or similar and P Erpin save the file to your SOBVMAX Charts folder If the file is saved to SOB s chart folder then SOB can re install your chart codes with the Restore Chart Licenses to Registry button on the Installed Charts form see Step 4 above If you have a C Map Dongle for your licensed charts you can use this backup file for transferring charts for use on additional computers see Example 3 below Example 2 Re Install Previously Licensed Charts Step 1 Uninstall All Chart Licenses Run PC Selector change to the Shopping Cart screen then select each Purchased chart entry in the list and press the Delete button Advanced users To ensure that all traces of the chart licenses have been E Resisires Edim z H E cea a Eii Eea REGS Ge notset completely removed you EHEJ HTAC Sekcio o SEE aa KARRI should also check the Se e n eevee SECAT ADISI PIAEREILFFEHEFFTFHY armee REGSE TIEARENTIMHMET Registry and manually EHEN sie gie icc aE delete any remaining license mii SSC ARGS CM HPCE codes On the Start menu ee de ae
11. 15 10 Software On Board User Manual GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS gt Note If not specifically unloaded all loaded GRIB data will remain present in SOB until SOB exits If display of GRIB data is not enabled then there is no noticeable disadvantage to keeping the data loaded however it does use computer memory RAM With several large data files loaded and decoded SOB may use an extra 20 30 megabytes of RAM which will about double SOB s normal RAM usage You may only experience a slow down with your computer if it has less than 128Mb total RAM and several other programs also running 15 4 1 3 GRIB Info Button Select any GRIB data set and press this button to view extra information about the GRIB data The Issuer Model Geometry and Parameter are contained in the text files in the SOBvMAX GRIBS Tables folder The GRIB data includes a code which SOB uses to extract the correct name description from the Table files It may be of interest to some users to look at the tables with Notepad to see the data types and sources which are potentially available Be careful not to change the format of these files or you may have to re install them The data Issuer detail is also printed to the chart in the text at the top left of the grid s bounding box 15 4 1 4 Rename Button This command will rename the GRIB file All loaded messages in this file will be unloaded Then the GRIB file is renamed and decoded and the messages are re added to the
12. GLF cat mire Fri th wideite 2 02 0 e compeaeat oF wind afc FER tere Px F cect Gees Dat SS abair 2 0 at e tanpeaeat ef wled ars F iei CF cat Alters Fee SF aid eite 2 UTZ 0 e compeaeet oF cine A 6 grin D aiaia I F cast okies Fei 2h wieaite 2 0 12 0 e capeacat ef wiad tars grad Drag this bar to CF ct Mirs Sat 25 nidaite 2 0 0 e compeaeat af wiad ifs grag resize the lists drag iunda Lat S25 A5 Log TAGE 17E fasie Date 24 SEP me Tale outer edges to resize aj whole form N SS Files in nbos MOF Files in Fokier CA Pios Files year LF le BFS BOR OORT Dua 0 DE MT ob ROT MESSE AIS ob OTT a Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 15 9 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS This screen shot shows a GRIB file for south eastern Australia the Sydney to Hobart race course issued on 22 September 2004 at 6 pm This particular file contains 6 messages Pressure amp Wind forecasts for 6 30 and 54 hours Note that being a vector quantity each wind forecast requires two messages Data messages are further grouped in the tree by the geographic grid area covered and the data s issue date The tree is not grouped according to GRIB file name although usually a single Bounds and Issue date branch of the tree will contain messages contained in a single file but this is not necessarily so For example you may request GRIB data for a specific area for forecasts of 6 and 12 hours for p
13. Note that the HOST you connect to does not need to be a SOB computer If you have the Network or Pro SOB license and are interested ask us for the addresses we have that connect to AIS repeaters in Seattle and Norway The Norwegian URL sends live data for the AIS traffic along the entire Norwegian coastline about 800 AIS targets The Seattle one is similar however usually about 70 targets are in range Likewise if you know have any addresses of TCP IP NMEA data streams or are transmitting your own live data we would be interested to hear from you 13 1 2 HOST Server SERVER mode will send all NMEA data received in SOB over the network to any computer that creates a network channel to SOB running in SERVER mode See page 13 8 13 2 Client Mode aka REMOTE or SLAVE SOB Client can read NMEA data from a remote source over any TCP IP network link either a boat wide intranet or the world wide Internet Multiple simultaneous connections to remote data servers are possible The number of simultaneous connections is limited only by available RAM memory and CPU processing speed and the capabilities of the connecting hardware and bandwidth Typical methods of use for SOB Client Scenario 1 connect multiple onboard computers to a single set of navigation instruments Scenario 2 track one or more internet enabled ships in SOB running at a remote location Scenario 3 display the data in SOB from any private or commercial NMEA dat
14. Replay Logs Satellites over a network or the Internet Multiplexer Serial Output is only enabled for Licensed SOB Users Multiplexer TCP IP Output is only enabled for Pro or Network Licensed SOB Users Refer to the Networking chapter page 13 1 11 1 4 2 GPS Output Any specific GPS commands will be sent to this port for example commands used for init ialising waypoint data transfers waypoints routes etc being uploaded from SOB to the GPS Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 11 6 Software On Board User Manual RAw NMGA DATA FORM 11 1 4 3 Autopilot Output The specific NMEA sentences APA APB BOD XTE BWR BWC can be selected for output to control an Autopilot Different makes models of autopilots work with different sentences Consult your autopilot manual or experiment to find the most appropriate sentences for best control Most newer autopilots will be best with either the APA or APB sentences The RMC and RMB sentences are sometimes used by autopilots for maintaining a course but these are more general purpose output commands which can be used for redisplaying navigation data on other instruments eg RADAR or other PC terminals Select the All Wind checkbox to relay all received NMEA messages concerning wind data out of the nominated port Wind commands are typically sent to an autopilot which must be capable of sailing to the wind for this command to have any effect Refer to your autopilot man
15. Space Space place Wpt at ship s position Arrow keys pan the chart Enter Quick Object Info mode I and O zoomi irand o t F6 Toggle Chart MixLevel Mode Enter Space enable Auto Centre mode F7 Night Mode Settings Backspace PastTrack form F8 Toggle Declutter Mode Tab Dampen amp Calibrate form F9 Display Ship s Settings Form Alt Space Go to exact position F10 AllWaypoints Form Ctrlt Space Show Talking Pilot form F11 AllRoutes Form F12 Toggle Perspective View Ctrl A toggle Animated Lights Ctrl G toggle Graticule CtrI M start Man Overboard mode CtrI R Reset the chart display Ctrl Shft Y Show isomagnetic graph Mag Var J amp K change Year used for MagVar graph A start stop Anti Grounding 1 Hide Show Main toolbar B show Chart Borders form 2 Hide Show Status Bar C hide show Cursor Box 3 Perspective View 3D View D start stop Dead Reckoning 4 Depth Shading form use with F4 L R steer the ship Left or Right PgUp PgDn Home End Press Shift to toggle 1 or 10 steps Set depth area colouring add or subtract 2 5kn to speed Ctri F4 cycle alternative chart palettes ey pg gie E A mee Ware teed Shift F4 show highlighted depth range G toggle GRIB Viewer 5 Toggle Pointer colour Blue Yellow cycle loaded F cast periods 6 Toggle Datum Shift B toggle Wind arrows big small 7 Toggle Ship s Bells N display the Raw NMEA Data form
16. i actually from the masthead or ae wherever the anemometer is fitted Bas The True Wind is calculated based on the ship s Speed Over Ground and Course Over Ground SOG amp I au COG as provided by the GPS and the apparent wind speed and direction supplied by the Apparent Wind device The true wind vector is displayed on the chart as a blue arrow CET Erral E Biri p SLB Sine AT EA Le en L a EN Pare ee EF A tl ae Because apparent wind anemometers measure the relative angle of the wind on deck or top of mast to the yacht s heading the True Wind calculated will be more accurate if a heading sensor is installed and connected to SOB ie an electronic compass gyro fluxgate etc Otherwise the COG from the GPS will be used for the calculation COG and HDG particularly for a yacht will rarely coincide NOTE The apparent wind vector is ALWAYS closer to the bow of the boat than the true wind vector when the boat is moving forward 5 4 2 Ship s Wind Shadow Ideally designed for assisting with optimum upwind sailing select from the Ship s Form either or both Show Shadow and Show Laylines and input your yacht s particular minimum angle that it can sail to the wind The shadow thus displayed represents the sector of the Wind Circle that your yacht cannot sail Sailing along the laylines if the Wind Angle is set correctly represents the closest point of sail
17. C SOBvMAX Charts gt Run SOB press the C MAP button on the About SOB form On the Installed Charts form there is a Restore Chart Licenses to Registry button which searches the SOBvMAX Charts folder for a valid C Map license backup file then writes the licenses into the Registry gt Insert the dongle and restart SOB gt Refer to Example 1 Step 3 to confirm your charts are working Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 13 C MAP CHARTS 10 5 C Map Chart Details 10 5 1 C Map Cartography Detailed C MAP Information http www digiboat com downloads c map_cartography pdf This file contains general information about C Map Electronic Charts and specific detail about chart coverage types and C Map media etc Although none of this information is necessary to use SOB it nevertheless is relevant and interesting This is a very detailed single page colour PDF file Suited best to be printed at A3 size it can also be printed across two A4 pages however your print driver or PDF program must support this feature 10 5 2 C Map Chart Legend List of all Chart Symbols http www digiboat com downloads c map_chart_legend pdf The following pictures are excerpts from the C Map Chart Legend PDF file LANDMARKS SEABED TYPE oF ast ud M M Yol Ash Volcanic ash O aw Buis f m EEE cua comer 5 osi Grs Grass z paar gt Sand Sig Sea lngke tower vas St Stone Spi Spicules Gravel
18. Chart Level C or D must usually be visible for the tide symbols to appear You must have detailed charts available in your portfolio for the location you are interested in The tide symbol may be hidden enable drawing of this icon with the Tides amp Currents button on the F3 toolbar Found 3 Chart Objects at 33 35 9969 151 18 0022 rm Objects Found Tide Predictions using Standard Time ee Close ge ICE HEIGHT STATION DEPTH AREA i DATA SOURCE Pointer Time 03 50 Height 0 59mi Falling 24cm hr Level Line Height 0 00 Scale Range 1 01m Iw Fit PHTTWATER AYO 0 99 mtrs Falling at 17cm per hr Ang 1 01m July 2006 Begin twilight 05 58 L 0 07 06 15 High ae i a Curise TERR Piar Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Low Ozim 18 15 Sunset 17 05 Ta BP ee be High 0 00m 00 00 End twilight 18 03 10 41 72 13 14 15 lt a i17 18 19 20 241 22 23 Hem Prediction Fone 10 24 75 26 2F 28 29 30 a 16 7 Month July Year 2006 M Today pst Il E gt Today 16 07 2006 ee All times and heights are estimates in 15 minute increments Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 10 20 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS Zoom to C or D level and the tide symbol will appear in specific datum locations as determined by C Map s cartography division then right click or Info gt gt Click for comprehensive tide prediction information and graphs By default
19. Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 3 C MAP CHARTS 10 2 2 1 CM93 amp CF85 Charts SOB is not compatible with the older CF85 and CM93 chart formats Owners of licensed versions of these chart types should inquire with their local C Map Dealer or C Map Office for upgrade pricing for the new chart versions 10 2 3 Digital Charts from other Cartographic Companies SOB is only compatible with C Map charts So other PC chart formats can not be used with SOB for example S57 Navionics NOAA Tsunami etc RASTER BSB ARCS Seafarer etc Additionally the more basic quality GPS proprietary formats are not suitable for SOB MapSource Bluechart Softchart BlueNav etc etc Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 10 4 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS 10 3 C Map Cartridges amp USB Card Readers SOB supports the USBMM SD amp NT Card Reader the FP Card Reader and the more common USBCC Card Reader any or all of these Card Readers can be used even multiple readers used simultaneously CMAP SS Law ieai x LEE Ahin oe i D aga i ii Eii _ 4a ii USBCC Card Reader USBMM Card Reader USBFP Card Reader NT NT C Cards NT NT C Cards FP C Card Furuno plotters MAX MAX Pro C Cards MAX MAX Pro C Cards UserCard MAX MAX Pro SD Cards UserCard The latest Drivers for these devices are available from Jeppesen Marine C Map or from the DigiBOAT web
20. T Show Colour Scale combinations for selecting multiple files then press the Load button Track 2010 09 16 007 tet 16 Sep 10 9041 Kk F l Save amp Restart Options Default Autosave 0 minutes C water Depth E i Boat Speed uck Save Auto Restart at Midnight i Wind Speed Start New Track 8 1 2 Rename Rename any PastTrack in the list by clicking on the name of a highlighted item to make an in place edit box save ta Ate Restar evem 0 0 Hours Size Load Options ff Default Ignore if SOG gt 0 Load every O points Large Type In the new Name and Press Getto 0 to disable filters Enter you do not need to type the e 4 file extension SOB will append txt IY Re create Trip Log Ignore Duplicates Ppl ose to your Aiea Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 8 2 Software On Board User Manual PAST TRACK You can also rename or copy move delete etc with Windows File Explorer in the SOBvMAX PastTracks folder 8 1 3 Edit Past track files can be readily opened and manipulated using Window s NotePad Highlight any filename and press the Open in NotePad button The PastTracks are saved in regular text format which is ideal for viewing editing in NotePad or importing to Excel 8 1 4 Track Properties A variety of display options can be customised with SOB s PastTrack 8 1 4 1 Show Hide Track Hide the display of the ship s past track by clearing this box 8 1 4
21. browsing was just possible but not practicable The newer technologies 3G and EDGE etc offer true broadband speeds for all Internet services over the cellular phone infrastructure GPRS Router The hardware device required to connect to the Internet using GPRS Basically just a mobile phone that has a full time internet connection and only sends data Each connected Router is assigned its own publicly viewable IP Address or URL so it can be identified over the Internet and SOB uses this known IP Address to establish a one to one connection with your boat Serial to IP Converter or Server A hardware device for converting serial COM data such as generated by GPS or any NMEA navigation devices to TCP IP data in preparation for transmission over a network Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 13 13 AOB NETWORKING intranet or Internet Such devices can be used with a GPS onboard to provide sophisticated boat tracking capabilities on any remote SOB Client Multiplexer A hardware device for combining many NMEA serial devices into a single stream of NMEA data NMEA National Marine Electronics Association A set of international standards for interfacing marine electronics devices NEMA A typographical error which should be read as NMEA Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 14 1 THE TALKING PILOT 14 The Talking Pilot This feature was intro
22. 00 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 8 8 PAST T RACK Zoomed in from the example chart pictured above the entire voyage or any part of the he O ANT voyage can be visually analysed with Excel s E r dt ality 1 powerful charting tool O zE To create this chart in Excel simply F highlight the Time column and the AWS column for this example then press the Chart Wizard button on the Excel toolbar select a Line Graph option from the choices provided and press Finish Excel power users can further format the graph as desired Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 1 TARGETS D AG DSC ARPA RADAR wan Targets T CAIS DSC ARPA RADAR WAN SOB s Target feature is a powerful tool for tracking other vessels on your computer display Various remote vessel acquisition technologies are combined by SOB into a single interface which we generically call Targets WARNING IMPORTANT INFORMATION Limitations on the number of simultaneous targets that can be displayed are built into SOB s AccessLevels A Standard User License will display up to 400 targets and the Pro User License will show up to 1 500 Registered SOB shows 100 and unregistered LITE will show 40 targets Once the Target limit has been reached a notice will be posted to the purple Messages Panel The only way to reset it and acquire further targets is to exit and restart SO
23. 1 step 4 page 10 10 The Levels equate to the following scale ranges jakan Levels Levels for Navigating Virtual Levels grey charts 26 400 000 B 500 000 1 500 000 H 500 1 500 X 13 200 000 C 150 000 500 000 I 150 500 Y 8 800 000 D 50 000 150 000 J 50 150 Z 6 600 000 E 15 000 50 000 grey charts may also be dis A 1 500 000 5 000 000 5 000 15 000 ater gaat pen G 1 500 5 000 not available 10 5 4 1 Chart Levels Toolbar F2 WX Y Z A B C D E F G H I J A particular chart level can be quickly selected using these toggle buttons They also will automatically toggle while SOB is being zoomed using any other methods to indicate the current displayed chart level This will always be the same as the chart level reported on the Status Bar see page 1 7 Using the F2 Level toolbar or Alt Space Goto form point 3 1 2 1 page 3 2 any level can be directly selected If a chosen level is not available then SOB will always display the nearest available level at a smaller scale If no additional charts are installed for your area then level B will be the most detailed available level This level is the most detailed of the included Worldwide background charts Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 15 C MAP CHARTS 10 6 Chart Toggles Toolbar F3 10 6 1 Chart panning zooming buttons For most situations Chart Disme these settings typically work the best C
24. 3 4 Software On Board User Manual THE AOB MAIN TOOLBAR 3 3 Range and Bearing Lines RBL RB This is a general purpose quick measurement tool for distances and headings A to from your ship or between any two points The RBL extension being drawn moves with the cursor and includes additional drawing aids Range circle look ahead extension perpendicular lines and wind direction indicators Wind instruments must be connected to SOB and Display Wind Tools must be ticked on the Ship s Form Touch the chart to draw an RBL from Ship s Target to the mouse position consecutive Touches will extend the RBL Up to six extensions can be drawn then the RBL will restart To restart at any time hold down the Shift key before clicking the chart amp the next RBL s will no longer join back to the Ship Once the RBL is set by clicking the chart the cross hair formed by the look ahead and perpendicular lines will remain on screen until the next chart refresh These can serve as guides for the Subsequent RBL s if needed See example below While the RBL is being drawn each new point will draw from the previous point AND to the Ship s Target After the next chart refresh only the start and end points of the RBL will connect back to the Ship s Target Manually restart the Range amp Bearing Line by pressing the RBL toolbar button twice ie Turn Off RBL mode then Turn On RBL mode again l The RBL s h
25. CTRL key while clicking on the waypoints in the list that you want to t O a i 16 12 69 09616 56 delete After the first waypoint is highlighted the Delete SECIE wag Waypoint button will be enabled CTRL Click additional r aea TST 2027 waypoints then press this button 1612 69 096 16 56 1518 30 Ee Note this will PERMANENTLY delete the waypoints whether iB on fi they are in the SOB default file or in their own loaded 14513 48 waypoint file Delete YW aypoint 6 3 2 Copving Moving Waypoints to a different file Individual or groups of waypoints can be moved to their own file for enhanced management This is easily done by selecting all the waypoints in the right hand list that you want to keep in a group then press the Save to File button and enter a filename appropriate for the waypoints chosen All loaded Vay points Wad To Move the waypoints to the new Fa flea caves wih Dalak Wamani file untick the Save with Default Waypoints box Leaving this box ticked will Copy the waypoints Fbear jc le Wart Fl leaving them to also autoload from y eenn the default file Note to select multiple waypoints to delete or move to a different file use the normal Windows selection commands ie SHIFT click will select contiguous items from the last selection CTRL click will select distinct items 6 3 3 Create Route This button will convert the waypoints in the
26. Cycling sequentially through the wpts as set in the GPS Review your GPS User Manual for instructions to enable it for Goto Navigate mode Use the Show GOTO NMEA Wpt on Chart button to create a waypoint in SOB using this information If more than one wpt is being transmitted then you should temporarily close the data source with Close COMx for a serial connection or Pause for a replay file before capturing the waypoint data otherwise the captured wpt may have a combination of data from different waypoints Note use this to quickly capture a single waypoint from a GPS To import a number of waypoints from the GPS see Capturing Waypoints from a GPS page 6 9 i Ae Oe Be FIX Feet gt Metres Some depth devices send incorrect data notably DataLine and VDO Logic instruments Use this tick box to apply a manual correction if your displayed depth data is obviously incorrect 11 1 1 6 NMEA Data Source Shows the current source of the streaming NMEA data The options are COM from a connected device through a serial port or virtual port from a USB connected device FILE when a NMEA data file is being replayed or WAN when connected to a remote data source via the internet or LAN connection and the connection is nominated as OwnShip 11 1 1 7 Data received counts Sentences counts the total number of sentences received by SOB Bytes read and Total bytes accumulate the amount of received data A I S Rx counts the dedicated se
27. Files to decide which data on the hard disk wines to load in SOB Or Drag amp Drop a GRIB file directly onto the caer chart 3 Use Display Settings to customise how the data will be Shown on screen wind 4 Highlight which Data Types to display select the Issue i lssue Dates Date and Forecast to visualise the choose data 10 JAN 05 12 00 18 M r OF 06 00 2r DEC 04 00 00 71 DEC 04 12 00 So these three lists will be automatically filled while selecting which GRIB data to load step 2 Then select the issue date and make selections in the first list according to the specific combinations of data to display loaded and available forecasts will appear in the lower list Only one forecast period can be viewed at a time Forecasts 036 hrs When selecting data types and forecast dates and times from the UbU hrs Viewer lists the other lists will change to show available matching information loaded for your selection s animate SOB will only show data from a single Issue Date and Forecast Load GRIB Files period at any one time Most of the Data Types can be displayed i simultaneously although some will overlap for instance Request New Data temperature colour graph will conceal the GPH data displayed Settings similarly At higher zoom levels all selected data types will be shown textually at the correct point on the chart 15 3 1 1 Unloading Data GRIB messages can only be unloaded f
28. However SOB s drawing tools are best shown on a white background and certain colours can be reversed or disappear completely if drawn on a coloured background When navigating and particularly when displaying Wind Tools or AIS ARPA Targets you should disable the Shading using the button on the F3 toolbar or directly with the F4 key Custom shading settings are possible How these work depend upon the shading mode 10 9 1 1 Depth Shading Form 4 ae Depth rel E 13 High Use the 4 key to display the Depth Shading form This form indicates the current settings for the max and min values for the depth highlight band when Shading is ON and the max depth value for the blue colouring when shading is OFF Apply Reset Highlight OM a Click in the white areas to the left and right of the blue bands to move the min or the max values respectively and drag the slider bar to adjust the min max values together while keeping the same relative difference or range The Highlight ON button enables disables the display of the green highlight band same as the SHIFT F4 combination The Reset button will revert to the default values when the form was opened and the Apply button will update the chart display with the current settings The slider s scale will adjust according to the min max settings to display an appropriate range for the values selected 10 9 1 2 Depth Level Shading OFF When shading is off the water
29. I We Pukani H CAOS PE TEF AGa WF giiia select Run then type Wamonpe onen rA F regedit and Enter Navigate to HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software C MAP safe codes in the left side window to reveal the chart license codes Highlight each item in the right side window and press the delete key Step 2 Re Select Previously Purchased Charts Carefully add your previously licensed charts to the Shopping Basket as outlined in Example 1 Ensure that you choose the exact same chart file s as you purchased rather than just choosing the same region on the chart You must also be using the same version of the Selector CD when re installing Using a newer or older Selector version will result in a corrupt installation and the licensed charts will not be accessible to SOB Step 3 Re Enter Chart License Code s Follow the process in Example 1 Step 3 Shopping Cart and Register the chart license see page 10 9 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 10 12 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS Example 3 Copy Licensed Charts onto an Additional Computer The C Map Dongle is required to use licensed charts on other computers There are two distinct methods you can follow to copy your charts and licenses to another computer Using the C Map Chart Selector program This method is not discussed here Just repeat the above instructions on each computer Advanced Users This is a quick method for those who are comfortable copying fi
30. IW Distress Message Received New Collision Potential Received DSC Mag MW Safe Zone Breached Received AlS Meg Wayponts amp Aoutes M Anchor Alarm TE 500 metres Default fs MW Arrival Alam l Route Turning Off Course 40 Degrees Default Timers M Alam bal f Once Daily Alarm 2 2008 t Once Daily Enter in adhe format eg 1340 1 40pm Miscellaneous Ships Bells ce Mouse Clicks Talking Pilot Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 5 14 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS 5 9 Race Start S An invaluable aid for the racing yachtsman whether serious or casual to achieve the Perfect Race Start For best results you should have an electronic compass input eg fluxgate or gyro and ideally a Boat Speed ie LOG device connected If electronic compass and boat speed data is not available then COG and SOG from the GPS will be used and this will not provide as accurate data The data input should also be correctly calibrated and dampened Courtesan bo ilmi Drai fren Jwi 2 rer Trin Film Husa Jin Sac Fired prh k ad Tik Dises Tiam ar pand ET Cotirunspeed EM n senm Djak Ora a Dupa St Lore Haki St Takok 5 bat ia Frapar ug oat LUG E T ri an Lim ra Fir appre amha on Poe T ack Fit Tact heyg nelapereechclochwded on labea Tac Bid Tacky m Wee eT Opn bk TTG iiin 1E Fral pracht dost part an Sad
31. RBL Range and Bearing Line RTE Route WPT Waypoint VMG Velocity Made Good DTS Direction To Steer XTE Cross Track Error kn Knots Nautical Miles per Hour Nm Nautical Mile oT 0M Degrees True Degrees Magnetic oC F Degrees Celsius Degrees Fahrenheit NMEA National Marine Electronics Association NEMA A miss typing of NMEA o MagVar Magnetic Variation C MAP Short company name for C MAP Electronic Charts supply the charts that SOB displays N2D Navigate To Destination CPA Closest Point of Approach The position of your ship latitude and longitude at the point when your ship and the target ship are at the minimum distance apart This location can at times be misleading for instance it can be half way around the World or at a point after your two paths cross SOB considers the ships as passed if the CPA is behind your current position TCPA Time to CPA Is the time remaining until your ship reaches the CPA DCPA Distance apart at CPA This is the actual closest distance that the ships will ever be In the Quick Info box below it is Clearance Distance at the CPA DTG Distance To Go 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 16 2 Software On Board User Manual AGCFERENCE The distance you are from a fixed position This may be a CPA destination waypoint next TurnMark of a route etc EG for DTG to CPA position this is a calculation based on the TCPA and your current speed ROT Rate Of Turn
32. RhumbLine Select the TrunMark at the start of the leg to convert then press this button to toggle it Show Route Details for the selected route the details form will pop up Show AllRoutes form display the AllRoutes form for loading unloading Route files from SOB Toggle prompt Screens ON OFF Show hide the yellow help screens Close this Toolbar and exit Routing mode mAN Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 7 2 Software On Board User Manual ROUTES 7 1 1 Create a new Route Start Route mode then consecutively Touching or Clicking the chart will place the Starting Mark Turning Marks and Destination positions When adding TurnMarks clicking an existing Waypoint will pop up a message box asking to Add Wpt to Route To avoid showing this message box hold down Ctrl or Shift key when clicking the Waypoint Windward hark ee Windward hiaz 10 Hm 0417 Azranni Sas eee a te en eee ene ee a tg de eee ee ee ee er ene en eee oe ds ee er a 40 Shier FAIA P PF WaT nha 11 ONM 220 T k0S M 11 4Hm 167 T 155 h J 10 0Nm 267 T 274 hi SOB s Routes do not consider the Starting Mark created with the first click as the route s first mark Rather the first TurnMark created with the second mouse click will always be the first point that SOB will steer to once the route is activated It is your responsibility to place the ship at the start mark or move the start mark to the ship see below From then o
33. Ship 9 3 2 5 Type Allowed types are A or B for Class A amp B vessels with UAIS transponders N for Navaid P for Base Stations S for SAR craft Search amp Rescue SAR planes may be transponding marine band AIS inf G for GpsGate Buddy D for DSC target 9 3 2 6 Age amp Alive These columns quickly reveal how current the data received from targets is The Age column shows the time in minutes since the last message was received from the target The Alive column will show a Y if a message has been received within the time set by the Time to Inactive slider control and an N if the target is grey and ready for purging from the list 9 3 2 7 Crash TCPA amp DCPA The last three columns allow you to organise the list according to their collision threat priority The Crash column contains a if the target poses NO collision threat L for LOW threat H for HIGH threat and V for VERY HIGH chance of collision The TCPA in minutes and DCPA in nautical miles allow you to sort the list to find and highlight the targets with the highest chance of collision Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 7 TARGETS D AG DSC ARPA RADAR wan 9 3 3 Target List Buttons 9 3 3 1 Clear All Targets amp Delete Target The Clear All will immediately delete all targets acquired by SOB and clear the target list There is no confirmation after pressing either of these buttons The Delete Targ
34. Tide information is SOB is calculated to each quarter hour so at best will be accurate to within 15 minutes of any stated or predicted times Additionally local weather and atmospheric conditions can significantly alter actual tide heights and times from those predicted on this form You should consult additional sources to confirm the accuracy of SOB s tide data is Suitable for your requirements 10 7 3 2 Currents amp Tidal Streams Tidal streams and current stations are included on MAX charts These are shown in SOB as colour coded and proportionately sized arrows Hover the Info cursor over these arrows will give speed direction of current flow The value is for the current time UTC from a connected GPS is used or if no GPS is connected then the PC s time is used Info gt gt Click Tide Stream Station S6 44 40 S 175 12 00 E speed U 2kn Direction 310 1 T or Right Click a current Found 5 Chart Objects at 34 O0 22780 151 30 1624 View Table Objects Found Tide Strearn Station ARGOSS 145182 ae TIDE STREAM STATION E arrow or the small yellow square Thu 22 Feb 2007 0E kn z Today ae CAUTION AREA DEPTH AREA SEA AREA if the rate is presently zero to L DATA SOURCE show a daily prediction graph on the Found Objects form 1800 There is a choice of three W methods for viewing the current data a text table of time set i and rate a line graph similar
35. a fluxgate or other electronic heading compass and a boatspeed LOG device is connected to SOB 4 4 1 Special Display for Wind only If only the Wind option is chosen for display in this panel then the text is greatly enlarged for easier reference from a distance ie the cockpit if the screen is installed below The panel will need to be resized by dragging a corner to create a best fit for the text 4 4 2 Special Display for Wind and Leeway If Wind and Leeway only are displayed both use enlarged text for easier reference Resize the panel for best fit 4 5 Targets PRIEM Cy AH Tse I Ma ee The default Targets Panel displays target IDs MMSI numbers as TE P Asa ce new targets are acquired If the AIS message received includes some 17 0hr1 ship static data then the ship s name and destination are also Ei shown Additionally if the new target acquired has been included Limite EH in your Target Friends list then its friendly name will be printed por game DTS Sw The other page displayed with the Details button in this panel is TVG Age reng O win be sc information about any particular target ship that has been selected n as a Tracked Target To nominate any target as Tracked select PE pE Info mode click the i button or press Enter and hover over the target that you want to display in the Details ViewPanel Refer to Tracking Targets page 9 9 4 6 Wind This displays wind data in both an analog
36. accurate and reliable MOB device available Designed as a direct replacement for a personal EPIRB it is a compact lightweight waterproof device which contains an integrated GPS and DSC VHF radio Each V100 device is uniquely identifiable via a built in MMSI number When activated manually triggered or automatic water activation the V100 acquires a GPS fix then uses a synthesised voice to send a MAYDAY call via VHF Channel 16 and sends a specially formatted DSC digital distress message containing the unique MMSI identifier and the latitude and longitude The lat Ing message is sent at a regular diminishing interval via DSC V100 distress messages via DSC are directly and automatically interpreted by SOB and a Target is drawn on the screen at the precise location of the victim In addition SOB will sound the MOB Alarm and print detailed information about the event to the purple Messages Panel As new DSC messages are received SOB will update the charted location and retain a track of all previous position fixes SOB uses the Target list feature to list and track the V100 position s See Targets T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR WAN page 9 1 Note A compatible VHF DSC Radio is required and must be connected to the onboard PC and the COM port enabled in SOB In recent tests off the west Australian coast 20 dummy victims wearing V100 s were thrown in the water to simulate a helicopter crash while transferring staff to an
37. all times used on the Tide form are UTC as is common practice on tide tables Use the tickboxes to change the data to relate to STD Local Standard Time or DST Local Daylight Savings Summer Time UTC time is taken from a connected GPS with valid data however if no GPS is present then UTC will be calculated from the PC s date time offset settings in Control Panel The UTC timezone offset in use is printed on the form The units of measurement used are customisable feet or metres and set on the ShipsForm gt gt CustomSettings page A tide prediction graph and highs lows for the current day will initially be displayed select a different prediction date using either the New Prediction drop down boxes or the quick date picker window Set the cross hairs by moving the mouse pointer around the graph window The time tide height and rate of change will be updated in the Pointer frame The daylight amp twilight times are also listed plus the dark blue light blue and grey areas of the graph will correctly represent respectively night day and twilight times Today s current time marker is drawn as a yellow vertical line from top to bottom of the day graph Press the Tide Table button to create a regular text based table of tides for the currently selected day A NotePad window will open with the tide table data Print or save this file if required NOTE All stated or inferred tide times and heights are ESTIMATES
38. an ArrivalZone circle when the Wpt is used as a Destination The alarm condition is triggered when the circle is eh DESTINATION WPT ENTERED SP Alarm Zone 100mtrs Je Wpt2 2 if the waypoint is not set as a Destination then the Howton Bd 407 02 151226 6036 Alarm button will set an AnchorZone alarm to Zy ee Sime Gal 321 M the size nominated in the radius box OO REE EAEE de enats The alarm condition is set when the circle is EXITED A hashed circle is drawn around the Waypoint marker when either of these modes are selected and additional text is included in the Wpt label on screen When the ship breaches the ArrivalZone or AnchorZone SOB will sound an alarm and log the alarm event to the purple Messages panel To turn off the alarm unpress the Alarm button When a waypoint is set as an Anchor Alarm SOB will automatically resize the screen to the size of the alarm zone circle centre the display on the waypoint and adjust the Chart Display toggles turning VirtualCharts to ON and ChartLock to OFF see Chart Toggles Toolbar F3 page 10 15 6 2 8 Move Waypoint Dynamically move a Waypoint move with the mouse or finger by selecting Waypoint mode then SHIFT Click the waypoint and click the chart at the new position To cancel dynamic moving SHIFT Click anywhere on the chart or cancel waypoint mode Manually move the Waypoint to a precise location with the keyboard by entering the Latitude and Longitude directly on the
39. and your file resolution is in 5 increments then the COG_PAUL_335 WAV file will be played Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 14 7 THE TALKING PILOT Of course you can have one degree resolution by recording 360 separate WAV files and naming them as COG_PAUL_1 WAV COG PAUL_2 WAV COG _PAUL_3 WAV etc Or 10 resolution files would be COG _PAUL_10 WAV COG PAUL_20 WAV etc WAV files must use the following CODEs Heading Data use COG Speed data use SPEED Depth data use DEPTH Wind data not yet implemented N2D data not yet implemented The VOICENAME part of the filename can be anything that you wish to use to describe the voice for example PAUL KATE SHOUTING WHISPER BARTSIMPSON This name will appear in the Select Voice drop down box The example screenshot below at right shows two separate sets of additional WAV files installed with SOB And the screenshot below left shows a snip from Windows File Explorer of the ik Pale ah hii cad ale ela folder and demonstrates the Kate and Paul files used Talking Pilot Audio Output Device Bao Kie S00 way Eico kate S05 wav All Heading Speed Depth y cog_kate_320 We s cog_kate_325 WEY y cog_kate_340 way y cog_kate_345 way cog_kate_360 wav cog_paul_O wav Repe y cog_paul_i5 way y cog_paul_S wav cog_paul_30 way y cog_paul_35 wav Select Voice gc cog_paul_SO way cog_paul_55 way rs cog_paul 70 wav y
40. any NMEA compatible positioning device typically a GPS into your computer s serial port and watch the Ship s Target move around the chart with pinpoint accuracy 1 5 4 WAN Connect The Pro User License and AccessLevel 4 is required to enable WAN features Connected WAN ships will be displayed in SOB either as the primary ship if selected or as simulated Targets See The WAN Target List Form page 13 2 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 2 1 SHP SS TARGET 2 Ship s Target Throughout this document Ship s Target and OwnShip are used interchangeably Bluefish Poirt me Fis 33748 6370 1517185 364 Over Ground 14 2 kn Q80 T 047M Over Water 13 0 kr OF 5 T 062 M Leeway 3 kn 355 Randerings 1 0Nm 2 0Nm This picture displays many of the tools and indicators that can be displayed at the Ship s Position e Red arrow Apparent Wind vector red indicates Port tack e Large Blue pointer True Wind vector e Hatch pattern Wind shadow in this use indicates No Sail zone of the wind circle e Crimson text box Ship s Label e Ship s shape Set as hollow and is aligned to HDG from the electronic compass e Large black arrow COG SOG vector from GPS data e Thin blue arrow HDG SPD vector from connected LOG and electronic compass e Dotted line look ahead line for COG SOG vector The exact Ship s Position on the chart is indicated by the black circle inside the ship Shap
41. been passed the Yellow TM is the next ahead whose data is in the DestVP and the Grey TMs are further ahead If visible the LegLabel is always more detailed for the active leg The TTG and ETA on the label are based on an estimated speed pre set on the Route Details form for that Route leg Once a leg has been completed the LegLabel will display true time on leg and arrival time at the end of the leg AutoPilot note it will usually require some experimentation to correctly calibrate SOB and your autopilot to round a TurnMark as you require The final setting for your TM ArrivalRadius and autopilot dampening responsiveness settings is determined by your boat length and characteristics your boat s speed and autopilot s responsiveness Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 3 SPECIAL TOOLS 53 AutoPilots 2 Refer to your AutoPilot manual to learn how to enable it for remote control Refer to page 12 3 for wiring schematics to connect the AutoPilot to your computer and SOB Autopilots can function in a number of different modes How your autopilot operates is determined by your autopilot s manufacturer and its specifications there is no industry standard One or all of these options may be possible with SOB and your particular AutoPilot 1 Steer to Course source an electronic compass typically built in to the autopilot or SOB method use a Destination Waypoint and move it to ch
42. both the following Data panels for additional aid whilst sailing WIND Panel Please load Polar file See next section for details about Polar files NAVIGATION Panel with Wind option enabled I t 010 T N 10 3kn a 354 T 13 9kn 35 off Stbd Bow Max Gust T10 3 413 9 PEER ER eee eee eee ree ere etree eee eee eerie eee eee eer rere eee ee ere etree errr eee cere errr eee eee etre eee rere errr ree tree etree eee eee etree ee eee eee tree eee eee eee eee eee eee Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 5 8 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS Known simply as Wind Polars or just The Polars this is a complex collection of data that describes or predicts the yacht s performance characteristics while under sail Motor boat owners can skip this section With newer yachts and yachts that have a strong racing pedigree the Polars are usually published by the yacht designer or devised by the class associations or interested persons For all other yachts this data must be acquired SOB greatly simplifies to the point of being essentially automatic the collection of this data 5 5 1 Why do I need the Polars Wind polar data allows you to optimally sail your yacht either upwind or downwind This has obvious benefits for racing and is also extremely useful for long passage making A button on the PastTrack form displays the Wind Polars interface S Wind Polars DEFAULT Ipolars tt EJ 32
43. can be set to automatically play a log file when it starts Copy and rename the desired log file to autoplay log and be sure it is located in the SOB LogFiles folder When SOB starts it searches for this auto play file and if found it closes any open COM port and automatically begins replaying the log file The fautoplay log file can be deleted at will however be sure you have renamed a copy of it if you want to keep this log file Any valid NMEA data file can be used as a log file whether captured by SOB HyperTerminal or any other program 11 1 6 Satellite Page Graphically view the satellites available for M NMEA Output Feplay Logs Satelites C Satellites Acquired 5 IE GPS reception and position fixing Your GPS must output the GSA and GSV NMEA sentences which contain this satellite data The GPS needs mathematically only three Satellites with good geometry spread out evenly across the sky to calculate an accurate position fix Modern 12 and 20 channel GPS receivers frequently have 6 to 10 or more satellites to use in this calculation providing highly accurate fixes D2 05 06 OF 10 15 16 1821 26 29 30 GPGSY 3 3 12 21 43 263 41 26 18 053 00 29 21 066 00 30 46 5543 7 lt GPGSY 3 2 12 10 401 32 99 15 20 476 35 16 05 216 0018 25 556 00 PRPC 2449 09 NR 117 000R 97 001 AAE Fd AA OF 12 989 el Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 11 8 Software On Board User Manual RAw NMGA DATA FORM Wind AE
44. chance to process this request and in time it will disable it and turn the button to red 14 2 6 2 Combining WAV files and TTS synthesized text If WAV files are used for narrating any of the Talking Pilot s data values see point 14 2 5 above in addition to the TTS method then you will occasionally hear overlapping voices depending on the various frequency settings These two Windows sub Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 14 8 Software On Board User Manual THE TALKING PILOT systems Audio Sound and Speech operate independently of each other and thus can run simultaneously If an overlap occurs too frequently then adjust the frequency of one or other of the spoken values to get them out of synch of each other As these are different Windows operations playing WAV files and speaking with the TTS engine they can also use separate Windows installed Sound systems for example Speaking pre recorded WAV files could be sent to the PC s speakers while synthesized Speech can be sent to a connected headset Adjust the Audio Sound and Speech devices in use using the Control Panel windows described in the beginning of this chapter Note that the Say before after will always use the TTS synthesized voices So if the Select voice is set to play a WAV file and both Say before after are turned on then what occurs is this gt Say before is played through the TTS engine synthesizer gt Then the relevant WAV file is played by
45. choose to continue the current route when asked If a long period of time has elapsed between stopping and continuing the route then the elapsed data displayed on the Route Details form and on the N2D panel will be Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual ROUTES misleading as the time spent stopped is included in the calculations for average speed and time enroute etc Note if your ship is already positioned some distance along the route when it is set as actived for the first time or if it is restarted and if Use Aft a Beam is selected then SOB may automatically step through each prior TurnMark in sequence and mark them as passed until the passed legs have caught up with your current position If this doesn t occur automatically you can use the Pass Next button to set passed marks correctly 7 2 1 5 Un Pass Last This option is used to undo a situation where SOB mistakenly believes that a TurnMark has been passed SOB has two methods for considering a mark as passed 1 Arrival Zone entered and 2 the mark is aft a beam The ArrivalZone size is set on the All Routes form A single value is used for each mark of the route This value is best determined according to your boat s turning characteristics and the dampening and turn rate settings of your autopilot Some experimentation is usually required to discover the most appropriate value for your boat The amount of time inside the arrival
46. cog_paul_75 wav Ta cog_paul_100 way y cog_paul_105 way cog_paul_1i0 way s cog_paul_115 way VS 14 2 6 Caveats 14 2 6 1 As commands are triggered for speaking they are sent to a speak queue and narrated on a first in first out basis The length of this queue Iength being the amount of time required to say the values and any pre postfix text included may exceed the delay frequency interval set for speaking one of the commands Overloading the speaking queue If many data values are enabled for speaking with high frequencies every 10 to 15 seconds or so then you will likely experience overlaps with what is currently being spoken and the next value that s queued and ready for speaking Your computer may appear to freeze while waiting for the queue of commands to be narrated and if more commands are added to this queue before it is emptied then the computer may appear permanently frozen Firstly you should determine generally by trial and error what interval and quantity of information is spoken so that overlaps are rare and plenty of time exists between intervals for the queue to empty If you do have a condition that is overloading the speaking queue then click any of the green enable buttons that are visible It is unlikely under these conditions that the button will immediately return to red disabled however you should avoid continuously clicking this button just click it once then wait patiently until Windows gets a
47. column headings the order doesn t matter SOB will figure it out so long as the headings contain a recognisable word eg longitude Ing or long are all recognised Each field should be separated by commas or Tabs or semi colons The coordinates can be in any format DD ddd or DD MM mmm or DD MM SS A space can be used instead of the degree symbol No other spaces should be in the coordinates and should appear when appropriate S amp W hemispheres should contain either a leading minus sign or trailing cardinal characters S or W as appropriate The coordinates format used can even differ from one waypoint to the next see excerpt SINGAPR TEST amp BOATKEY obviously all have the same latitude BUT THEY ALSO HAVE THE SAME LONGITUDE A NOTES field will be imported with each waypoint if the Notes field is the last column in each line including the Header Line and it can t contain any newline characters aka CarriageReturn LineFeed pairs A SHAPE column can be added to the raw list The entries in this column must be numbers which indicate the SOB waypoint shape as listed in Point 6 3 9 on page 6 11 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 6 9 WAYPOINTS 6 3 7 1 Extra Waypoint Importing Information SOB can import some additional information with waypoints although this is mostly done automatically when it s available But as there is no standard for waypoin
48. cover the location that was clicked Select any other charts that are listed here to fine tune the chart you need to purchase You may find that another in the list has better coverage for your areas of interest Alternately you may find that a different selection grants you FAR MORE coverage at only a small additional cost and might be worth considering We advise you to select only the NTMAX charts wherever possible You can also graphically and textually browse all charts in the C Map catalogue using the lists in the upper left window Chart Catalogue Once you have highlighted the chart region you wish to purchase then right click it on the chart display or on the chart name in either list and choose Buy Chart Repeat this process to purchase additional charts in the same purchase order Step 3 Complete the Purchase ree Shopping Cart i cam tied ani e A BE Te aw When all charts have been identified selected and SS yee ee added to the Shopping Basket with the Buy Now wi a a oaa y choice then select the Shopping Cart button to we fanan ae rr e k switch to the Purchasing screen gpa A era The top list of the example screen pictured left va ae Shows that many chart licenses are already Pa r aac w x installed the lower list shows the charts that are to a F be purchased with this order M EW M002 02 i ie North East UK iana aa Important Note DO NOT continue if 1 you do not Ce ee have in your pos
49. current range of values 8 1 6 Quick Save Press this to immediately save the entire displayed PastTrack to the LastTrack trk file use the Autosave settings to have SOB perform this backup at pre defined times The LastTrack file contains the track that is reloaded automatically by SOB the next time that SOB is started This file is automatically saved when SOB exits Saving the LastTrack data is normally only done when SOB exits However in the event that your computer or installation is known to be unstable and likely to reset or crash at random eg battery failing generator switching Windows crashing COM port freezing etc it is good practice to periodically save this data If SOB is prematurely ended the current track since the last save will be lost So you can save this on demand with the Quick Save button or tell SOB to save it periodically Then if you have SOB running for several days of a journey you wont loose the track if SOB or Windows crashes Of course you can reload the track from a PastTrack file if set for auto restarting 8 1 7 Start New Track Press Start New Track to save and or clear the displayed track x Enter a relevant Voyage Name in this box Start New Voyage All Routes Tracks NMEA Logs created will Type a name tor this voyage This name will be now be based on this voyage name This used for Tracks Routes and Waypoint save files helps to identify all data files relevant for your passa
50. currently use a dongle dasa 5 Once installed Selector can be run from its link Aea E ae ro sin on the Start Menu or Desktop as are other ies EE S e Windows programs However SOB contains Fe oa a couple of buttons About SOB form and the MR no ee ee Installed Charts form from which Selector aja aR eee can be conveniently started If Selector is not correctly installed SOB will show a warning pop up after pressing the button on the About SOB form When starting Selector will show several pop ups warning if the chart CD is not inserted and Eutron Dongle information and start a collect process which you can safely cancel The next picture is an example of the Chart Selector screen Step 2 Select the Chart Region s to Purchase This picture shows several useful pieces of information sma 1 The grey hatched area along Australia s ETE ET PEN A East Coast shows that this chart region is a aa RES Ee already licensed to this computer 2 The red bounded area around New Zealand is a region of interest that has been clicked The red area shows the extent of coverage for this chart cats eee Tiir 4 S 3 ss SE 3 The chart name is listed in the lower left window Charts selected from Map This NZ chart name is M AU C206 06 Which is an Australasian area chart number C206 version 06 MAX charts have an M in place of the C 4 The chart size code is printed alongside the chart n
51. display any targets where a transmission hasn t been received for the time set by the Time to Inactive slider 9 5 1 6 Auto Purge if Inactive When targets age beyond the time set they are automatically deleted 9 5 1 7 Purge Now The Purge Now button will delete all targets immediately that are no longer alive 9 5 1 8 Show Pointers amp Only use COG The pointer is the short arrow displayed ahead of the target triangle which always indicates the target s COG as provided by the target s GPS The direction that the target symbol is facing is the target s heading HDG as supplied by an onboard electronic compass fluxgate gyro etc AIS ships will not always transmit HDG data in which case the COG will be used for both the target symbol and the pointer If you want to force both the pointer and symbol to reflect COG then tick the Only use COG not HDG checkbox Why the difference There are many situations that can result in wildly different COG and HDG values for instance a hovercraft will rarely be heading in the same direction that it is travelling a tug boat or other towing vessel may be in reverse while towing pushing a cargo ship any ship operating in a cross current will be vectoring in a direction different to its actual course and a large container vessel will change its heading some distance before the ship actually starts to change direction 9 5 1 9 Target Label Display Use the checkboxes Show Label Show Name
52. displayed by double clicking the waypoint in the list on the AllWaypoints form see All Waypoints Form F10 page 6 6 or by pressing the Details button on the red N2D panel for a Destination waypoint see Destination ViewPanel page 4 3 6 2 Waypoints Form 3 6 2 1 Name Change the name of the Waypoint at any time be sure to save this change by exiting the form with the Close Touch an existing waypoint mark to open the Waypoints Form This form shows detailed Waypoint information and waypoint settings can be changed Wot Sample Location 33735 5340 15211 7454 Close Distance fr Ship ASnm SOG 4 9 kn YMG 2 9 kn SPO 00 kn Apply 1ST TTG ShrsO8mins NA O min 00 sec Heading to pt O85 T Bearing fr pt 2b T ETA Mon 15Now 13 Sun 14Nov 12 4 Mon T5Nov 4 Amva ncho sone Centre button Ameti i M Save Wotin Idefault wpt file Navigate to ro Radius mtrs Any name IS M Autoload pt when SOB nest starts Destination Sra 300 oe suitable for use i with SO B however ae new Position use any format ce or 400 00 0 or 00 og o T it s worth bein Latitude Longitude A AN g 33 5922340677267 fi p2 195756483983 Set Reset aware that if UnDiest All transferring Show Label Icon Style Waypoints Iw Mame f Small M Crossed Delete between different Lat Lng C Medum oo oe systems eg the l ANG BRG reer of Lace Ses Show Hide GPS C MAP User
53. double clicking the first Touch selects the item Touching it again performs the action i e showing a form 2 Hold down the CTRL key when left clicking the Ship s position will NOT show the Ship s Form So if any other object is concealed beneath or overlaps the Ship s target then it will be selected instead of the Ship This allows an easy way to select a Waypoint or Route mark for example that is at the same location as the Ship Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 16 5 AGCFERENCE 16 4 Files and Folders 16 4 1 Installation Notes SOB is installed in an unconventional manner SOB is designed to be self contained within its own folder similar to MYOB or the DOS programs of old This enables an installed copy of the program with its data and charts to be simply copied to any other disk or another computer and run as if fully installed IE the original install disk or downloaded setup file is not required A pre installed copy of SOB can run from a USB Storage Drive Network Drive even a large memory card SOB doesn t care where its folder is located on the hard disk for example C SOBvVMAX gt our default and recommended installation folder C Program Files SOB gt in the regular Windows program folder C My Documents SOB gt in your personal folder D Navigation SOB gt second hard drive or other storage device BRIDGE C Nav SOB network drive are all valid locati
54. either opened or closed When a connection is made a unique number will be entered into the TID column of the list This number is used to represent the remote ship simulated AIS Target Messages about the connection and disconnection process are posted to the Messages panel Simulated remote Target MMSI The temporary MMSI number which is the unique AIS number for every ship in the World for this remote target is created from the SOB ID number and is equal to ID x 10 000 ARPA Target Note If the remote ship is also sending ARPA target NMEA sentences then these will also appear in the Target list as their own target and the MMSI number created for them will be ID x 10 000 ARPA number The ARPA number is designated by the remote ship s RADAR unit and is a number from 01 to 99 AIS Target Note If the remote ship is also sending AIS target NMEA sentences then these targets will be included in the Target list as if they were acquired locally ie as regular AIS targets Note that potential problems exist if a single SOB session is connected to multiple remote ships and its own local AIS receiver in that the data received for the SAME target could be received out of synch from all the sources The resultant SOB display would probably show this as the AIS target jumping back and forward along its track Example 3 Disconnecting from a networked ship s 1 Open the WAN Target List form and highlight the entry you wish to discon
55. for some users it may seem counter intuitive we will use the following accepted terminology in relation to chart display scales Large Scale is when the chart is zoomed in In other words locations appear large on the screen even though the actual scale used numerically is small ie 1000 1 Small Scale is the chart zoomed out so that continents for example appear small although the numeric scale is large ie 10 000 000 1 1 4 6 Status Bar 2 33 40 41 5 175 15 S4 E SiNm 356 T 3380M UTC Wed 18 08 04 04 58 04 Scale 1500000 1 EB 1093564 coms RealChart The continuously changing data on the left side of the Status Bar relates to the latitude and longitude of the mouse pointer followed by the distance and direction true and magnetic and relative from the Ship s Target to the mouse position Next is UTC which is the same as GMT this is the current time along the Greenwich Meridian 0 longitude as determined by your computer clock and time zone as set by Windows Control Panel If UTC is not set correctly then use Control Panel to adjust your local time settings accordingly If incoming GPS data is valid then UTC time on the status bar is derived from the GPS GMT will display if using PC clock to calculate UTC UTC is displayed if time from GPS is used The first Scale data field Scale 1500000 1 displays the creation scale for the current chart displayed followed by the current Chart Level B i
56. for your own Br peace of mind as a boat owner operator 1300 1400 The spreadsheet can be found in the SOBvMAX 1500 folder and is called FuelRate xls 1700 1800 1300 2000 There are three options available to most operators s listed in order of cleanliness and simplicity ae 1 Use the consumption data as published by your Eeoa engine manufacturer This is typically in a graph format and you will have to read off the RPM vs Rate values from the graph and enter them into the Excel spreadsheet Next you will need to determine your speed for each RPM value by direct measurement during sea trials while under motor in calm water without current 2 Borrow or buy a flow rate monitoring device actually you ll need two electronic or manual and temporarily fit one inline in your fuel supply line and the other inline Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 2 10 Software On Board User Manual SHIP S TARGET in your fuel return pipe Next follow the procedure below Except use the difference between the input rate and return rate as your consumption value 3 To imperically measure your data Prepare a 5 or 10 litre fuel safe container The container should have clear marks for each litre of volume Re divert your fuel feed line to this container and the fuel return line must also be diverted back into this container to create a closed fuel circuit Drive your boat at fixed RPM for a measured time until a Known volume o
57. higher speeds than was possible for legacy serial connections USB has now essentially replaced the former communication interfaces serial and parallel However existing serial standard devices and accompanying software such as SOB still require an RS 232 COM Serial Port for connecting USB devices overcome this by installing a driver software program that runs in the background of Windows creating a Virtual COM Port For application software such as SOB for all intents and purposes these virtual COM ports work identical to a true inbuilt COM port and in fact when SOB opens a COM port and establishes communication with the connected device it is unaware whether the COM port used is built in or virtual Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 2 3 CONNECTING NAGA NAVIGATION DEVICES 12 2 1 4 Bluetooth and other Wireless technologies These new wireless technologies are essentially USB connections whereby a radio transmitter receiver is used in place of a cable A USB Bluetooth Radio Dongle is connected to the computer or built in and any Bluetooth device GPS multiplexer cellular phone mouse etc can communicate with the PC via the radio dongle Bluetooth Radio dongles include a driver installation a driver disk is supplied with the dongle which sets up the computer with Bluetooth connectivity The Bluetooth management allows you to enable a Bluetooth Service to connect to paired Blue
58. highlighted The other choices will represent Water Depth Boat Speed or Wind Strength as changing colours depending on their relative values and the maximums and minimums of the range of active values The title and low high names on the colour scale will change dependent on which data is chosen for shading display 8 1 5 1 Scale Range The minimum and maximum values will start at O and 100 respectively As new data accumulates these values will change to show the full range of values for the current track The actual colour used will be relative to the max and min values so the colour chosen for each point will change if the maximum or minimum values change significantly In other words a range of say 10 to 20 knots will show a 15 knot gust as green Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 8 3 PAST T RACK however if later a maximum gust of 40 knots is recorded then the 15 knot point will now be a blue colour Whenever the Save amp Restart button is pressed and even if the next message box is cancelled the maximum and minimum values will be reset 0 and 100 This is useful in the event that many PastTrack files are loaded and unloaded as this can cause the maximum and minimum values to be out of synch with the currently displayed PastTrack So now for the next PastTrack that is created either loaded from file or measured in real time the maximum and minimum values will again correlate to the
59. in particular to Garmin GPS which default to their own proprietary language Generally find the Setup gt gt Interface menu and change Garmin format to NMEA In Out and 4800 Here is a sample of NMEA Sentences as received by SOB from connected instruments SGPGGA 144535 1228 777 N 06959 976 W 1 10 1 6 3 M M SGPAPB Ay Ay 0 16 1 N A V 290 0 7 0004 269 3 T T LATVDOy Ly be py LOACV SOO0CUUWTRT 2 3hewl c0000 07 75 SGPRMC 144535 A 1228 777 N 06959 976 W 0 0 358 1 190406 9 9 W 74 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 2 2 Software On Board User Manual CONNECTING NAGA NAVIGATION DEVICES 12 2 Device to Computer Connections For the first twenty years of the life of the IBM Personal Computer and clones two remote device connection options were prevalent Serial and Parallel Interfaces Parallel is was primarily used by Printers and Scanners The Serial standard is a simple general purpose interface that all other peripheral devices used eg modems cameras PalmPilots etc Collectively these are referred to as Communication Ports COM for serial and LPT for parallel Other standards for interfacing also exist for example SCSI for devices that require vast data transferring abilities hard disks large format scanners and 1394 or Firewire which found prevalence on earlier Macintosh computers to allow real time video transfers etc 12 2 1 1 Typical Laptop Connections 4 plug een E a al port tona fy RCOM port mo
60. intervals if Cruzpro Tank Monitor s are not in use The more frequently these are updated the more accurate will be the Range value on the main Fuel form The Consumption Rate value is updated regularly based upon your current speed or RPM as read from the Calibration table see point 2 2 6 4 This is the value SOB uses to calculate your Range Volume Remaining This is where you manually enter your fuel tank s current volume as measured with dip stick or other mechanical or electronic tank volume device Note If using the Cruzpro Tank Monitoring device it is unnecessary to use these boxes However you may have a situation whereby Cruzpro Tank Monitor device is connected to your storage tank but not the day tank In this case the day tank remaining volume would be manually entered as frequently as desired 2 2 6 4 Manual Fuel Tank Calibration To use SOB s fuel feature without the Cruzpro Tank Manual Calibrate Consumption Rates x n i F t Ithout Fuel E tion Rat ders Monitoring device installed you must first create a E eR nme er Fuel Consumption Rate calibration file Refer to the mecluded Help and Excel file p C SOBvMAx LooFiles FuelRate tet An Excel spreadsheet is included to assist with this fc Ce ae but mostly it is a long tedious dirty manul process z i APM Speed Bum atel yet it IS a worthwhile excercise not just to allow Leem Speed an ael e SOB to use this function but also
61. is on a local network perhaps connected to a LAN or WAN hub or other computer with Internet connection then it will probably have a local IP address often similar to 10 1 1 xx or 192 168 0 xx With only a local IP address any other SOB computers on your subnet can connect directly to you The primary SOB Server in the schematic below with all the devices connected plus the Client 2 laptop plus the Client 1 computer represent a local network Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 13 10 Software On Board User Manual AOB NETWORKING or intranet arrangement Beyond the intranet this arrangement allows Client 3 to mirror the data on the primary SOB Server via the relay SOB Server which is also acting as Client 1 PV CAR Ar w O ary a E im L i _ Se gt ai Sorlal NMEA data pl rain Float cart AUTOPILOT MuNiplexor GPS It is actually very straight forward to establish a Server Client session between two networked SOB computers On the SOB Server computer 1 Identify which computer on your network is to be the Server Typically this is the computer with the GPS and any other instruments connected 2 Determine the IP Address of this computer use ipconfig if necessary as described above see Example 1 3 Open the Raw NMEA form switch to the NMEA Output page tick the Multiplexer box and select TCP IP in the drop down list On the SOB Client computer 4 Start SOB open the Raw NMEA Data form 5 Use the
62. ji 46 1 TAHE Cony Shep 3 Se ee rete hot rae Ee ie CH SLR BOR OES SST De eed Soe BR Le 4 hE cet dnra Shep Tyee Likra So SrH ot iei ri a eis ils DEH SR SE Se Oy HA a a 4 j4 51 ee 10 SRL yet eee ret Pais CE Se ee ee LS be etd et Be 1 ie frat pei Shep et liners ii SAREE vee moraa rei eM iG Dd SPS a AL eras SR ed Bir 7B not pace Shi Tapes Liners Er fe SEMAN SENFARA Renate Frew Delis Hi SSR SE GS ST ees SER Pe 1144 cee Es AAT Paena ship Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 9 8 Software On Board User Manual TARGETS D AG DSC ARPA BADAR wan The following table shows the fields used in the AIS log file AIS DATA TXT Field Descriptions Field Name Example Description MMSI 227092000 Ship s universal identifier NAME SEAFRANCE RENOIR Ship s name CALLSIGN FNWH IMO issued radio call sign UTC ACQUIRED 06 24 06 04 48 14 Date time of first acquisition of target ship LAT ACQUIRED 50 58 3750 Position of ship when first acquired LNG ACQUIRED 001 49 5820 a UTC LOST 06 24 06 04 49 26 Date time when last message received from target ship LAT LOST 50 58 3470 Position of ship when lost LNG LOST 001 49 2310 i AVG SOG 11 14 Ship s average speed between first and lost position knots AVG COG 262 8 Bearing of lost position from first position True DESTINATION CALAIS Ship s stated destination for this voyage SHIPTYPE Passenger ship ITU 1371 defined Ship Type for these fields to be valid the static data message must have be
63. knots 6 sec Ship 14 23 knots and changing course 2 sec Ship gt 23 knots 2 sec Ship gt 23 knots and changing course 2 sec When a mobile station determines that it is the semaphore see ITU 1371 3 1 1 4 Annex 2 the reporting rate should increase to once per 2 s see 3 1 3 3 2 Annex 2 Reporting intervals for equipment other than Class A shipborne mobile equipment Platform s condition Nominal reporting interval Class B shipborne mobile equipment not moving faster than 2 knots 3 min Class B shipborne mobile equipment moving 2 14 knots 30 sec Class B shipborne mobile equipment moving 14 23 knots 15 sec Class B shipborne mobile equipment moving gt 23 knots 5 sec Search and rescue aircraft airborne mobile equipment 10 sec Aids to navigation 3 min AIS base station 10 sec The base station rate should increase to once per 34 seconds after the station detects that one or more stations are synchronizing to the base station see ITU 1371 3 1 3 3 1 Annex 2 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 3 TARGETS D AG DSC ARPA BADAR wan For individual small boat users it s not compulsory to be sending AIS information well not yet anyway but it is very handy to be able to receive it and display it on the chart Fortunately AIS receive only devices are available and are very affordable when compared to transceivers See our Shop webpage for an example Of course there
64. list The filename format will be similar to YYYYMMDD_5PRTVW_06_12_24 GRB Where YYY is the year MM amp DD the month and day The next group of characters are 5 HGT500 P Pressure R Precipitation T Temperature V Wave height and W Wind The final collection of numbers indicate the forecast periods contained in the file You can also rename the GRIB files using normal Windows file management methods You should do this while SOB is not running or else remember to press the Refresh Tree button to re process the files with their new names 15 4 1 5 Archive Button This will move the file to the SOBVMAX GRIBS Inbox archived folder The file moved is that which contains the selected message All other messages contained in this file will first be unloaded from SOB if they are loaded 15 4 1 6 Delete Button This button will permanently delete the entire file for the selected message from your hard disk and unload any of its loaded messages form SOB 15 4 2 Capture a GRIB file attachment to SOB The lower left list Files in Inbox will show any emails with GRIB attachments that are found in your Inbox This list is compatible only with MAPI email clients MAPI is the messaging interface to email programs such as Outlook and Outlook Express SOB Should be compatible with any MAPI program s Inbox able to send email GRIB requests and find received GRIB attachments 15 4 2 1 Refresh Button Re scan the Inbox to determine if any ne
65. manner in which the final word is pronounced and including a comma semi comma or space s can improve the way that multiple words are strung together For example you should include a full stop or exclamation mark after the Say after text And even if you choose not to say anything after the data value then try using only a full stop or exclamation mark in the Say after box which should improve the way that the data value is narrated 14 2 5 Using Pre Recorded WAV Files Standard Windows WAV files can be used in place of or in combination with the TTS Speech feature WAV files used by the SOB Talking Pilot are located in this folder SOBvMAX Media Sounds TTS and must follow a specific file naming convention The file names must be in this format CODE_VOICENAME_VALUE WAV Each value that you wish to have spoken must have its own WAV file For example heading files would be thus COG_PAUL_5 WAV COG _PAUL_10 WAV COG_PAUL_15 WAV etc etc You can choose the resolution of the spoken values by including enough WAV files to cover each number This example shows heading data in 5 increments It is VERY IMPORTANT for consistent and complete values to be represented by WAV files for each data you wish spoken So for the heading example there must be a WAV file for all these values 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 340 345 350 355 360 SOB will choose the WAV file that is closest to the true value for playing IE if the true value is 333
66. may need to be very selective about the amount of data you retrieve in a session However if using any normal email connection speeds such as broadband wireless GPRS then you will find no practical limitations on the quantity of data you can request For example requesting all data for the whole world at 2 resolution in 6 hourly forecasts for 3 days results in a received email attachment under 3Mb size Note that the actual file size received may be as much as one third this predicted size depending on what compression techniques are used by your system Experimentation will best determine if this file size prediction is applicable for you 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 15 14 Software On Board User Manual GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS 15 6 Customise Display of GRIB Data Use this form to change the display of the GRIB data to better x suit your individual requirements Make changes to settings wind Display then press the Preview button to apply them to the a o Fa if displayed data on the chart a The various display methods are mostly described in context mon f t throughout this chapter Other options can be learnt best with I Dither shade Px experimentation p MW Large Files oz Days before archived O 4uta General Display Show Colour Scale Legend M Show Bounding Boxes E Animate seconds Atmosphere Pressure Display i jsobars solid colours Temperature Units o g i Celsius
67. methods to investigate this data Demy Use the QuickInfo cursor to display summary information from any chart symbol The same Found Objects form displays Chart Object details imbedded Photographs the Currents amp Tidal Stream data and the daily Tide Prediction graph Right click on any chart object or symbol to display the data for that area This data includes information pertaining to for example navigation lights piloting info yacht clubs and marinas current streams depths hazard warning areas marine parks or fishing grounds or general points of interest etc etc 10 7 1 Port Areas and Marina Information Hover the QuickInfo cursor over any marina ae di symbol to show a list of marinas in the local PORT AREA PITMVATER Port Area QuickInfo box pictured right SIRS NEWPORT MARINA i BROKEN BAY SLIPWAY a Full Port Marina details are displayed by n GIBSONS MARINA BAY VIEW CAREEL BOAT SERVICES ed using right click when any SOB cursor is ee ee ee ere hovering over the chart symbol Alternately if the QuickInfo cursor is active then left click the Haystack Point symbol Touch screen users can use Info gt gt Click as a quasi right click for displaying the details form To enter true right click mode you will use a utility installed with your touch screen driver The following screenshots show a sampling of the data contained under the Royal Prince Alfred Yacht Club chart symbol Fou
68. of 1 IPIMT Licenced chase Fies the list then it is DEFINITELY installed correctly 2 17 EMMI EMG LH CHAFEL and ready for SOB to zoom A 13 FS C2DE06 PAINTI SEA OF OKHOTSI l H A AS COPLOG TO PH PRES SOB will ALWAYS have the Background Charts ACARD AADA LN DEAN _ Eae LAEE aed aANED available SOB s startup will abort if these charts A JACAS PANTINA HELEOUFHE TO THE WHITSUMDATS are not found Any charts or licenses that SOB can likin n PERERA AA H H not recognise or have other unidentified a 16 ECTE Tr eronld PEER TO RAMOS problems will be added to the unknown section The Chart License Codes C Map Registry section shows the actual chart licenses that have 1 hast Liceras Cocky iza bund inihi op Fesp been registered with this computer If a chart HE L H f DT KALE Cranes TVS RETENER appears here IT IS NO GUARANTEE that it is SCARE MCP Hels MPS IP RCM EET AWEH available for SOB to use it only indicates that a RAON TE SOT Ie Ee PE j license code has been entered into the Registry Aiecices Chal area Lipara hi Agee Similarly in the window of the About SOB form all chart license codes entered in C Map s Registry area are listed This is a useful preliminary check when diagnosing unavailable charts Chart Borders amp aeons Boxes B peinje Binders Sahing On SOB s main chart screen areas anita he rerna kon oliny how covered by installed charts can be Ground ory adaba Gate keel chiara visually determined with t
69. read carefully this point The various representation of coordinates can trick even highly experienced navigators infact there is a strong possibility that long time navigators are perhaps most easily tricked as they are have become accustomed to reading lats and longs in a particular format for their entire life at sea The three representations of coordinates in common use and in use throughout SOB are Description 1 Decimal degrees DD dddd 33 508333 2 Degrees decimal minutes DD MM mmm 33 30 5 3 Degrees minutes seconds DD MM SS 33 30 30 The examples in the table above ARE ALL THE SAME VALUE Format 1 is a raw value representation and is used internally by SOB and various devices and is generally of no interest to the navigator or SOB user Format 2 is usually the default representation used by modern instruments such as GPS Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 3 AOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION Format 3 is the more traditional method of displaying coordinates and this is the format that experienced navigators are perhaps more accustomed to using Notes e SOB can be set to display latitudes and longitudes in any of these three formats The choice is made on the ShipsForm gt gt CustomSettings page The chosen format is used consistently throughout SOB including the format used when exporting Waypoint lists or Routes to an external file e A convenient conversion t
70. route from a UserCard into SOB Transfer a Route from SOB to a UserCard Purchase and Install A New Chart Region Re Install Previously Licensed Charts Copy Licensed Charts onto an Additional Computer Connect to a Serial GPS and COM1 Connect to a Serial GPS via USB Connect to a USB GPS Connect a Bluetooth GPS Connect to a built in NMEA GPS or other serial NMEA data source Connect GPS and Autopilot Daisy Chain Multiple Devices Multiplex Multiple Devices Connecting to Seatalk instruments Connecting every electronic device ever invented Example Testing network access to an IP Address Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 16 8 when you might connect to a GPRS CDMA 3G EDGE data server Connecting to WAN LAN ship s Disconnecting from a networked ship s Using both IP and Serial devices on OwnShip Determining your computer s IP Address Connect a SOB Client to a SOB server over an intranet Connect a SOB Client to a SOB Server over the Intranet 1 4 2 5 2 10 3 3 8 4 10 5 10 6 10 8 10 11 10 12 12 3 12 3 12 5 12 5 12 6 12 7 12 7 12 8 12 8 12 9 13 4 13 4 13 5 13 6 13 6 13 9 13 9 13 11 www digiboat com Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 1 SOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION SOB and Computer Navigation 1 1 Introduction to SOB At DigiBOAT we believe that easy affordable and accurate navigation should be readily available
71. same colour The Nickname is displayed as a label beside the Target on the chart surface Any entry in the list can be excluded from the display by ticking the Hide box Excluded targets will still display in the Target List and can be redisplayed with the Show Target button if hidden on the Friend s list Note the Target Friend s feature does not work without some extra information for WAN and ARPA Targets as their unique numbers which SOB uses to simulate an MMSI number is unknown before reception Once a new WAN or ARPA target is acquired the new unique MMSI number for it can be used when adding it to the Friend s List and then named and coloured as you wish Press the Add to Friends List button to simplify these steps The list of fiends iS menned in a simple text file in che LogFiles folder IFRIENDS_List txt This file can be manually edited or created from a spreadsheet list etc Be sure to include the data delimiters after each field and at the end of each line If Remember Target Names is selected on the Targets Form then these targets are also saved to the Friends file These targets can be displayed on the Target Friends form by ticking the Show Auto Saved Names Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 15 TARGETS D AG DSC ARPA RADAR wan 9 7 AIS Transponders If you are equipped with an AIS transmitter transponder then SOB makes it easy for you to set your AIS deta
72. settings for any new waypoints to match the settings on the form 6 2 11 Wind Shadow See Wind Tools on page 5 6 6 2 12 Show All Display the All Waypoints Form refer to page 6 6 6 2 13 UnAlarm All This button will reset the alarms for all loaded waypoints AnchorZone and ArrivalZone Alarms This is very useful if a waypoint has triggered an alarm condition but you re not sure which waypoint The alarm can be cancelled from the Waypoint form regardless of which waypoint is used to open the form 6 2 14 UnDest All In a similar manner to the UnAlarm button this button resets all waypoints that are set as Destinations Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 6 6 Software On Board User Manual WAYPOINTS 6 3 All Waypoints Form F10 Manage individual or groups of waypoints and transfer import and export waypoints to from other compatible devices or waypoint sources Open the All Waypoints form by typing the F10 key or pressing the Info button followed by the Wpt button or press the Show All button on the Waypoints Form All Waypoints i a x External Waypoint Source Waypoints in Curent SOB Session GPS CMAP User Card Waypoint files Wots Loaded F GPS wipts Re Start Capture Idefault wpt All loaded Waypoints Name La L ngo New 2500005 17200 00 E Aus E Coast Anchorage 2MISSED 3338 31 5 151 1814 E GPSO01 2004 07 09 p
73. that your yacht can sail to the wind Laylines are drawn exactly to the 2 Angle the shadow is drawn 2 narrower than the 2 Angle NOTE Mostly we believe the display of only the laylines is more pleasing uncheck the Wind Shadow box and utilise only the Wind Laylines As shown in the example screenshot image Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 7 SPECIAL TOOLS 5 4 3 Waypoint Wind Shadow The Waypoint shadow is best used when the Waypoint is positioned to represent your upwind destination it will help you sail optimally to this windward destination point On the Waypoint Form check Show Shadow and or Show Laylines and set the 12 Angle as described for the Ship s Wind Shadow Generally speaking the Y Angle for the Waypoint shadow should be the same as for the Ship s 1 2 Angle however in practice you may find that making the Waypoint angle slightly larger will ensure that you will clear the windward mark Laylines are drawn exactly to the Angle the shadow is drawn 2 narrower than the 12 Angle The Waypoint shadow works slightly differently to the Ship s shadow The ship s shadow represents the sector where your yacht under sail CANNOT go the Waypoint shadow represents the region where your yacht SHOULD remain to optimise your upwind leg ie Sailing outside the Waypoint shadow means that you will cover unnecessary ground whilst sailing upwind 5 4 4 Wind Data Panels Display either or
74. the Messages panel It is not possible to identify all types of GPS however this doesn t in any way reduce SOB s ability to read the NMEA data from the GPS SOB can communicate with NMEA devices at 4800 9600 19200 57600 38400 or 115 200 baud rates sometimes called bps for bits per second The SOB PORTS Utility allows the user to pre select COM ports to open If either port is unavailable for SOB s use eg doesn t exist or already in use etc SOB will display a reason in the Messages panel if it can be determined why this port can t be used If a port is set to Auto then SOB will automatically open the next numerically available COM number Note that this will not always be a port with a connected device For instance many computers have COM3 installed usually an internal modem and if no other software is currently using this modem then SOB will actually be able to open COM3 even though it is unable to communicate with a modem it is not a NMEA navigational device Anyway this example demonstrates that SOB s auto open feature may not always perform as expected If the port is set to Disabled then this port is disabled and SOB will not attempt to open this port upon start up 11 1 3 2 Log NMEA Data Insert UTC in logfile ZDA Tick this box to enable NMEA data logging All incoming data will be logged to the file SOB_NMEA_DATA log and can be replayed at a future time See SOB NMEA DATA log page 11 7 The Insert
75. the issuer of the data and the forecast date File Sample1 grb Center HMT Issuer US Weather Service National Meteorologi Issued 16JUL05 06 00 Forecast 18hrs The weather data can be displayed in a number of ways some data types lend themselves to certain visualisation methods for instance pressure data is regularly seen as a contour map on the TV weather forecasts and newspaper s synoptic map Other weather data available from GRIBs are not commonly viewed from other mediums such as wave heights and geo potential heights SOB displays this data as colour dithered density graphs 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 1 5 2 Software On Board User Manual GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS The example image of Australia shows the Temperature at Sea Level as a density graph overlayed with the Atmospheric Pressure as a contour map A full understanding of weather data and its interpretation is far beyond the scope of a Software User Manual however we will endeavour to outline at a very basic level what the data is and how to use it Please note WE ARE NOT METEOROLOGISTS and make no claims that our knowledge is complete or even correct A good starting place for learning more about the weather is any of the websites from national weather offices for example the Hong Kong and Australian Meteorological Bureau s sites contain extremely good and accessible data in the form of info pages and tutorials Bowditch s A
76. the logfile you can watch this ship LEAVING Calais so we suggest that the Ship s Communications Officer or Officer of the Watch has not updated the destination yet There are often errors noticeable in the Ship s Static Data that must be entered by the operator in their AIS transponder 9 3 1 1 Remember AIS Target Names When a new target is acquired it can often be several minutes until the Static Data message is received The name of the ship is not Known until this static data is received Tick this box and SOB will maintain its own look up list of MMSI numbers and Ship Names Whenever SOB receives the static data for a new target its Ship Name will be saved to disk and used in future SOB sessions to help identify targets prior to receipt of the Static Data message These remembered ship names are stored in the FRIENDS_List txt file which can be manually edited or imported to Excel for instance for further storage or analysis Be Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 9 6 Software On Board User Manual TARGETS D AG DSC ARPA RADAR wan aware however that these remembered ships will not appear in the Friends List form when displayed in SOB 9 3 2 Target List Columns 9 3 2 1 MMSI MMSI Maritime Mobile Service Identity numbers are issued to each ship by the ITU and National authorities The MMSI number uniquely identifies all ships around the World Every AIS message sent or received by an AIS transponder receiver c
77. the solder joints some plugs include a clamping mechanism where in the wire usually needs to be padded out for the clamp device to work effectively The pin numbers are impressed into the plastic of the plug next to the correct pin Pin 3 is only connected if the accessory cable has a wire for NMEA IN this allows SOB to talk to the GPS perhaps uploading waypoints or routes if they re compatible Only pins 2 amp 5 are required for SOB to connect to a GPS for data reception only Pin 3 typically connects SOB to an Autopilot These example pictures show a connection between a 9 pin serial plug and a Garmin GPS data connector The blank serial plugs are available from Computer or Electronics shops for a few dollars The colour image includes connections for a remote power source to avoid the need for batteries installed in the GPS If you don t have a serial port in the computer then create one with a USB Serial Converter cable as described above in Example 2 Female DES e m connect to PE i athe ane a ge conhechor 12 4 Complex Connection Scenarios If you have multiple NMEA 0183 devices to connect to SOB then there is no standard way to perform this Each job must be individually planned depending on such factors as budgets room available for installation makes models of devices distances between devices and the computer and your technical ability If many devices are all from the same manufacturer eg B amp G V
78. then Touch the new location to move the mark Or Touch any other mark to select it ready for moving Hint if the old mark is in the way when moving first move to a different location then move back A TurnMark s position can be precisely entered on the Route Details form 7 1 5 Insert Route TurnMark Touch a mark twice pressing the Insert a TurnMark button will place a new mark after the selected one Move the new mark to its desired location 7 1 6 Delete a TurnMark Touch the mark twice then press the Delete a TurnMark button 7 1 7 Display Route Details Form See Route Details Form page 7 6 There are three convenient methods available to display the route details 1 Touch a route mark to select it then Touch it again and press Route Details on the button menu 2 Select the route on the AllRoutes form then press the Details button 3 Press the Details button on the red Destination panel for an active route 7 1 8 GreatCircles GC and Rhumblines RL Note the following discussion about Great Circles and Rhumblines are relevant to the Mercator Chart Projection as used by C Map and SOB Other chart projections represent GCs and RLs quite differently eg gnomic chart projections represent GCs as straight lines and RLs as curves Any route leg in SOB can be converted to a Great Circle course A GC represents the Shortest distance between two points on a sphere however a GC course does not follow a co
79. to everyone SOB has been purposely designed to be equally useful to both gt acomplete beginner computer user a novice navigator and an unskilled boatie or gt a power user with professional navigation skills and a life time at sea It is important to note that SOB is not a conventional Windows software program There are NO MENUS in SOB all actions and operations are easily performed by mouse clicking or with a finger in touchscreen systems There are also no critical operations that must be performed with a mouse drag Menus and dragging are difficult operations to perform on a desk and close to impossible onboard a moving boat SOB s entire interface has been designed for simplicity and once it is understood conceptually we are confident that you ll find it extremely fast and intuitive 1 2 The Modern Age of Navigation Twenty plus years ago after the introduction of SatNav positioning technology that preceded GPS someone said For the first time in history the navigator knows where she IS rather than where she WAS Modern navigation techniques and instruments offer an incredible wealth of information and assistance to the captain crew and guests All this information is accurate to incredible levels of precision and real time accuracy measured in seconds Further newer technologies such as AIS and of course the Internet and wireless communications are constantly expanding the way that navigational data is g
80. to replay a voyage in SOB The data written to the file will resemble the text in this example each line as known as an NMEA Sentence SGPGGA 144535 1228 777 N 00959 9 6 W 1 10 1 6 3 M lt M SGPAPB Ay A 0 16 L N Ay V 2 9020 T0004 269 3 T T ATV DO Ly bogey bOACVY SOUUQUWTRT S3hewl c00U00 0 75 SGPRMC 144535 A 1228 777 N 06959 976 W 0 0 358 1 190406 9 9 W 74 SGPVIG 338 1 17 6e0 My 0 0 N0 0 K SGPWPL 1228 772 N 07000 438 W 0004 The ISOB_NMEA_DATA log file is saved to the SOBvMAX Logfiles folder If log to file is enabled see Log NMEA Data page 11 4 all received NMEA sentences will be appended to this file We recommend you rename this file to a name of your choosing to represent the voyage it relates to be sure to keep the log extension when renaming it so that SOB can easily find and replay it The log to file setting is maintained between SOB sessions remember to un check this option when SOB re starts to disable logging if necessary These logfiles can be archived as a true simulation log of your voyage and replayed in SOB at any time Regularly throughout a long voyage or at the completion of your voyage use Windows File Explorer to save this data to an appropriately named file and place it in the LogFiles folder for easy replay using the buttons on this form page 11 1 5 3 Auto replay a logfile when SOB starts For in store demonstration purposes or any other reason you may wish SOB
81. track files in SOB When imported into Excel the resulting data will appear as after some simple formatting Ed Microsoft Excel PastTrack Berimilla Pittwater Harbour xls B File Edit wiew Insert Format Tools Data Window Help D to Bea 6a BBS oras rn Aime anm A arial 10 B z U e SBS x won FEl oA BA 12 37 24 AM na SS See D E F amp j H J EE L M UTC Sat Aug 14 2004 LAT LAG MODE COG SOG DEPTH AWD AWS TYO TWSs ward 12 37 AM 3S 34 5600 aS ar ro 0 86 00 6 20 0 00 140 00 6 80 25656 1222 3 zai 2 37 Sh 39 34 5580 16715 59380 O 84 50 6 20 000 55 00 6 60 308 72 9 57 eas 3381 12 37 A 1 32 34 5580 15115 6100 Oo 85 00 6 20 O 00 2100 550 20339 za z 3382 le af AM ae 34 Fari 15T 15 Bebl 0 of a 6 20 0 0 WS oo 6 30 305 18 10 Er Now use Excel s powerful tools to analyse or present this data in a multitude of different ways For example a graph of the apparent wind speed for the voyage can reveal much interesting and useful information SS a4 5050 15115 9140 i 360 00 aa 34 5920 15115 9500 101 50 10 101 50 33 34 5940 15115 9660 101 00 aa S4 5980 15115 3810 WE OO 106 00 SF 34 6020 15115 9920 OO 1400 201 90 234 6100 aT 20 0090 NE OO 123 324 62 i a ia Me rr UA et a PRE 12 51 AM 12 37 AM 12 44 AM 12 55 AM Plot 4rea 3440 ro Pal on pD E SF ag Irid 15120 3250 157 b 20 0 00 42
82. use their own proprietary communication protocols and SOB is not capable of directly importing waypoints from any Garmin GPS However there are two ways you can import Garmin waypoints to SOB 1 Place your wpts into a route which the Garmin exports in the conventional NMEA manner when the route is activated in the GPS and captured in SOB s AllRoutes form 2 Use a third party program to capture a list of wpts from the Garmin then format reformat this list to be compatible with SOB s CSV importing 6 3 8 3 Furuno Most Furuno devices send a proprietary NMEA sentence through the normal connection SOB can directly capture these waypoints on the AllWaypoints form You may have to manually trigger the GPS to send its wpt list refer to the Furuno User Manual 6 3 8 4 Other GPS Models If they can be set up to transmit the RTE or WPL NMEA sentences then SOB can capture them refer to the User Manual that came with the device for instructions Otherwise use a third party waypoint program to produce a CSV list for SOB to directly import We also have a few macros and 3 party programs that our users have created to help with importing Waypoints Routes and Tracks created in other navigation programs Please email support digiboat com au for more information Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 6 10 Software On Board User Manual WAYPOINTS 6 3 9 Sending Waypoints to a GPS 6 3 9 1 CSV File Check your GPS manual for compatibility
83. was 8 5kn 5 5 2 How do I create my Polar data SOB uses a custom format to save the data It can be created simply in three different ways gt Automatically created from your yacht s own pasttrack data gt Imported from a Maxsea polar file gt Converted from published data 5 5 2 1 Automatically create from a SOB PastTrack file A suitable PastTrack file must first be created Naturally this PastTrack data needs to be created while sailing optimally as if racing or better still while racing and of course without using the engine Obviously you need wind instruments connected to your computer and SOB and for best results you should have an electronic compass input eg fluxgate or gyro and ideally a Boat Speed ie LOG device connected If electronic compass and boat speed data is not available then COG and SOG from the GPS will be used this will not provide as accurate data for the Wind Polars Additionally the track should be created in an area without current although SOB will filter out data that appears to be influenced by currents Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 5 10 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS During the wind polar creation process extra information is retained which indicates the Statistical accuracy of the data created standard deviation information This is shown on the polar graph in different colours ie grey data points if the data is not too stable red green for good data for
84. wave troughs in the westerlies These large scale systems not only dictate how cold or warm air intrusion proceeds but also steer the movements of tropical cyclones and other upper air disturbances This example image below is the same forecast data as the image at the beginning of the chapter however this image has the pressure contour map overlayed on the GPH data rather than on the TEMP data The relationship between GPH and PRMSL should be apparent 15 2 6 Precipitation Rate amp Total E E f A T Ta aad a on Ja Precipitation Rate is the predicted rainfall Hh AP or snow hail at ground sea level in raw fare oe OME te ee Ow A Units of kilogram per square metre per wk a ae second kg m2 s This is equivalent to see 3 Mi a e ie o NA millimetres per hour mm hr which are the a TA units used for this data in SOB Note that most weather agencies express rainfall in points which is a measure of the number of millimetres per day divide by 25 4 for inches per day So to convert the GRIB Sra Ef an EE oe Cee eee 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 15 6 Software On Board User Manual GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS data to points multiply the precipitation value by 24 as 24 hours 1 day In SOB precipitation is displayed only as a coloured density graph however values of O are ignored The image at left shows precipitation overlayed with the pressure contour map Notice the typical situation of rainfall predicte
85. with importing lists from text files Typically you would first export a SOB waypoint file to a text list on the All Waypoints form then use Excel to adjust this text list to the row column format required by your GPS then use HyperTerminal to send this file to the GPS 6 3 9 2 NMEA WPL Command CAUTION Some GPS Plotters may DELETE ALL WAYPOINTS currently in the device s memory when importing a new waypoint list Please check your GPS or Plotter s User Manual carefully before importing WPL waypoints from SOB for the first time Or first output all waypoints from the GPS or Plotter to SOB or HyperTerminal etc so you have a complete backup of them Your GPS must be able to import waypoint data via NMEA using the WPL sentence Select a waypoint file on the All Waypoints form F10 press the lt button and SOB automatically starts sending the waypoints to the nominated Output port for the GPS Tick the GPS Output option on NMEA form selecting the correct port with your GPS attached Either an entire file selected in the blue list will be uploaded or any selected waypoints in the right hand list will be uploaded If one or no waypoints are highlighted and a filename is selected then the waypoints in the file will be sent As per NMEA standards a single WPL sentence is sent every two seconds A running count is kept in the caption and if you widen the fourth column in the list which is Shrunk and hidden by default you can se
86. zone or after an aft a beam situation and before the autopilot changes to the new course is about 15 20 seconds This should be considered when setting the size of the Arrival Circle An interim message is sent to the Messages panel warning Prepare for course change before the final message is posted Turning now 7 2 1 6 Pass Next Similar to the Unpass Last this button forces the next TurnMark to be set as passed Note that the current time will be stamped on the TurnMark now nominated as passed this may or may not be the actual time that the mark was technically passed 7 2 1 7 Reset XTE This button will reset the XTE to Ship s Position This is often used by sailing craft under Autopilot Control that may end up a fair distance from their original intended course The autopilot will try to steer the yacht back to the original course line rather than continue to the destination from the yacht s current position This button effectively resets the intended course to the boat s current position to the destination In the diagram the original course is the nev COUrSe fter pressing TEJ blue line between the A Rese XTE waypoints The XTE is y destination measured as the start Original intended course perpendicular distance off this intended course dashed blue line Most autopilots will act erratically unpredictably or even fail completely if the XTE exceeds 0 3 nm about 500 metres Pr
87. 0 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 12 9 CONNECTING NMCA NAVIGATION DEVICES le 5 Connecting every electronic device ever invented Good planning and clear understanding of each device s User Manual particularly the NMEA Wiring connections is essential before attempting a scenario like this ym Fipe wine f AUTOPILOT FACTOR ji Sa hi AA 12 4 2 Further Help with SOB COM Serial Connections e Extra help with connecting hardware for use with SOB can be found in the FAQ Frequently Asked Questions section of our website www digiboat com faq2 htm or on our User Forum www digiboat biz forum e Many more schematics and diagnostic procedures are available on this webpage www digiboat com manual man_technical htm e Registered SOB users can contact support digiboat com au for assistance with their SOB NMEA connections e For data cables for GPS to PC connecting check the particular device s website eg www garmin com Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 12 10 Software On Board User Manual CONNECTING NAGA NAVIGATION DEVICES Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 13 1 AOB NETWORKING 13 SOB Networking Throughout this document when referring to a network we regard this as meaning equally a local network intranet Internet VPN LAN WAN Mesh etc etc Basically any computers linked to each other and using the Internet standard TCP IP method for communication
88. 10 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 12 1 CONNECTING NMCA NAVIGATION DEVICES 12 Connecting NMEA Navigation Devices 12 1 What is NMEA NMEA is an acronym for the National Marine Electronics Association which devise control and publish a set of universal standards for navigation instruments communication These standards are available in a few different versions NMEA 0183 is the most prevalent and any marine instrument manufactured after about 1990 should be compatible with NMEA 0183 In addition to the examples and diagrams presented in this chapter many more schematics and diagnostic procedures are available on our website www digiboat com support schematics asp 12 1 1 1 NMEA 2000 NMEA 2000 is a newer version of this standard that has simplified the interconnectivity requirements for instruments and provides a stable high speed communication protocol over Cat 5 network cable especially designed for the marine environment To date very few NMEA 2000 devices in comparison with NMEA 0183 devices exist Of course over the ensuing years NMEA 2000 will eventually replace NMEA 0183 although existing NMEA 0183 devices will remain installed and in use for decades to come SOB is not yet compatible with NMEA 2000 instruments 12 1 1 2 NMEA Devices compatible with SOB Any navigation instrument that is NMEA 0183 compatible can connect to SOB The majority of NMEA devices communicate via the Serial Communicati
89. 2 Show Hide Wind Tails A NMEA capable Apparent Wind Instrument anemometer must be installed and connected to SOB Each past track point records both Apparent and True wind speed and direction The Wind Tails also called Hedgehog View Show TRUE WIND direction vectors for each past track point Note each pointer is the same size and is not dependent on wind strength recorded Best used in conjunction with wind speed colour Shading which shows the wind speed alongside Shifts etc 8 1 4 3 Show Date Time Depths If selected these options will display a label at regular intervals along the track with the chosen data displayed 8 1 5 Show Colour Scale Check this option to display the colour legend on the chart screen Be aware that the colour used for each point is relative to the range of values between the recorded max and min a values of speed depth strength As Lo nae the min and max values change the a eee eae PastTrack shading colours drawn will be adjusted to any change in the range 6 2 knots 278 True Software On Board SOBYMAX When the colour scale is visible click on it to show hide the PastTrack Settings form The default colour of the PastTrack markers depends upon the navigation mode log file replay mode will show a red PastTrack while dead reckoning mode will show a grey coloured PastTrack and real time navigating mode with an active GPS will show black dots and the double sized points
90. 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 8 4 Software On Board User Manual PAST T RACK Rename SOB s automatic filename created for the track file can be changed using the method described above point 8 1 2 or with Windows File Explorer Example 1 Restart at Midnight plus Restart every 6 hours SOB will save 4 track files per 24 hours the first for each day will be midnight then 0600 1200 1800 However the files saved on the first day of the journey will be timed relative to the time you made this setting For instance if you start this regime at 5 30pm then the first file will be saved 6 hours later at 11 30pm But the Restart at Midnight is set so the next file saved at midnight will contain only half an hour of data then from the next day the file saves will be synched to every 6 hours Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 8 5 PAST TRACK le 2 Restart at Midnic If only the Restart at Midnight is used Restart every must be set to zero then one track file will be saved per day and it will have a time stamp on the Windows file properties of 12 00am C SOByMax PastTracks Ol x File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ga Back gt ta SQ Search E Folders ca LA LE Pa ig EZET Address CASOBVMAS PastTracks Go Folders 2 Track 2006 10 16 001 txt 709 KB vni 16 10 2006 12 00 4M PastTrack txt 2 945 KB ei 15 10 2006 11 47 AM Sema pt Track 200
91. 4 2 3 1 Common Settings Each of the ship s data values that can be spoken is presented on its own page on the Talking Pilot form Each page has a large red or green button on the left side to enable disable the speaking of this value All Heading Speed C All Heading Speed De All Heading Speed Depth oom B b Al Heading Speed Depth Wind Nz All Heading Speed Depth Wind N20 a i The Time option and each of the ship s data options contain the basic settings to control how often and how many times the data is spoken In addition the ship s data options contain two toggles Say before and Say after Directly type the values or use the f lt econde spin controls to set the number of Repeat it every o A times to Repeat saying a value and Fi fl minutes to set the delay before narrating the value again every Choose seconds or minutes to suit your requirements You can prefix and or postfix any narrated value with a custom C Say before lv Say after word or phrase This is free form iegeg as and is up to each user s personal Heading degrees preference Often one of these is a necessity to differentiate the value being spoken from any others that may be enabled For example if Depth and Speed are both enabled then four decimal three five decimal two can not be correctly interpreted as either the speed and depth or the depth and speed Now if Say before is set to Depth for depth and
92. 4 2 Messages ViewPanel 3 This is a general purpose notepad which can be used by the operator for note taking logging navigation or ship information etc Normal Windows text editing keystrokes apply when using this panel Ctrl A Ctrl C Ctrl V etc for Selecting Cutting amp Pasting text SOB also uses this panel for posting a variety of running messages to the user N2D Arrivals Autopilot actions Network amp COM port connections AIS Broadcast Messages etc Some of these messages are informational only and require no further action however some messages are ALARM conditions and are signified with a preset alarm sound and require attention by the navigator or helmsman The data contained in this panel will be saved to the SOBvMAX Logfiles messages txt file when SOB exits and whenever the contained text reaches a few kilobytes in size The text file can be opened in Notepad and reviewed edited printed deleted etc using regular Windows file manipulation techniques You can force a save of this data or clear the text using the Clear button Use the Stamp button for inserting the following text into the panel UTC LOCAL SOG 5 9 knots COG 013 True 15 Feb 2007 10 47 GMT 10 00 AUS Eastern Daylight Time 15 Feb 2007 21 47 33 34 044 151 02 936 This Stamp text is also automatically copied to the Windows Clipboard and can be pasted into another program using its Edit Paste menu or Ctrl V ke
93. 6 10 15 001 txt 277 KB TextD 15 10 2006 12 00 AM fd Leofiles Track 2006 10 14 O01 txt 443KB TextO 14 10 2006 12 00 AM Sy AE Z Track 2006 10 13 001 txt 886KB Text D 13 10 2006 12 00 AM a gD Routes Track 2006 10 12 001 txt 1 643KB TextD 12 10 2006 12 00 AM 8 1 8 Save to Route See the description below point 8 2 3 for PastTrackOOx rte 8 1 9 Load Options When reloading old tracks for review use these options to help to manage the reloaded tracks If the track file is exceptionally large set the Load Every value to a high number so that not every point is loaded For example to load a point every 15 minutes of track time set this to 180 as each track point is 5 seconds apart so 180 of them will be 15 minutes apart Ignore if SOG gt is used to force filter erroneous data from the track file For example if your vessel is incapable of doing in excess of 15kn then pre set this value to 15 and all bad speed data will be filtered SOB does some automatic filtering of reloaded data ie values of true and apparent wind are compared values of Hdg and COG are compared and if these are too wildly differing to be correct then these data points are filtered out Ignore Duplicates should always be enabled Although this slows down the reloading of the track file it is common for duplicate track points to exist in a file eg you may be at anchor or on a berth and have many identical pos
94. 71921608 147 4834069 Elapsed Time 0 days 24 hous 0 minutes These estimates will be Current amp Drift 10 krote 45 True Close most accurate on the Equator and least accurate Predicted Location as your route centre moves Lat 00 000 Long 200 000 naer Shia Calculate Centre Centre of Search Pattem 2685313114 150 6527360 pse a tO higher latitudes After the route has been created exact details are available from the Route Details form Choose the search pattern grid or circular and choose the leg direction by clicking one of the pictures A further 4 variations are possible by reversing any of these four route shapes after creating them The centre of the search area defaults to your ship s position but any value for latitude and longitude can be entered decimal degrees format Also apply a time elapsed and current information to improve the calculation of the centre of the search area Once the auto route is created it can be used as is any other route Loaded Unloaded Activated Analysed etc TurnMarks are only approximate values Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 8 1 PAST TRACK 0 Pastirack Bksp The functionality of SOB s PastTrack features are severely restricted if SOB has not been Unlocked About every 5 seconds SOB will drop a dot on the chart display at your position every 10 of these markers sometimes known as the fabled bread crum
95. 8 virtual zoom mode P hide show Printing tools rarely used T display the Targets form 9 Fixed Scale Level Changing zooming V hide show View Panel menu rarely used W toggle Wind Tools 0 zero Reset chart scale 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 16 4 Software On Board User Manual AGCFERENCE 16 3 Mouse Clicks amp Touch screen Actions gt MouseWheel will perform fast zooming by changing chart detail levels gt Left Click will centre the chart at that position used to pan the chart However left click action will be determined by what tool or mode is presently active gt Middle Click at any time to centre chart gt Middle button Drag create a Zoom Window into the chart by dragging from top left to bottom right If GRIBs are active then the zoom window is also used to seed the boundaries for the next GRIB data request area gt Right Click at any time to view data about that chart point same as Info gt Touch gt Double Click the chart to display the Raw NMEA Data form gt Touch Slide along chart edges to pan chart when Auto Panning button depressed SOB is equally useable with a touchscreen interface as such the following terms appear throughout this manual gt Touch is the same as Left Clicking the chart gt Slide is equivalent to Left Drag gt Press is what you do to Buttons or Check Boxes 1 Some actions involve Touching the chart twice particularly when route editing This is NOT
96. A VPW Speed with against wind VMG in knots RSD RADAR System Data VWR Apparent Wind Direction and velocity TTM Tracked Target Message ARPA MARPA VWT True wind direction and velocity TLL Target Latitude and Longitude ARPA MARPA MWV Wind Speed and Angle TLB Common Target Label MWD Wind Direction VDM UAIS VHF Data link Message AutoPilot VDO UAIS VHF Data link Own vessel report ABM UAIS Addressed binary and safety related msg APA Autopilot format A BBM UAIS Broadcast Binary Message APB Autopilot format B SSD UAIS Ship Static Data BOD Bearing Origin to Destination waypoint VSD UAIS Voyage Static Data BWR Bearing and Distance to Waypoint Rhumb Line BWC Bearing and Distance to Waypoint Great Circle DSC Distress amp Position report XTE Cross track error DSE DSC Expansion Information Ship amp Nav_ Waypoints amp Routes GLL GPS Position Global Latitude amp Longitude BWW Bearing from Source wpt to Destination wpt GLP Time and Position WDC Distance to Waypoint Great Circle RMB Rec minimum navigation information WDR Distance to Waypoint Rhumb Line RMC Rec minimum specific GPS Transit data WCV_ Velocity Made Good to Waypoint VTG Course Speed over Ground ZTG Time to go to Waypoint VHW Course Speed over Water ROO Waypoints in active route HDM Compass Heading RTE Waypoints in active route HDT Heading True Gyro Course True WPL Waypoint location HDG Heading with Deviation and Variation ZDA Time and Date Pro
97. Auto Search Routes PastTrack BKS P ccccceessseeeeeeeeseeecseeeeees 8 1 PastTrack Management 8 2 Past Track Logfiles 8 3 Analysing your Voyage Targets T AIS DSC ARPA RADAR WAN 9 1 Introduction 9 2 Target acquisition systems used by SOB 9 3 Targets List T 9 4 Viewing Target Details amp Information 9 5 Targets Display Settings 9 6 Target Friend s List 9 7 AIS Transponders C MAP Charts cccccsscsssecessssesseeeseeseeseeeeeas 10 1 Introduction 10 2 Compatible Chart Types 10 3 C Map Cartridges amp USB Card Readers www digiboat com Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 11 10 4 Purchasing amp Installing C Map Charts 10 5 C Map Chart Details 10 6 Chart Toggles Toolbar F3 10 7 Chart Data Information Services amp Tides 10 8 Night Modes F7 10 9 Depth Area Highlighting F4 10 10 Animated Navigation Lights Ctrl A 10 11 Declutter Mode F8 Raw NMEA Data Form N 0 11 2 Supported NMEA Sentences 12 Connecting NMEA Navigation Devices 12 1 What is NMEA 12 2 Device to Computer Connections 12 3 Example Simple Connection Scenarios 12 4 Complex Connection Scenarios 13 SOB Networking ccccssceseeeesseeeees 13 1 Introduction 13 2 Client Mode 13 3 Server Mode 13 4 WAN Glossary 14 The Talking Pilot ccceeseeeees 14 2 Talking Pilot form Ctrl Space 14 3 Ship s Bells 7 14 4 Voice Recognition amp Spoken Commands 15 GRIB W
98. B the limit will not be reset if you simply clear the targets from the screen SOB will automatically pick up and display AIS and ARPA targets with appropriate devices connected SOB s Target feature is also used for the display of EBL VRM user marks from compatible RADAR devices and ships connected via the Internet using SOB s WAN feature are displayed as WAN Targets Fes 12 0 knots 255 2 True Software On Board SOBY90 7 Sangatte Arg l n UTC Wed 15 06 05 03 47 20 Scale z00000 1 ejs28066 NocOMM mtrs GverZzoo0m vt Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 9 2 Software On Board User Manual TARGETS D AG DSC ARPA RADAR wan 9 2 Target acquisition systems used by SOB 9 2 1 AIS AIS stands for Automatic Identification System sometimes UAIS for Universal AIS and is basically a VHF device which sends and or receives details about your vessel and your journey If you look at the AIS Static Data page on the Ship s Data form F9 you will get an idea of the type of data that is sent between ships Also dynamic data is sent speed course lat Ing rate of turn ALL commercial ships over 300t tankers liners ferries etc must have AIS transmitters fitted And as of 2007 many more classes of ships will be required to send AIS data all new ships all ships over 60t all passenger ships The internet contains a vast amount of information about AIS a good starting point is www ualis org also worth a look
99. B s sub folders is not selected then SOB start up will be aborted 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 16 6 Software On Board User Manual AGFERENCE 16 4 4 SOB Installation Folders SOBvMAX exe User Manual pdf SOB_PORTS exe uninst exe QuickStart pdf RELEASE NOTES pdf ReadMe txt Notes txt Warning txt MOB txt cmWin32 dll FSYSO3 dIl WWB00200 dll also C SOBv90 C SOBvVMAX C SOB GRIB The main program file or SOB exe or SOB GRIB exe SOB User Manual designed for printing to A4 double side Utility program to help configure the Serial COM ports that SOB uses If SOB was setup using a Self installing file instead of simply copying it from another computer this uninstall program will clean SOB off your computer however any Routes Waypoints or Log files you created will not be removed Print this file for easy reference while using SOB Printable document that highlights the new different features with the latest version Required text files SOB will not function successfully without these files present in the same folder Required C MAP library file Required C MAP library file The C MAP world overview chart used as the background chart in SOB Windows library files Generally not required but included for any systems that do not have these automatically installed with Windows mfc42 dill msvecrt dll winmm dil sapi dll MS standard Library file MS standard Library file MS Library for p
100. Bluetooth driver SOB can connect to any of the built in ports and or virtual serial ports numbered from COM5 to COM255 Typically USB virtual ports are numbered from COM5 to COM10 and Bluetooth virtual ports are numbered from COM10 to COM20 However these designations are not an industry standard and each virtual port device manufacturer is free to determine their own default numbering system Note to reduce the chance of problems we recommend that you never assign a virtual device to COM1 2 3 or 4 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 11 4 Software On Board User Manual RAw NMGA DATA FORM 11 1 3 1 Open Serial COM Port Connections SOB can receive data on four COM ports simultaneously Use the Setup COM Ports utility to aid with determining what devices are connected and which COM ports are actually present in your system When SOB is started it will automatically attempt to open these ports according to their settings Be sure to connect the devices and turn them on before running SOB to help SOB to correctly identify and open these pre configured ports If the devices are connected after SOB starts then you will probably need to open this page and manually start the communication by pressing the appropriate Open button this is particular to virtual ports created by USB or Bluetooth devices SOB will try to identify the make model of GPS attached whenever a COM port is opened if successful this info will be printed to
101. Cr Ciripedia Chimney Flare shack Pebbles Fu Fucus E Cobbles Ma Mates Rock Sabellaria indmill Windimeator y Laya SEK Sandbank konumenl Fgsiall NAV AIDS aids to navigation This is another very useful reference source for chart information specific to C Map Electronic A A A A Ligmin genera Lighthouse Charts Use the hyperlink above to download this file ae H Lighted ofshore platform All symbols features marine and ports detail x S Ligm foal ight vessel displayed on the charts are listed on this C Map Legend sheet Dee tt peb OPS Coosol light We recommend that you print out this PDF file and Ha Multiple colored lights on sarne structure keep it near the chart table This single page file BN EY ais can be tricky to print ideally your printer should be eT eT tetas trem able to print to A3 size or print a single page tiled across 2x A4 pages kiA Sector ight sectors nol deplayed Loft charactenstc jeg five Tadia eie pend elevator range see almuites 10 5 3 Chart Datum All C Map charts are recorded in the WGS 84 datum This is a mathematical approximation of the Earth s imperfect ellipsoid based on the World Geodetic Survey 1984 It is important that ALL navigation equipment and devices onboard that are used to locate or display your geographic position are ALL set to the same Datum WGS84 This mostly applies to your GPS or Chartplotter but also importantly includes your offici
102. DO then they can be daisy chained into a single stream of NMEA data Some manufacturers eg Raymarine use proprietary bus data protocols which are not directly compatible with the serial NMEA language these companies will have as an option a converter to NMEA available Alternately other Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 CONNECTING NMGA NAVIGATION DEVICES companies or devices may be able to perform the conversion eg multiplexers from ShipModul The Netherlands or Brookhouse New Zealand will accept a Seatalk Raymarine s proprietary language input and convert it to NMEA for connection to the computer Typically a Multiplexer aka MUX is the answer to connecting many instruments to SOB These devices accept the NMEA data from multiple instruments and merge it into a Single serial data stream to connect to one COM port on the computer Pictured left is a simple multiplexer from ShipModul www shipmodul com which allows 3 devices to connect and has a nice extra the connection to the computer is USB Both Brookhouse and ShipModul provide options for connecting Seatalk and NMEA devices simultaneously ShipModul also has a model that connects to the PC via Bluetooth 12 4 1 1 Multiple Instrument Connection Examples Presented here are a few standard scenarios for multiple instruments many more examples are available throughout the Internet and we have several wir
103. F4 To set the min max values for the highlight band use the Home amp End keys to set the Increase MIN Increase MAX minimum value and PgUp amp PgDn to set depth setting depth setting the maximum value Decrease MIN Decrease MAX depth setting depth setting The following screen shots demonstrate how the depth highlight band can be used Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 25 C MAP CHARTS Pal Ea aD a p j FEN T eed f oe a a Tes ei me d k T p T T 1 i i E m E TER 3 b ns ky os oF me z bone tpt F te Pa a iy mn f Se Nea a pale i i p a gi 3 re F i r i gt J i iy ts a T 4 va ha te pa py ha r anf Fi t E E oop o Highlight band 5m 10m Notes If using the Home key would move the min value above the max value then the max value will be reset higher first Similarly using PgDn to set the max value below the min value will first reduce the min value appropriately Each value step of max amp min are 40 greater less than the previous values Depending on your chart display you may need to press these keys a few times until the next visible depth contour is reached Turns on a real time flashing always on or occulting representation of lights on the chart All characteristics of the light are correctly represented e visible if your ship is outside of the nominal range setting then it will not illumin
104. Fahrenheit 15 7 Questions 15 7 1 1 Are GRIB files truly free Yes The data is made available from various Met Bureaus worldwide and compiled and distributed by MailASail SailDocs et al using a simple exchange of emails Some providers charge a subscription to use their data examples OCENS and C Meteo These providers offer additional weather data and in some cases higher resolution of the Standard data you can retrieve from the free providers 15 7 1 2 How accurate is GRIB data The prediction models are created by super computers based on the cutting edge of our knowledge of weather patterns influences and movements The models are generally quite accurate in the short term 12 24 36 hours but forecast periods of more than two days should be considered very doubtful Certainly some locations worldwide lend themselves to more accurate long term forecasts but generally speaking it is wise to avoid using GRIB data for predictions beyond a day or two 15 7 1 3 My email program isn t compatible with SOB In this case still use SOB to create the Data Request using the middle mouse drag and then the Request form for creating the request command Select the Use Other option on the Request form to change the Send button to a Copy to Clipboard button Now create a new email using your regular email client program enter query saildocs com or weather mailasail com in the To field type anything you wish in the Subject field a
105. Fat and the button on the F3 toolbar for toggling d n3 Len both spot soundings and depth contour Dimen x sie labels Piper pares ita Boundary Boxes and Tide amp Current Sea Sense cece Bed and Graticule lines of Latitude and Cdk decomidegeest Longitude display symbols can also be does eee neg dynamically changed with the F3 toolbar Dri Toggles Restricted Areas and Restricted Zones are FF ohnr C Aan region dependent for instance Australia s Great Beco OMe Barrier Reef is tightly regulated with various nipae R nen Marine Park zones When displayed the shaded Le Bren pys zones can severally clutter the chart display Reiala ireen C Pepeta viens Other restricted areas could be Navy ae DEE iata anchorages pilot points etc and these are WRR oks marked on the chart with arrays of danger Erna drarooan ci sowentt creari chari ang X on symbols Text Airport symbols and Roads can be hidden to reduce chart clutter Assigned Buoy Names can be displayed beside the symbol to assist with navigation and pilotage The size and readability of the text labels used is highly dependent on your Monitor Width setting Submerged Objects Depths will print the depth in the chosen Depth Units for underwater chart objects such as wrecks submerged rocks etc Note whether a depth is available and displayed for such objects is dependent on imbedded C Map chart data Multimedia Icons presently June06 are the camera symbols indicating that a ph
106. HT TEST T Bead Pesani Mode joy Pleo Pad Track j then open the Ship s Form and press the ejas riled Bc Set button or 2 open the Ship s Form tf and enter the coordinates of the new Shin s Erotic Lated perea ling Sarge lt gt position then press the Set button 7 on rT om Tay Hoth rosing m iise ban T Megha Up 2 2 1 2 Dead Reckoning mode D M Corph Tora led Haein Up i Pipa ca i Declination Lis When DR is active the ship can be turned in 1 or 10 increments using L for left turn and R for right Toggle the step size D dbo Dering H ole T Dik Pula stir iris Afshar tara rarities ties fear bs between 1 amp 10 increments with the kaniel MOM eee SHIFT key Corde Proton Eg J sodden th be Hh Fic H ioir abl The and keys on the numeric keypad will increase or decrease the DR w ok speed in 2 5 knot amounts 2 2 1 3 Past Track See PastTrack Management page 8 1 2 2 1 4 Ship s Position Label The label holds the ship s data values until the next screen refresh This allows easy transcription of these primary navigation values to a log book or paper chart The label can be turned off or there are a variety of display options The label will always attempt to position itself behind the ship s direction of motion however it could still be obstructing important chart detail Whenever the mouse is moved over the label it will temporarily disappear It will be redi
107. In the example 1 Nautical Mile was entered The Magnetic Variation is similarly easily determined at any point in the chart by first centring at that point then F9 to display this form and select Use Chart Centre option Either the known True or Magnetic value can be entered and SOB will display the other Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 2 8 Software On Board User Manual SHIP S TARGET 2 2 6 Page 7 Fuel Calculations and Engine Parameters 2 2 6 1 Cruzpro Instruments Most CruzPro Instruments output NMEA data SOB includes support for data from instruments such as Tank monitors Fuel Flow rate senders RPM Engine Oil Pressure Engine Temperature and several others WWw cruzpro co nzZ 2 2 6 2 Fuel Ship s Form wE F J x This feature is automatic if Cruzpro Ship s Position Ship Dieplay Custom Settings AIS Static Data Fuel Tank Monitor sensor s are Calculators Conversions Fuel Engine con nected g Fuel automatic use requires CRUZPARO senders For manual use you must create a Tatiet Tank a lee k i 1540 220 O 1760 1760 Li Ltr Fuel Rate calibration file see Total Capacity fliros t g be ow f Remaining 460 Ltr Choose your volume units and BumRate 44 Lindh currency as your personal preference cos Pa us i Ww Once SOB knows your fuel TTET E consumption rate your Range is m displayed in the green box This is 300 o o updated at regular intervals Engine Data The Burn Rate is the rat
108. Line Use Garect Prom The use of the Race Start form should be mostly intuitive after a short play below are some tips to get started 1 Show Hide the form Use S key to display hide and the Close button to hide 2 Show Hide the Settings section by pressing this button 3 Make the Start Line You must make regular SOB wpts at each end of the start line you should do this upon your first approach to the line recommended you sail along the start line and drop wpts with the Space Space shortcut keys at each end unless the lat Ing of the startline are published by the Race Committee in which case manually create these wpts using regular SOB wpt creation methods In the Settings section select these wpts from the drop down lists SOB will try to pre select these choices firstly with the first two wpts found with Start in their name otherwise the last two wpts created will be pre selected The length of the Start Line from the two chosen wpts will be displayed for your interest 4 Tick the Draw Start Line box to show visual aids on the chart including Solid black line for the Start Line Dot Dash lines in red or green for a Port Stbd tack approach e Dashed line for a perpendicular approach closest point on Start Line from your present position You should also enable some other regular SOB visual aids such as the COG look ahead line on Ships Form and Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboa
109. POL files imported remain untouched and SOB creates its own format file starting with P_ then the original filename and finally a PLR extension The SOB polar files are about 1 mb in size For example maxsea pol would remain and a new file P_maxsea plr of around 1 000 Kb in size is created e SOB Polar files have a PLR extension These are simple text format easily interpreted upon inspection however DO NOT EDIT THESE FILES Although it is permissible to insert comment lines in the file provided the first character on the line is a hash e When the Wind Polar form is first displayed SOB will load the default polar file Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 11 SPECIAL TOOLS 5 6 Man Over Board aka MOB A Man Over Board marker is a regular Waypoint placed at the Ship s Position with the following properties set 7 34731145 17502014E e Name is MOB Steer 179 to Sthd e Navigate to Destination set to ON e Alarm turned ON e ArrivalZone circle radius set to 50 metres e RNG BRG and TTG ETA label enabled e Style set to Life Ring icon 934 WSW e Notes UTC at time of setting MOB mode SA maa WOW e In addition on the ShipsForm gt gt ShipsTools form the ae Wh 58 0 knots CourseLine IS turned ON TTG 10 hrs 23 mins ETA Thy 194ug 23 39 5 6 1 Supported MOB Devices 5 6 1 1 Mobilarm V100 Personal Locator Beacon The V100 is perhaps the most sophisticated
110. Say after is set to knots for speed then the following becomes unambiguous Depth four decimal three five decimal two knots 14 2 3 2 Heading Data Heading specific settings allow you to select whether the COG from a GPS or the boat heading from an electronic compass is spoken Tick the checkbox to force SOB to speak numbers in the nautical convention of three individual digits For example on a heading of 35 say zero three five rather than thirty five Instead of simply speaking the current ship s heading you can set it to speak a relative direction to a fixed course that you nominate either input manually in the Steer to course textbox or tick the Auto use N2D box When auto is ticked any active navigate to destination MOB Goto Waypoint Active route scenario will be used to supply the course to steer and thus the course deviation that is spoken Eg steer 20 degrees to starboard or on course 14 2 3 3 Speed Data The Speed settings are similar to those for Heading Use the Speed alert to speak the speed value only if the speed drops below the set Speed Change the function of this setting to speak only faster speeds by ticking the If faster checkbox Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 14 6 Software On Board User Manual THE TALKING PILOT Tick the Say decimals checkbox to include saying the fraction parts of the speed for Slow speeds less than 10 knots For example if the spe
111. Show Shadow i Show GenShap Load Delaull Polar Lose Other Pala Fle Make new Polar 10 i Fie Seale M Show pimai Resime Select M Use Besuimi Urg True wind Speed i Tkn ee FSrbe ade 0 0 mret 0 mares H a TwSell Opimals ST Tirigia to TH 30 Em o Pm Angtado TW 20 TatS l2 Oiptimats ST for 5 0 Kn speed a iias for 5 0 in gpeed TWS 03 Optimats ST Teal O0G 360 A ha Matean a m k Pa Tatali Up maa ST E wi ail Wael pema ST Pasali Optimal ST Pitt TaSi Optima 5T i Sy Tiw S208 Opemeds ST i Fa TwS 9 Optimal ST as TwSs10 Opimels ST TwS 11 Optima ST Uy f TafSe12 Optimal ST TeS 19 Opinas ST l TaSi Opimak ST f i TwSe15 Optimal ST TwSe16 Ophmate ST i fi TwSel Optimal ST f Daiei Optima ST in l m S TwS219 Optimal ST TaS 20 Diptera ST TwSia21 Optimal ST TAS Qintimake ST TaSo29 Optimal ST Ti Sa24 Optimal ST DaS Optra ST TwSe28 Oiptimels ST Tease Diptera ST TwSe28 Optimal ST A F TwS29 Optimate ST seal TwSe30 Oiptmal ST TWS Optima ST OUT SON TWS Optimal ST We e TwS 39 Optimal ST erreur ened eS gt l Tt cmna 2407 Note SOB uniquely uses separate data for port amp starboard tacks Other polar programs use a single set of data for both tacks thereby presuming that yachts perform identically on both tacks Soe e ot e t r Ttt t oe h t H crc ee e Tr en t ce A o cet e t h a A t A The main screen shot above was created from published data and is ther
112. Software On Board SOBvMAX User Manual Software On Board is a charting piloting and navigating program providing a complete navigation solution when connected to a GPS and with appropriate C MAP Electronic Charts installed With email onboard SOB becomes a complete weather display and planning tool using GRIB files Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 Copyright DigiBOAT 2010 4 Edition for SOBVMAX version 9 Parts or all of this manual may be reproduced by any means which creates an exact facsimile for the sole purpose of use as reference for the software program Software On Board Any facsimile made must include this copyright notice The SOB program and information in this manual is offered as is Neither should be relied upon for the purposes of safe navigation Please send any comments or corrections for this SOB User Manual to support digiboat com au Digital Charts and Electronic Navigation are not considered by most countries a replacement for traditional manual methods of navigating and use of Official Nautical paper charts DigiBOAT Pty Limited ABN 16 101 842 746 www digiboat com info digiboat com au PO Box 408 Newport Beach NSW 2107 AUSTRALIA Windows 98 ME NT 2000 XP Vista 7 are registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation Where the word Windows appears in this manual it is intended as Windows followed by the version identifier NMEA is the National Marine Electronics Association who controls the s
113. Targets chapter j Click the column i ji headings on the Acquired Targety AMAR FRI AL oj Canin tPA Shera Tartan Chaar AFT aga TA votes _ Mee Target Acquisition ma lt a H Fendi add rents Aare tasi Me form to sort the data m i s writ on that column LAr DCP Ero reve SESPROALE PEND n l GRACEFUL ZHEAA nT Sle Motrang clicking it again will Pe TES B E E EERW REDE n MAT Hive ceiecion sateet reverse sort on that Atai LAB Oo ST Tab column The right hand panel Toko Foard LO CPA IALT DOM BF displays all data that TORS bbe l rt PCPA Sahn has been received by Drima h CR ir Se SOB from the target EAE ship And included ETA TAHLITN are the CPA calcula A Eea Ei tions done by SOB LTE LOTEN and updated every ieee second assuming eae Aani tere oS new data has been ee p pay E received and notice Een Tig eee the age related data in the lower section including time that the first message was received or first acquisition of target and the time of the most recently received message The age is the time since the last message ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee You can use Windows resize methods to lengthen the list if you have a high resolution display and many targets Looking at this data in the screenshot above of the highlighted target tells us that Seafrance Renior is a 135 metre long Passenger ship bound for Calais However if you run
114. The scale can be zoomed to the magnitude 102 1 suitable for surveying operations for instance 10 6 1 5 MixLevels F6 Mix level mode is used to fill in the regions beyond the detailed chart levels with chart data from a less detailed level This may slow down the chart drawing on weaker computers however aesthetically useful for drawing a complete chart and avoiding the grey areas when there is no detailed coverage The less detailed mixed levels are shown with a dotted pattern as pictured WARNING We recommend disabling MixLevel mode for real time navigation This is to avoid the possibility of using a chart of insufficient scale in a critical situation While in MixLevel view charts of different creation scales will be side by side the larger scale chart will be less accurate and not always line up precisely with the more detailed chart In addition the chances of badly aligned adjacent non matching levels is dramatically increased if you have a combination of NT and MAX C Map charts installed 10 6 2 Chart Information Display Buttons 10 6 2 1 Tides amp Currents Ctrl T Show hide the tide and current symbols on the chart see page 10 19 10 6 2 2 Sea Bed Displays abbreviated codes for type of Sea Bed eg Mud Clay Silt Sand etc Refer to a marine cartography reference book eg Bowditch or C Map s Chart Legend page 10 13 for symbols used on nautical charts 10 6 2 3 Depth Soundings F5 Show hide disp
115. Timer A countdown Timer is included in the Talking Pilot which may be of benefit for instance for the start of a yacht race or simply keeping tabs on a significant future point in time Set the countdown time interval in the Set timer textbox select the appropriate unit seconds or minutes then press the red Timer button to begin the countdown SOB will control the frequency of the spoken remaining time according to these rules Longer that 5 minutes to go every 60 seconds Longer than 1 minute to go every 30 seconds 30 seconds to 60 seconds to go every 10 seconds 6 seconds to 30 seconds to go every 5 seconds VV VV Y 5 seconds to go countdown every second eg five four three two one GO 1 The Say after text will not be used when the time remaining is less than 30 seconds 2 A WAV file will be played at zero seconds This file is SOBvMAX Media Sounds AL_tada wav and may be customised by the user by substituting any other wav file Use a pre recorded sound or use Windows audio tools to record your own sound or command Ensure the substituted file is named correctly The time remaining will also be printed on the green enable button Be aware that the countdown of the final 5 seconds can be delayed if other speech commands are waiting in the narrator queue Refer to point 14 2 6 1 below Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 14 5 THE TALKING PILOT 14 2 3 Ship s Data 1
116. UTC in logfile ZDA option will place the NMEA ZDA sentence into the log file every two seconds This sentence contains UTC date and time information and in a human readable format Use this sentence to Time Stamp your logfiles for instance if using SOB for Vessel Traffic Monitoring via AIS as the AIS data may not contain UTC data The ZDA data that SOB creates and stamps in the file is based on your computer s clock settings If a GPS is connected there is no benefit to enabling SOB to use the ZDA option 11 1 3 3 Checksums Configured in SOB PORTS Selectively choose to use the NMEA error checking Known as checksums with each received data sentence Ignore any received NMEA data with no checksum or a wrong checksum The checksum is added to the end of the NMEA sentence as an error checking mechanism to ensure the integrity of the received data although not all NMEA instruments make use of the checksum and of those that do some of them append an incorrect checksum Generally you don t need to use the checksum although if you discover some inaccuracies with the received data then enabling checksum checking will prevent SOB from trying to process corrupt data If you are experiencing data integrity problems which could resulting in incorrect data and ship positioning even SOB crashing or freezing then try enabling Checksum checking This will slow down the computer depending on your computer power and how much NMEA data is bein
117. WAN Connect button to open the WAN Targets List form point 13 2 1 6 Enter the details for your SOB Server computer 1001 for the port and the IP Address determined in 2 Type a display name for this connection and Add it 7 Double Click this connection in the list to mark it ON 8 optional Right Click the entry for OwnShip display or leave OS blank to display this as a Target 9 optional select any additional connections to make at this time 10 Click the Open Refresh Connections button to connect to the Server computer The NMEA data collected at the Server computer should now be streaming in the text window of the Client computer s Raw NMEA form SOB on the client computer should be mirroring the data displayed in SOB on the server computer Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 13 11 AOB NETWORKING le 3 Connect a SOB Client to a SOB Server over the Intranet If your SOB Server computer does not have a publicly accessible IP Address then you must establish a VPN to allow remote SOB Client computers from over the Internet to connect to the SOB Server computer Use the methods discussed earlier in this chapter to determine your SOB Server computer s IP Address Or use a utility such as Hamachi to create a static IP Address for use with a VPN Once the IP or URL if applicable of the SOB Server computer is known then simply proceed with the same steps as the previous example to est
118. Waypoint form then press the Set button The coordinates can be entered in any format refer to page 1 2 6 2 9 Label amp Style If the label is visible certain text items will be displayed automatically by SOB other data and information can be displayed selectively using the settings on the form The size of the Waypoint s label text will change along with the Small Medium Large settings for gt JO XA the Waypoint style and on the Scale setting x Ea If Scale is selected then the wpt will draw as a AtA a 3 el small red dot when zoomed out to a chart scale below 1 500 000 and or when chart level A or lower w 2 r iE Bos is displayed a K ame al D a The basic geometric shaped symbols circle square triangle can be resized and drawn hollow or solid 2 Qe amp amp Ala i The rest of the collection of waypoint icons are always drawn the same as on the Waypoint Shape form Unless Scale is ticked and chart is zoomed out NOTE If you have any particular symbols that you would like us to include in SOB please send us the bitmap capture of your icon for consideration This must be your own original image or a non copy written image from the Public Domain Email wpt sob com au for more details or instructions on how to capture an existing image Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 6 5 WAYPOINTS 6 2 10 Set as Default Use this button to change the default style and
119. a stream over the Internet 13 2 1 The WAN Target List Form The WAN Connect button is located on the Raw NMEA Data form Press the button to open the WAN Target List form to maintain your connection list and control connections to the remote targets WAN Target List URLs Pot OS ON La bmg Thread Time Norway Coast 153 44 253 5 a040 03621 80 14842 92 0 BO Seattle Coast boat milltechmarine corn 20175 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 BO SOB Laptop 10 1 1 4 1001 0 0 BO SOB Tablet 10 7 1 6 1001 D 0 O BO Ship via GRAS 210 11 23 15 y eeorbl i T BL Ship via WiFi 198 19 230 14 1001 0 0 BO Edt Curent Selection Display Name Ship via GPRS URL or IP 210 11 2 154 T TimeQut seconds 60 Delete a Pat 11001 Each line in the list represents a remote computer that will send NMEA data over TCP IP network when you create a connection to it The remote computer can be accessed either via its dotted decimal IP Address eg 10 1 1 4 or its URL eg boat milltechmarine com and a Port number The combination of a URL or IP Address and Port number allows SOB to create a network channel to this server computer Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 3 3 SOB NETWORKING 13 2 1 1 Manage your Connections Create a new connection by typing in the details in the text boxes then press the Add button Edit an existing connection by sele
120. ablish the connection You may have to change your firewall settings to allow SOBVMAX EXE access to remote sources 13 3 4 Support Notes 1 Assisting with connecting remote SOBs over the Internet to a SOB Server not directly Internet addressed is beyond the mandate of our DigiBOAT Support Staff Your network administrator or local TCP IP Consultant would need to assist you with any tricky network connections Or use the Hamachi utility described above 2 It is possible to override the automatic IP Address selected by SOB Server eg 127 0 0 1 can be used for single PC loopback testing the default listening Port for the SOB Server 1001 can be changed and proxy server name for client connections can be set contact support digiboat com au for more details Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 13 12 Software On Board User Manual AOB NETWORKING 13 4 WAN Glossary WAN Wide Area Network Any network extending beyond the boundaries of a single building mostly now means a connection over the Internet LAN Local Area Network Generally refers to a local connection or intranet such as a home office network or a network on your boat connecting TCP IP enabled devices Intranet A network that is self contained within a single organisation Traditionally referred to a network or LAN that was all physically wired together however the introduction of wireless connection types WiFi Bluetooth etc and Internet tunnelling has blu
121. actice it becomes obvious by looking at the DCPA line as to whether your OwnShip or the target will cross in front The example scenario above shows a collision threat with the red target in the lower right of the image Seafrance Renoir MMSI 227092000 which is marked as a Tracked Target with received data and CPA calculations in the white Targets Panel The thick dark red line with arrows shows the future position of both ships at the point where your ship passes closest to the Tracked ship considering no change of direction or speed of either ship then this will be the CPA location of the two ships And you could display the OwnShip s look ahead line F9 to draw a line from your ship s current position to its position at CPA 9 5 Targets Display Settings RED targets pose a collision threat according to the settings defined CPA Safe Time and CPA Safe Distance YELLOW targets are still alive in accordance with the Time to Inactive setting GREY targets indicate that a message has not been received from the target for the time set by Time to Inactive If Auto purge if Inactive is selected or the Purge Now button pressed then all the GREY targets will be removed r i S F E a T i 3 i clutter mode is enabled Targets may also be drawn transparent outlined only when De see Declutter page 10 26 The Target s MMSI CallSign and Name can be displayed on screen alongside the target i
122. age Themes which include large fonts and large controls and themes with high contrast can be selected from the list Note SOB uses customised Themes for the Grey Red and Black Night Mode settings see page 10 22 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 1 6 Software On Board User Manual SOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION 1 4 3 Multi Monitors For multi monitor installations highly recommended where space allows SOB and the data panels will remember which monitor to appear on If SOB is shutdown while displayed on a monitor other than the Primary and then restarted without the other monitor connected then SOB will not be visible as its window will be restored to the non existent monitor To find SOB again you can try holding SHIFT down while starting SOB which tries to force redraw to active monitor however this may not always be successful in which case you can manually place the SOB window into Restore mode then move it blindly to the Primary monitor or delete the window placements settings in the Registry before restarting Moving a Window when it is Off Screen To move a window when it is not visible on your display monitor ALT TAB to make the desired window active then ALT Space then M for Move now use the arrow keys or mouse to try to bring the window into view Click or press Enter when done or Esc to abort Manually resetting the SOB default window position Use RegEdit to change these Registry setti
123. al paper Nautical Chart s As with digital charts paper charts are also overlaid with the datum graticule lines of latitude and longitude The chart is drawn to a particular datum On most maps and charts and certainly on all official nautical charts there will be a notation stating the datum used GPS and chartplotter devices should be factory set for WGS84 otherwise refer to the device s User Manual to determine how to check set the device for WGS84 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 10 14 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS If your position sending device typically a GPS is set for a different datum you will see that the plotted position on the SOB chart is always offset the same distance and direction from your true position as determined by direct observation 10 5 4 C Map Chart Levels C Map Charts are built of different Levels A G and W Z each level is a different scale range Levels A D for coastal navigating and E G for harbour level chart detail SOB will always be installed with four Worldwide back ground level charts C Map Level W Z A amp B If other r ee ee ee Pe detail chart levels are available North Pacific Ocean Ft hy eent he Bt aii they will appear as grey lt ae eee cthes Gt OT bounding boxes as shown around Seattle Hawaii Florida Panama in the image Levels within levels will also be shown as bounding boxes when zooming in and out through the levels Refer to Example
124. ame CDW This relates to a CD ROM chart Wide plus coverage C Map s chart prices are based upon the rici gii i z h Te eter ieee a eT EE iz ko 7 EJ F k aj a prt erigi ee Lp a ick a LT t tafam ln f a me H FE a ELTS E it ae i a TLA Ss Rel 4 16 Nov ZU1U www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 9 C MAP CHARTS size of the region covered Other choices are SuperWide SuperWide etc 5 Importantly the small super script number alongside the CD icon indicates what number CD ROM contains this chart Ensure you have this CD in your possession before continuing with a purchase 6 Along the status bar the notification C MAP HID Hardware Identifier indicates that a Dongle is not in use so the chart will be licensed for use ONLY ON THIS PC If a dongle were inserted and correctly installed then this notification would be Eutron SmartKey C MAP If you own a C Map Dongle DO NOT continue unless Eutron SmartKey appears on the status line y A asmania Chart Selected mE 16000 00 GEPS E 1600000 E CMAP HID Eutron Smartkey MAF No CO Present Press the arrow buttons along the top or use the scroll bars to position the chart to your area The display can be centred to a place by right clicking and selecting Center from the menu Left click anywhere to show the charts that are available for that location The lower left window will list all charts that
125. and the one you re currently drawing Rel 31 Stbd RBL Ang 3 metres Brg 092 T 091 M For example if the second leg of your RBL line is an angle of 90 degrees to the previous one then the Rel reading will be 90 Port or Stbd depending on which side the second extension is being drawn 1 4 7 2 RBL Mode While in RBL mode the first extension drawn is simply the range and bearing from ship Subsequent extensions are displayed in the RBL section as range and bearing from the end of the previous RBL 1 4 8 Tool Bars SOB contains five toolbars the Main SOB Tools Chart Toggles F3 Chart Levels F2 Perspective View F12 and the Routing toolbar Ctrl R which is enabled while in routing mode All Toolbars can be undocked from their default positions along the edges of the screen or re docked to any edge They can also be reshaped drag an edge to snap the toolbar into a different shape and placed anywhere that s convenient Note In a dual monitor situation when restarting SOB after closing down while SOB was running on the slave monitor the Main SOB Toolbar will appear half half on each monitor This is to allow you to find the main toolbar in the event that the slave monitor is not connected when SOB restarts 1 5 Making SOB Come Alive SOB is still a highly interactive program even when not connected to a moving GPS Many hours or days and weeks can be spent using SOB at your desk Whether simply usi
126. and Show MMSI to customise the amount of information shown on the chart for each target Note The target s Name will not always be known Only the static sentence transmitted contain this data If the target name is not known the Name Label will not be displayed You can set SOB to Save all acquired target names in a look up list and use the saved name if previously recorded until the static data message is received 9 5 2 Setup Slider Controls 9 5 2 1 Track Length SOB will purge old acquisitions for each target according to _ this setting IgE cee Tester a ious Track length Indefinite Time to Inactive Disabled Setting to ZERO will disable all track purging 9 5 2 2 Time to Inactive Sets the Age of the target Targets where SOB has not received any transmissions for this length of time are bre safe time 5 min Inactive Setting this scale to ZERO will disable all age related calculations Targets older than this set time are CPA safe distance 4 0Nm considered lost If a target s age is less than the Time to eT Inactive setting then the target is said to be Alive o o 9 5 2 3 Ignore Stationary When moored or operating close to a port or anchorage etc there will often be targets which are known to be stationary yet are displaying as targets posing a collision threat coloured red This is because the target at a future time is calculated to be within Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat co
127. and data transmission Note The SOB Pro User License AccessLevel 4 is required for SOB s network features to be enabled This a paid SOB upgrade refer to the Shop webpage www digiboat com for ordering details Example SOB Network Uses gt Connecting onboard NMEA instruments that are a long way from the nav computer Cat 5 or wireless connections are possible Connecting onboard instruments to multiple onboard computers Use a wireless tablet computer onboard to navigate your boat Monitor your boat or fleet of boats from your desk or home in real time Track a yacht race in real time from anywhere in the World VVV WV SOB can operate in two fundamentally different networking modes CLIENT and or SERVER aka Host amp Remote 13 1 1 REMOTE Client CLIENT mode is when SOB is networked to a remote NMEA data server ie another computer running SOB Server an onboard GPS over GPRS CDMA 3G etc data source or any other commercial or private networked NMEA data stream SOB can connect to a host URL or IP Address as a client computer and input the NMEA Data Stream Using and displaying the host s data as if it were from directly connected devices GPS AIS depth sounder wind etc Any other remote connected ships will be represented in SOB as Targets using the AIS and ARPA target features of SOB Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 13 2 Software On Board User Manual SOB NETWORKING
128. ange course NMEA commands APA APB BOD XTE 2 Steer to Apparent Wind Source direct from Wind instrument to autopilot or wind instrument to SOB to autopilot method select the Wind tickbox on the NMEA Output form to forward all wind sentences received by SOB to the AutoPilot Note that SOB does not process any autopilot wind functions but simply repeats the incoming wind commands to the PC output for the pilot NMEA commands usually VWR 3 Steer to Destination Waypoint source SOB or a GPS or some other NMEA talker devices method any of SOB s Navigate to Destination scenarios MOB Dest Wpot Active Route NMEA commands APB APA BWR BWC NOTES DON HIMES Duaa Repia Loon Som SOB will ONLY send the autopilot commands if a Tekst us Navigate to Destination N2D scenario is active and Palin a the red N2D panel is displayed This doesn t include Cet ste sare the Wind commands And the NMEA command must Hae Threchald Ct be ticked on the NMEA Output form pictured ek i at 3 p M Audet dacci T F PAE ETS TE O ERETT fe APA SFE Fe awir SOB must be Licensed and Unlocked for AccessLevel 2 or higher to enable the autopilot commands on the Raw NMEA Data form le 1 Best Autopilot settings for Coursemaster The CourseMaster Autopilot pictured above works best with NMEA Group 3 selected refer to the Pilot s User Manual page 2 16 to change the group and SOB configured to send the APA senten
129. any other folder as the source for external GRIB files The use of this will depend on your particular requirements 15 4 3 2 Load Button Select one of more files stored external to SOB then use the Load button to move the file to the SOBVMAX GRIB Inbox folder and decode the messages and add them to the main tree list 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 15 12 Software On Board User Manual GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS 15 5 Request Receive GRIB Data GRIB data is received as an email attachment METEEN x following a valid Request to the data provider E e wk aR Tedia The Request is sent as a simple email with the Ceortentore Meissys Hees email body or subject line containing the request Mat kc oaio conn urbar aide F command Hapi k prain sbbect S08 GAE Hapua Boisi This Request a GRIB File form makes it easy to construct the request command and if you have a texnemoue imeniis ener MAPI compatible email program then the Send Request button will construct a new email insert m the email addresses and the request command s Er and place it in the Outbox of your email program E As you select the options and construct the Poe pat ee Oo oa request command the predicted file size that will Farms be email returned to you is printed to the Send Sth Sith Kiar Boh F ae Fuh Fo Request button Use this as a guide if you have limited email capabilities onboard such as satellite Send Feqest pippa Fi
130. ate e flash characteristic if the light spec is occulting three every ten seconds then that is the precise sequence and timing displayed by the animation of the light symbol in SOB e colours are correctly displayed including for your ship s position within sectored light limits Notes the normal sectored light display the coloured arcs is disabled when light animation is on The animate feature is especially impressive when you darken the chart colours using the F7 key for night display Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 10 26 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS The following sequence shows first the regular display with the light sectors visible right And the remaining images show these lights with animation enabled and their colours as the ship moves in and out of the sectored zones One green transit light is visible the back one top Both green transit lights are now visible right of picture The red flashing light on Henry from the Ship s position Head lower right is currently flashing ON and the green channel marker left middle is currently flashing OFF The ship is now beyond the forward transit light s The ship has now entered Henry Head s sector so it is no longer visible Henry Head is still yellow sector in the red sector and the green channel marker is also still visible These images are from a MAX demo chart for the north headland of Botany Bay on Australia s sout
131. ate from the course and may trigger n aft a beam situation eg an increasing strong cross current turning around to reel in a fish deviating to check an echo while side scanning a course investigating an object seen floating a way off your track etc 7 4 5 PastTracks to Routes The displayed PastTrack can be saved to a route at anytime using the button This is useful if you wish to back track along your path The date format used for past track route file names is year month day ie YYYY MM DD 7 4 6 Save to UserCard Convert and Export a loaded SOB route to the C Map UserCard for transferring to a compatible plotter See C MAP UserCard page 10 4 7 4 7 Import Export 7 4 7 1 Capture from GPS The GPS must output RTE and WPL NMEA Sentences SOB will only import one route at a time If your GPS is transmitting multiple routes then reconfigure it to send one route only Consult your GPS manual for creating a route and activating it to output the RTE amp WPL sentences SOB will aes identify the route being sent and the number of waypoints to expect The counter will show how many of ates ade ean the required waypoints have been received When the entire route has been received by SOB the Capture indicator will stop Typically one waypoint will be received in SOB about every two seconds GPS Routes LL Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 7 12 Software On Board User Manual ROUTES You may need to manua
132. athered assimilated then dispersed We really are navigating through a world of science fiction from the perspective of only a decade or two ago SOB aims to absorb all available technologies and simply make this detail available for any person onboard SOB will gather data from virtually all electronic navigation instruments installed GPS AIS receivers transponders RADAR with or without ARPA wind instruments depth sounders speed LOG devices electronic compasses fluxgate or gyro autopilots and more Modern electronic navigation relies on four essential components 1 Navigation Program SoftwareOnBoard is our contribution to easy navigation for everyone 2 Electronic Charts C MAP widely amp freely distribute CDs containing worldwide detailed charts Before specific charts can be used with SOB a Chart Licence must be purchased from Jeppesen Marine 3 GPS Positioning Device Supplied by Garmin Magellan et al have become accurate small low power and affordable inline with all modern electronics 4 Windows Computer PCs and Laptops are also better smaller and cheaper than ever before Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 1 2 Software On Board User Manual SOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION WARNING It is important to know and use traditional navigation methods and official nautical paper charts In most countries navigation by ANY electronic means is NOT considered a replacement for traditional methods of navi
133. ave a short life span whenever the RBL button is depressed the current RBL is Z cleared and a new RBL is started To remove the Lat 06 43 024 RBL from the chart enter RBL mode press Lng 116 19 590 button then exit RBL mode Rng 110metres The range and bearing of the RBL extension currently being drawn will be dynamically displayed on the Statusbar and on the Cursor Box press C to display the Cursor Box or 63 Stbhd move the mouse over the left hand end of the RBL Ang 4S metres eLanioval Brg 185 T 185 M 242 T 242 M To clear an existing set of RBLs click the RBL toolbar button then without clicking the chart un click the RBL button ie draw a null RBL Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 3 5 THE AOB MAIN TOOLBAR le Use the RBL to keep a safe clearance distance off a shallow rock Use the perpendicular lines that remain temporarily on screen to draw the next RBL as a perpendicular distance off a headland in front of your position The first RBL from your Ship to the clearance point will update as you advance forward on your track Ahead off the stbd bow is a shallow reef with depths First we use the RBL tool to measure a half mile charted at 1 metre approx 900metres from the rock perpendicular to our course Gubbins Rock We want to clear this shallow area by about a half mile Using the perpendicular guides of the RBL tool we to be safe alig
134. ays are not considered accurate enough to be of much value to the navigator For this reason SOB does not include shortcut checkboxes to select forecast periods greater than 72 hours However this in no way impedes SOB s ability to request and display other forecast data it s just that you must manually type the additional forecast periods required either into the Request Command textbox or edit this in the actual email body prior to doing the Send Receive Any extra forecast periods are simply typed into the command string maintain the same precise format as used by any pre selected values Usually use forecast times that are multiples of 3 or 6 or better is 12 or 24 hr multiples eg 96 144 etc If no GRIB data is available for the exact forecast period you enter the server will return data for the nearest available 15 5 2 5 Schedule Enter the number of days then press the Schedule button to set up a subscription for this data to be sent each day for the specified number of days Each email you receive as a result of this subscription will include details about how to cancel the subscription if necessary Otherwise you ll continue to receive this GRIB email each day containing the specified data SOB does not track your subscription GRIB requests and cannot cancel them 15 5 2 6 Size of Requested Data File If using a very low capacity email system such as Iridium email connections or SailMail with SSB PACTOR modem then you
135. b will be double sized SOB only ever displays one pasttrack So if many have been loaded perhaps along with some real time points then SOB still only knows all visible track points as a single track Each pasttrack point remembers the UTC and all of your ship s data assuming appropriate instruments are connected The tracks are stored to disk as plain text files permitting extensive data analysis of your voyage using Excel s powerful tools Two primary files are used by SOB to control the track data LastTrack trk and IPastTrack txt The LastTrack file is a backup of the track currently displayed This track file is automatically reloaded when SOB starts The PastTrack file is an accumulation of all pasttrack data When SOB exits any new pasttrack points will be appended to this file e If the display scale is larger than 3 500 000 1 then every 50 pasttrack point is drawn and if the scale is larger than 750 000 1 then every 8 point is drawn e Query any past position with the Info cursor Enter key or Info button Summary past track information is displayed in the header line of the PastTrack Settings form If SOB is opened and closed regularly or run continuously on a long voyage you will accumulate a long list of past track files Use Windows File Explorer to backup rename or copy or delete these files as you wish 8 1 PastTrack Management Manage the display of the current pasttrack with this form Show the form u
136. based computer in a VTS setting acquiring and forwarding AIS targets over the Internet where another SOB computer in Client mode could be re displaying the targets 13 3 1 Start SOB Server To start SOB Server open the Raw l NMEA Data form and select the COM NMEA Output Replay Logs Satellites NMEA Output page then simply tick Multiplex and choose a Server Default Address 1001 Raw MMEA Data TCP IP option in the list see red outline in the picture Note that EA Primary TET the final two combinations GPS PIRE RIE IP Primary and IP Secondary TCP IP HASA Threshold Channel should be understood to mean Iv Als 3 JE TCP IP Primary etc in other Eo Pr words ALL received NMEA data will EE ed at be sent to both the COM port AND the network connection The text outlined in pink will indicate that the Server has been started and is listening on Port 1001 and further info in the purple Messages panel will indicate additional details At this point SOB is now in Server mode and is listening for any other networked computer to create a channel to it When a channel is opened SOB will start to relay its NMEA data to the remote connection Multiple remote computers can connect to a single SOB Server computer When a remote Client connects SOB Server will first send the following two lines before starting to send the NMEA data Connected to SOB Navigation SHome page http www sob com au
137. be blue or silver depending on the theme setting and SOB s preset Themes will not change the colour of the titlebar The Windows Classic theme must be separately selected ControlPanel gt gt Display gt gt Themes for SOB s night mode settings to also change the titlebars To make it easier to load this Properties page SOB is installed with a generic theme file in the SOBvVMAX folder SOB Night Mode Theme Press the Custom button to load this theme file into the Windows Display Properties utility it is then possible to create your own Night Modes Theme Save any successful themes you create then simply double click any such files from File Explorer to reload the chosen theme at any time Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 23 C MAP CHARTS 10 9 Depth Area Highlighting F4 You have the option to show extended colour shading of the land elevations and water depths The C Map MAX charts include detail about depths and land heights and can Show this with extra shades of colour The F4 key is a dual function key for toggling the display of depth and land elevation graduated colour shading ON and OFF And when shading is enabled the Shift key is used to change F4 to toggle ON OFF a user defined depth highlight band Note the Shift key is used as a toggle button similar in method to the CapsLock and NumLock keys For most purposes using shading visually enhances the chart eas
138. ble if many network connectors are present and enabled eg wireless LAN cable plug Bluetooth GPRS modem SOB Server starts in Default Connection mode and is listening for a remote connection on any installed hardware connector Note for network administrators contact support digiboat com au for instructions if you need to statically set the listening connection IP address eg to the address of only the WiFi or only the NIC etc also for loopback testing purposes it could be preset to 127 0 0 1 If you are a single computer with broadband internet connection your ISP assigns a unique IP address to your computer that is visible to any other Internet connected computer This address may be statically or dynamically assigned A static address will not change each time you boot up your computer and make your Internet connection a dynamic address is not guaranteed to always be the same each time you make the Internet connection You can determine your IP address using the ipconfig utility see Example 2 below However if your computer is on a local subnet and connected to the Internet via a DSL modem or other router or gateway computer then the IP Address of your computer is hidden from the Internet unless a VPN Virtual Private Network is created You may need to consult the services of a network technician or study the help pages in Windows or at the Microsoft website to set up a VPN Typical examples of IP address types on local subne
139. bled including Networking and unlimited AIS targets Commercial operators Base Stations etc should enquire directly to our Sales team for information pertaining to the SOB Com version How to Unlock SOB STEP 1 After installing the SOB program onto your computer retrieve your unique PC_CODE from the About SOB form STEP 2 Complete the Send UnlockCode webform to have your unique UnlockCode emailed to you http www digiboat com unlock UserName Your choice Boat name etc Password Received with purchase of a User License else leave blank to receive AccessLevel 1 PC_CODE From the About SOB form STEP 3 Enter the UnlockCode emailed to you back into the About SOB form then press the Apply New Product Key button Registration Details First Installed 030 ctl 0 0543 Trial Remaining Paid Mao limit Upgrade Time f edayvs 1T0A0 m License PRO Uzer ame e pn AMPLE 2 T Access evel 5 Product ONE KER Enter New Product REY Appi new License Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 5 AOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION 1 4 General Usage Information SOB is not a typical Windows software program when using SOB it is best to regard it as a Navigator s Tool rather than a computer program You should not have to search through level upon level of menus to find essential navigation data SOB presents this information graphically and intuitively di
140. can be saved to either UserCard slot however if both slots contain UserCards then SOB will use the Left Slot le 1 Load a route from a UserCard into SOB This is a two step process The first converts the UserCard route to a SOB route file The next is to load the route into SOB Step 1 Copy and Convert Route from UserCard to SOB Use the C Map UserCard option on the AllWaypoints form F10 click any ROUTE type then the gt button to convert it to a SOB route via an intermediary pop up menu SOB will tell you that it was successful and how many turn marks it contained Step 2 Load the Route in SOB Close the AllWaypoints form and open the AllRoutes form F11 for route management The route just converted will have the same name as the route had on the UserCard but it will have a rte extension and perhaps an extra three digit number if the name already existed Select it in the left hand list on the AllRoutes form and load it into SOB with the gt button NOTE you don t have to convert it from the UserCard each time unless it has changed Once that is done it then becomes part of SOB s route collection and is always available for loading unloading from the AllRoutes form Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 10 6 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS Example 2 Transfer a Route from SOB to a UserCard Use this method to create edit a route on your PC with SOB then transfer the route to your co
141. ccessible on the Raw NMEA Data form HME Data Source COM NMEA Output Replay Logs Satellites Clase COMS Open Failed COM19 Open Failed UTC ThuJan 01 08 00 00 1970 E lap Syne PC winddspeed LAT 33 657457 LNG 151 30350 pa SoG 43 cog 319 wipes SPD fo HOG 0 watertemp Depth mtra Fix Feet gt Metres Water depth lo fides lo 0 Below Transducer lo ETT altitude fo Below Keel lo BR Time Zone jo Nes WiayPomt Data GPS Route Data pooo TOW Eoo 0 TOwname gt wbra fo FA p ie a ean FRwname fo o o Port 3 Disabled Ane T Log received data to SOB NMEA DATA log file PF neer UTE in lootile BA Setup COM PORTS Network Connections Device Manager Refresh Guit eE e WALT wname wlat wlng wi wng wtime war J0 Show GOTO Sentences Butes read Total Bytes NMEA Wot on Chart Clear Window witty Show NMEA Summary I weds Dampen amp Calibrate ki recencd o E f Disable Double Click o Open The left hand side of the form displays the actual raw data as it is extracted from the received NMEA sentences The lower right quarter of the form shows the stream or a Summary listing of NMEA sentences received from all input sources serial WAN file etc only sentences that are recognised and decoded by SOB are printed here and the top right quarter contains pages of settings to control the input sources and output options Be a
142. ce Set SOB to output Autopilot commands 1 An active route or destination waypoint must be enabled ie the Red N2D form must be visible in SOB Double click chart to open Raw NMEA data form Check that the Primary Port is COM6 multiplexer and is Open Now select the NMEA Output tab Tick Autopilot and APA All other commands in the autopilot section should be un ticked JU e UN Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 5 4 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS 6 For the Autopilot output port select Primary This is the MUX port and currently configured to COM6 NOTE for control to wind angle an active route destination should not be activated Point 1 Follow rest of points above except tick All Wind instead of APA in autopilot section Set Coursemaster Autopilot for Control from Computer 1 Hold down NAV key on pilot controller until NAV WAIT appears top right of controller screen Shortly after NAV 123 should appear where 123 will be replaced by the same heading to next mark shown on the SOB red N2D panel This display will alternate with XT 0 OQOL which shows the current cross track error distance from route line appended with L or R left right NOTE It may be desirable to reset the XTE prior to handing over control to the pilot The current XTE is shown in black text towards the bottom of the red N2D panel e To reset XTE with Active Routes press the Details button on the red N2D panel t
143. con And if the Target is marked as a Friend then the friendly name used will be displayed Press the More gt gt button on the Acquired Targets form to show the display settings options 9 5 1 Setup Checkbox Controls Le Show Targets 9 5 1 1 Large Size Large size Draw the targets enlarged Should be used when not many Show Dangerous Only l targets are in range for easy cockpit viewing Beware in M AEE Join large chart scales if the targets are being draw to scale Show Pointers these will not be drawn oversized and may not be too Show Label distinct on the chart amoungst any drawn as the oversized IM Hame MMS E Callsign triangle I Only use COG not HDG 9 5 1 2 Show Targets Hide if inactive Show hide the display of all acquired targets in SOB e eae lee sere Purge Now 9 5 1 3 Show Dangerous Only Hide all targets that don t have a collision potential Only the red targets will be shown If a target s collision threat changes then SOB will automatically unhide it and it will be drawn red on screen Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 11 TARGETS T AG DSC ARPA BADAR wan 9 5 1 4 Show Tracks amp Join Shows a dot on screen for each received position of the target Use the Track Length slider to set how long the tracks are before being purged If Join is selected then each point will be joined by a thin line 9 5 1 5 Hide if Inactive Don t
144. cting it in the list and make the corrections to the URL IP Port or timeout and press the Apply button If you edit the Display Name then SOB will assume this is a new connection so you must press the Add button instead To delete a connection select it then press Delete The time out value defaults to 60 seconds and would rarely need to be changed 13 2 1 2 Making a Connection Double click any entry in the list to mark it for connecting or select it then press the Toggle Connect button A Y will appear in the ON column Select multiple entries if required or use the Connect All button to mark every item for connecting If you wish to nominate any of these connections as your Primary Ship either select it in the list and press Set as Primary Ship or right click the entry A Y will appear in the OS column for OwnShip Only one entry can be selected as OwnShip Any remote connected ship that is not set as the Primary Ship will be displayed in SOB as a target although not all the data will be known that is available for an AIS target Note The OwnShip remote data will appear in SOB as if it were data being received from a direct connected GPS or other navigation instrument data To quickly identify in SOB if your data is from a local GPS or a remote networked data source the Ships Data window will display with a black background with local data or a grey background with remote data Refer to page 4 2 for sample scre
145. d This may happen if a USB converter is removed and some older USB drivers had a tendency to randomly close the Virtual COM port after a period of time SOB will print progress messages to the purple Messages panel Five re open attempts will be made over about 30 seconds before SOB will give up trying 11 1 3 6 Serial In Out buffers The size of the communication buffers used for receiving and transmitting NMEA data are 1200 bytes This should be sufficient for the vast majority of installations SOB will post a message to the purple Messages panel about buffer overruns or similar These are non critical errors which usually indicate that a faster baud rate or larger buffer size is required For systems connected to high volume data providers eg multiplexers or network sources at high baud rates there is a provision for user configuring of the Rx Tx Buffer sizes contact support digiboat com au for more details 11 1 4 NMEA Output Page This page contains the settings to control what data and which ports SOB will use to send NMEA commands to various connected l Output bo devices Multiples 11 1 4 1 Multiplex Output GPS Pimay wel M RIE NASA Threshold Channel This will combine ALL incoming V AlS Primary 3 IE NMEA data and re send it on the Autopilot Secondary chosen port The output can be to either of SOB s COM ports and or M AMC BODASTE M BWwRB WE I APA APE i Al Wind COM NMEA Output
146. d along the leading edge of low pressure systems in the Southern Hemisphere low pressure systems rotate clockwise 15 2 7 Wave Height Period and Direction Wave height is height above mean sea level measured in metres The predicted wave heights are calculated from a number of meteorological and geographic factors wind and fetch and various measurement instruments and techniques buoys and satellite based technologies ane following screen shot a wave sale current data for the English Channel as provided by TideTech Tt rov bridge a ae er a 0 nis oon ae are 2 7 she ace ES y nion Lees Data Types Curent Waves Height Wi d rt j Thui Ficast Ohr Current O 3kn O47 T pa i ssue Dates Ae a ee oe iy eee i 08 DEC 08 02 00 a 08 DEC 08 03 00 ee 08 DEC 08 06 00 sy Soe AT Forecasts TT O00 hre que he Ocean wave forecasting Ten day global forecasts of ocean wave conditions are produced daily using a wave model driven by the surface winds from the atmospheric model forecast The wave model is the third generation WAM model It predicts the two dimensional wave spectrum and is based on an explicit description of the physical processes governing wave evolution which include wind input dissipation by white capping and bottom friction and non linear wave wave interactions The initial wave analysis is based on observations from the altimet
147. d exe ci CA WINNT system32 cmd exe C gt ping 1 1i i B C gt ping 16 1 1 1 Pinging 16 1 1 8 with 32 bytes of data Pinging 18 1 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Request timed out Reply from 18 1 1 1 hbytes 32 time ims TTL 63 Request timed out Reply from 18 1 1 1 bytes 32 time ims TTL 63 Request timed out Reply from 18 1 1 1 bytes 32 time ims TITL 63 Request timed out Reply from 18 1 1 1 bytes 32 time ims TTL 63 z z z Ping statistics for if i i i Sany SE ok etc Eon ne Se Lost 4 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost Bx loss gt Approximate round trip times in milli secondsJ Pproximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum Ams Maximum Ams Average Minimum ims Maximum ims Average ims GIN GIN a This example screen shows that the In this example ping shows that your PC computer cannot make a connection to can successfully connect to the IP address the IP address 10 1 1 0 10 1 1 1 If the server you are trying to connect to is attached to the Internet through a cellular phone network eg GPRS CDMA 3G EDGE or a satellite connection eg INMARSAT then it may not have a publicly accessible IP address You will need to contact the technical support department of the communication company that supplies you with this Internet connection to determine and or enable a static IP address or assigned URL for it For Windows to Windows connections over an intranet or Internet the free utility a
148. d not connect a GPS directly to SOB as well To use this function the OwnShip MMSI must be correctly entered on the Ship s Form gt gt AIS Static Data page Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 1 C MAP CHARTS 10 C MAP Charts 10 1 Introduction SOB uses EXCLUSIVELY C Map Electronic Charts C Map vector cartography sets the standard for digital charting They are a 6 time winner of the prestigious NMEA Award for Navigational Excellence and draw from a database of over 20 000 official charts C Map charts are guiding more than 500 000 users worldwide and are installed in 80 of the world s hardware ChartPlotters The C Map Charts are available on CD ROM or various Cartridges styles depending on chartplotter and or card reader used Any compatible C Map types can be used with SOB in combination with any others so MAXonPC can be used simultaneously with NT C Cards a C Map proprietary Card Reader is required SOB installs with 15 full detail demonstration C Map Charts for your evaluation and familiarisation purposes Use these charts to trial both SOB and the C Map digital chart system for your own needs Details of Install TO use other specific C Map charts for your BSE UK ww mariniq com area you will have to purchase the Chart License Code from C Map s MAX PC Chart Selector program installed from the C Map UserName DigiBOAT 1 PC_CODE 8534175 _ jUnlockCode 15923259 Statu
149. dae ye dog 5e mi 6789 coe fS me latitude and longitude If entering decimal degrees or degrees decimal minutes see page 1 2 then be sure to enter a 0 into the lower significant boxes IE to enter 33 30 enter Low LEVEL Ci Sed an Ears be 144556 33 5 in the deg box then O for min and sec OR 33 for deg 30 for min and 0 m W ee schoo Optionally you can also select desired chart level and or actual display scale SOB will attempt to zoom to the selected level scale however this will not always be possible so SOB will choose the best and closest level and scale for your selection Longiide 151 che 2 min RSG aoe E Erw 3 1 3 Pan with the Keyboard Use the Arrow keys to pan the chart in nominated direction There are two different step sizes for the pan press and release the SHIFT key to toggle between the step sizes 3 1 4 AutoPan When the AutoPan toolbar button is pressed the chart will pan whenever the mouse pointer moves to within about an inch 2 5cm of any edge of the displayed chart To continue to pan the chart continue to move the mouse pointer Clicking in the autopan regions will override the default click ie if route editing clicking to autopan will not place a new route mark Clicking is also required for touchscreen users Disable AutoPan mode by pressing the button again 3 1 5 Panto other Objects Targets Waypoints and found chart objects can also be centred on the d
150. data via the NMEA SSD and or VSD sentences After all the static data is correctly filled in on the form 1 ensure AIS NMEA Output is ticked and the correct port is selected on the Raw NMEA Data form 2 set your device to receive the data check your device s T Multiplex manual although most devices do not require any user interaction 3 press the Upload Static Data to VHF button SOB will send this data every few seconds to the COM port moan oai Massada l selected in step 1 for a total of 10 times Note some VHF DSC radios can also accept data via the SSD VSD sentences Although not all the data will be applicable to non AIS devices the MMSI and some other fields can be uploaded Check your DSC device s manual for further information COM NMEA Output Replay Loge Output ta Primary M AIS 9 7 2 OwnShip as a Target Many AIS Transponders will receive their own transmissions as an acquired target SOB can interpret and use this OwnShip target as the primary OwnShip positional data This means that if the AIS Transponder is wired into the PC running SOB via serial or USB or LAN etc then separate connections for GPS ROT indicator and Gyro Fluxgate etc are NOT required SOB will use the AIS Dynamic data in place of these devices In other words for ships that receive themselves as a target from their AIS transmission they do not need to have a GPS connected in fact if using target as OwnShip you shoul
151. diting and Following a Route A route can be drawn created selected and or edited using the Routing Toolbar that appears when the Route Tool button is pressed Routing Tools ror orem rn ree il 9 S 7 BE O Any loaded Routes via the AllRoutes form see next section will be present in the drop down list on the toolbar Most functions on the toolbar require that a Route is first selected Either select the route by clicking on one of its TurnMarks or selecting it from the drop down list The Zoom to Route s button will re size and reposition the chart to display either A all loaded routes if known are selected or B the extents of the selected route Activate Current Route makes the selected route Active which means it is now being transited so the N2D Panel will appear and show information on progress and output will be sent to control an Autopilot if your system is setup for this New Route will pop up a box asking for the new route name then instruct you to continue drawing the route by clicking on the chart to create subsequent TurnMarks Delete TurnMarks delete one or several TurnMarks by enabling this button the clicking on the TurnMarks to be deleted Insert TurnMarks insert one or several TurnMarks into your Route by first selecting the TurnMark BEFORE the one s to be inserted then clicking on the chart in or near the location for the new mark N ke MeN Toggle a leg as Great Circle or
152. duced in SOBvMAX v7 at the request of a blind sailor vision impaired not drunk however the feature has great application for the helmsman navigator tactician and any other crew member with an interest in the ship s data SOB must be licensed for full access to this feature Unlicensed users will have access only to saying the Time The Talking Pilot utilises the built in Windows Speech system also known as TTS for text to speech to narrate selected ship s data via the Windows Sound sub system Thus enabling SOB s Talking Pilot requires setting up and configuring the Windows Speech and Sound systems then configuring SOB to narrate your choice of relevant Ship s data Talking Pilot Audio Output Device Realtek 4C97 Audio ta X All Heading Speed Depth Wind N20 a seconds D a ow E E a Select voice Steer to course o M Auto use N20 KATE Say before i Say after Use COG Heading degrees e eae ene w Say each number Zero st tvo not setytevo re a seconds 7 a 1 We 7 eee Select Voice lf Before long format W Before short format The time IS Time Select Voice a C seconds Say before IY Say after Timer to qo Ship s Bells Tat CLOSE The image above is SOB s interface for controlling what is spoken This form is quite self explanatory but will be considered in detail later in this chapter first it is necessary to correctly confi
153. e Tx is inserted as the wpt is sent Waypoint names are truncated to 8 characters when uploaded and converted to uppercase Some GPS models only allow 6 characters for the name and will not accept any wpts with the same name as any already in the GPS so for example if you have these in SOB Wpt 010 and Wpt 011 then the first 6 characters are the same so the GPS may not import Wpt 011 if it sees them both as Wpt O1 6 3 10 C Map UserCards The AllWaypoints form serves as the interface for the C Map UserCard route mark event and track transfers between compatible products A C Map Card Reader for the PC a UserCard and external C Map compatible plotter device are all required to make use of this feature The C Map UserCard is the same style of memory chip as the cartridge charts and acts in a manner similar to a floppy disk for transferring routes waypoints and tracks between SOB and a ChartPlotter or vice versa See C Map Cartridges amp USB Card Reader page 10 4 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 6 11 WAYPOINTS 6 3 11 SOB Waypoint File format Line 1 sOb x current wpt file format sOb 3 supports different shapes sOb 3 is the SOBv90 and SOBvVMAX format Line 2 Name eg Sea Mount Line 3 Flags eg 101000000050 see below Line 4 Latitude Degrees decimal format eg 39 440000 Line 5 Longitude Degrees decimal format eg 88 800000 Line 6 UTC_ created Number of seconds since Mid
154. e this is the location of the GPS antenna Press the Centre Ship toolbar button or use the space key to redraw the chart display with the Ship in the centre of the screen 2 1 1 Auto Centre Ship s Target a Press the Info button followed by the Centre Ship button to invoke IE auto centring mode Keystrokes Enter space will also enable centre Auto Centring mode won t allow the Ship to sail off the screen ship mode The display will automatically re position the chart to keep the Ship s Target visible at all times Disable Auto Centre mode by pressing the Centre Ship button on its own or the space key For settings see Auto Centre Mode page 2 3 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 2 2 Software On Board User Manual SHIP S TARGET 2 2 Ship s Form F9 To open the Ship s Form click the Ship s Target or lt Shift double click anywhere on the chart or press F9 All settings will be saved when SOB exits and retrieved when SOB next starts 2 2 1 Page 1 Ship s Position 2 2 1 1 Manually move the Ship When a GPS is not connected the ship can be located anywhere on the chart You could sail it to the desired position using cahoots Re omar ne arctan DeadReckoning mode or precisely position SuSE GEES the ship with either of these methods 1 centre the chart at the desired location Tadina DTA Fib Eregi HF oey Daa a AE So Date Postion La JT ALTE bang T
155. e at which APM Temperature you are consuming your fuel When used with Cruzpro Fuel Tank Monitor this is automatically calculated by the Cruzpro instrument based on Opsi Eng Hre 0 00 the volume of fuel used as measured over time Note it is not an instantaneous measurement of fuel flow rate to the engine thus its ees accuracy improves the longer the measurement is being calculated particularly with larger fuel tanks it could be 30 minutes or longer before there is a measurable drop in your tank volume Oil Pressure You must pre enter your fuel tank s capacity using the Settings form three separate tanks are supported Generally this would be a once only task For manual use you must also update your tank s current levels This would be done on a regular basis to suit your needs See next points When the Fuel feature is used in manual mode ie without Cruzpro instruments there are two options for calculating the Burn Rate both are based upon the calibration table described in point 2 2 6 4 1 RPM To base the consumption rate on engine RPM simply enter the engine s RPM into text box beneath the large black white RPM box on the main Fuel form Remember to update this value if you change engine speeds This is a more accurate way to use SOB s Range calculation but does require updating if you change the engine speed 2 Speed SOB will automatically use the current speed if no RPM va
156. e drawn at a fixed length This is best when moving at speeds under 2 knots or when the speed is fluctuating wildly ie anchored in variable sea conditions gt Stretchy gt Super size Draws the ownship target and vector greatly enlarged this is useful for viewing from the cockpit or for large screen sizes set at high resolutions ie bigger than 1024x768 This is best used with Hollow Ship s Target set on Ship Tools page Pasttrack points and AIS targets can be independently shown large or small via settings on their forms The length of the vector will vary in proportion to the speed Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 2 5 SHIP S TARGET le Ship s Target indicators explained This screen shot shows the target drawn small size and not hollow both the COG heavy black arrow and HDG lighter blue arrow vectors are displayed The lubber line look ahead line is enabled for the HDG value from the fluxgate compass Both the wind arrows are drawn true wind is large stretchy size The dashed lines on either side of the true wind arrow are the wind laylines Note the green apparent wind vector and green circle around the ship s position showing the yacht is on Starboard tack The Ship s Label is enabled in transparent mode 2 2 2 4 Speed and Heading Vector A separate electronic compass and speed LOG device must be connected to SOB or this option is ignored The GPS provides
157. e final is optional but recommended 1 3 First Use Registering and Licensing SOB The About SOB form is the central point for reporting information about your installation SOB and C Map charts and your Registration and License details If you ever have a need to contact DigiBOAT Support for assistance with resolving registration and licensing issues or chart installation questions then you should email the text contained in the About SOB form s window to support digiboat com au rn Details on this form pertaining to installed C Ee Gea aca Oh Map charts are covered in the C Map chapter ete later in this User Manual see page 10 1 PS ee tatae Sim ma The date of installation registration status _ eee motorman Lab and remaining trial time are displayed on this me e joen form E nie ee ao ride i ree Sr a mes ee 1 3 1 Registration Status Se a eat mF For Unregistered and or Unpaid SOB users i Ths you can use this form to track the length of San FL ee a N i a ee a a CESI P Lemire IRE your remaining Trial Time using this AAA OSAR n software Unlicensed users receive a total of rama 30 days Trial Time 1 3 2 Registering SOB It is important to register your copy of the SOB program whether or not you choose to license it Apart from allowing us to notify you when updates and new versions become available registered users can unlock certain additional features within th
158. e included in future SOB versions For now it is comforting to know you have a backup of your user files from the plotter on your hard disk Refer to the UserCard section in the C Map chapter Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com
159. e is designed to be thoroughly analysed and graphed in Excel This file will continue to grow dependent on the settings chosen on the PastTrack Settings form The file will grow at about the rate of 1Mb per 24 hours of recording You can break this file into user controlled chunks of your travel time To prevent the PastTrack txt file from growing indefinitely you can use the settings to force it to be restarted either 1 each new day Restart at Midnight and or 2 every XX X hours Use the settings to have SOB perform regular automatic restarts of the PastTrack to prevent the track file from growing too large When the preset restart time has passed the track will be logged to a file then half the track cleared from the chart SOB will warn you if the PastTrack file is growing large via a note on the Messages panel The auto filename that is created has the format Track yyyy mm dd OOX txt Where 00X is a sequential number for the track files created that day As many of these files may accumulate through a long voyage this filenaming convention has been designed to logically and chronologically list the files when sorted by filename 8 2 3 PastTrackOOx rte At any time you can convert your displayed PastTrack to a Route only the large dots every tenth point are used when converting to a route SOB also automatically converts any unlogged TurnMarks to a Route named PastTrackOOx rte and saves it to the Routes folder wh
160. e program and receive free on line support SOB is available on a try before you buy basis However for some users the unlicensed version LITE version may be all they ever require Our rule of thumb with this decision would be that if you ever plan to sail offshore from port to port with SOB or contemplate buying C Map charts then you would be better served with a licensed SOB version Beyond the trial period continued use of SOB with all advanced features and functions enabled requires the purchase of a SOB User License However if a user license Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 1 4 Software On Board User Manual SOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION is not purchased SOB will revert to the LITE version with certain features disabled or restricted yet still suitable for basic real time navigation You are free to use copy and re distribute the SOB program in either its installed or installable incarnations yes with SOB you can install it on another PC either from the setup file or by simply copying over its entire folder tree You must include all installed files in the SOB folder if you re distribute the program by copying it We strongly encourage you and all you distribute to to register the use of the program Advantages of Registering e Registration is FREE and updates or upgrades notifications will be emailed to you e You can download the latest release of SOB e Registered users can Unlock SOB on up to three different c
161. e this process can go wrong which prevents SOB s access Without doubt the most common causes of problems have been highlighted already With dongle ensure that the chart is licensed only if the dongle is inserted and Selector recognises it is installed and without a dongle the computer you wish to run SOB and the licensed chart on is the one used for selecting and purchasing the chart Other problems can arise if incorrect Chart License Codes are entered Although rare it is possible for Selector to apparently accept a Chart License Code mistakenly entered and continue with the registration process however SOB will not be able to use charts installed in this case There are several methods within SOB to help determine which charts are installed The most direct and obvious is to pan to the area and start zooming in You will quickly know if detailed charts below Level B are available a Chan bie A detailed list of installed charts and registered chart license codes are itemised r T on the Installed Charts form To display this form press the blue YIN button on the About SOB form The top half of this list above the unknown entry show all charts that SOB can see The list OT WAL OT TY Back ceed Co ie is conveniently separated into the various chart HT Di Chass y SIME Dere Chast types and formats that are available from C Map Mr Coeds Char NETA HARPRRMEETT RECO AT If your licensed chart appears in the top part
162. eather Overlays G 16 15 2 Data Types 15 3 The GRIB Viewer Panel 15 4 GRIB File Manager 15 5 Request Receive GRIB Data 15 6 Customise Display of GRIB Data 15 7 Questions Reference ccccecccececccccecececccececececscucecscccccccecceeacecaeeceeacecaceneceaeauaeanaeenaees 16 1 Glossary Abbreviations and Acronyms 16 2 KeyStrokes 16 3 Mouse Clicks amp Touch screen Actions 16 4 Files and Folders 10 7 10 13 10 15 10 18 10 22 10 23 10 25 10 26 11 1 11 8 12 1 12 1 12 2 12 3 12 6 13 1 13 1 13 2 13 8 13 12 14 1 14 4 14 8 14 8 15 1 15 1 15 7 15 8 15 12 15 14 15 14 16 1 16 1 16 3 16 4 16 5 www digiboat com 16 Nov 2010 List of Examples How to Unlock SOB Example Ship s Target indicators explained Example Manually calibrate your fuel consumption Example using the Middle Mouse Button and a Zoom Window Example Use the RBL to keep a safe clearance distance off a shallow rock Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Best Autopilot settings for Coursemaster Best Autopilot settings for TMQ Pilot AP55 Raymarine Autopilot settings Example Great Circles Rhumb Lines and Composite Routes Example 1 Example 2 Example 1 Example 2 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Restart at Midnight plus Restart every 6 hours Restart at Midnight only Load a
163. ech Sound Gutput Settings ed Text to Speech Sound Output Settings ed Text to Speech output Text to Speech output fi Use preferred audio output device Use this audio output device Bluetooth Audio JJ 4 Use this audio output device Realtek ACS Audio T Properties Volume You can choose a specific installed sound system for narrating Bluetooth Audio in the example or choose the preferred device to use the default Windows sound system Talking Pilot SOB will display the Sound iiie e System in use on the All Heading Titlebar of the SOB Talking Pilot form a Repeat 1_ every I 14 1 1 4 Configure Windows Sound System Double click Sounds amp Multimedia applet in Control Panel to open the Properties window E Control Panel Fie Edit view Favorites Tools Help da Back m ma SE Search FA Folders cal La Fh 7 eae Address Control Panel Sound Effect Printers Gaming Options Bluetooth Sounds and Manager Configuration Multimedia Now simply set a default Audio device to be used for both your Audio and Speech output aa k This form will appear differently in other Sands Audo Hardware Windows versions and may include a Separate Speech page however the settings and functions described here will apply to both Windows 2000 and newer Windows installations Sound Playback aj Preferred device Bluetooth Audio Realtek ACS Audi
164. ed is 9 6 knots then say nine point six knots rather than ten knots rounded to nearest integer value 14 2 3 4 Depth Data Similar to the optional settings for speaking the Speed the Talking Pilot s Depth can be restricted to speaking only shallow depths below a fixed user setting tick Depth alert or deep water values above the preset value also tick the if Deeper checkbox The Say decimals setting works in the same manner as for narrating the Speed value 14 2 3 5 AIS Targets Enable the Targets button to speak the range and bearing to any target that has just presented as a collision potential is predicted to have a CPA within your safe zone refer to the Targets chapter for details Eg new target 4 nm bearing zero three two degrees 14 2 3 6 N2D Data Use this page to configure the narration of approaches to the next TurnMark in a Route By ticking the Next Course Change Range and Time to Destinations boxes XTE warnings will be announced according to the settings 14 2 4 Punctuation Characters Most of the voices that are used contain sophisticated rules for changing the tone and emphasis of the spoken word based on its surrounding punctuation We are unaware of any hard and fast rules implemented across all voices however simple experimentation will quickly determine if the quality of the spoken sentence is improved In particular a full stop or exclamation mark at the end of a sentence will improve the
165. efore quite theoretical The most accurate data is created from within SOB while sailing your yacht Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 9 SPECIAL TOOLS optimally When SOB creates the Polar data the graph may not be as clean looking as above but the data used will ultimately be more accurate SOB s Polar data improves with more sailing on the pasttrack prior to creating the Polar Tor 7 O Kn sper ee Bs 5 Bie for 6 5 Ry speed oTigrCos 233 f 7 ae Trot GOG Tatoo ze J aeea ta Mee a I y E L oe k a a B m m eai eek i oe am a a he rh 170 at cel E The image above is created from a SOB pasttrack file It is apparent that more data needs to be collected mostly on port tack while sailing into the wind The grey points indicate that the statistical uncertainty for these points is too high to be considered accurate This may be due to insufficient data points to create a stable average or wildy varying values perhaps due to less than optimal sailing at this angle Certainly the graph improves with more and more logged points while sailing as optimally as possible The text above the graph provides information about the data contained 3 301 pasttrack points where used the Standard Deviation while analysing and averaging the data was 57 6 which is not very good as indicated by the large numbers of grey points The minimum recorded boat speed was Okn and the max
166. el 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 3 3 THE SOB MAIN TOOLBAR Zooming with the mouse wheel is much faster than using the zoom buttons or I O keys at small and mid chart scales a single wheel step is equivalent to three steps using other methods 3 2 2 Zoom to a Window by dragging a rectangle shape press and hold the middle mouse button usually a wheel button while moving the mouse from one corner to the diagonally opposite corner surrounding the area of interest It is usually possible to zoom from a continental scale overview down to an individual harbour with two steps Note that the rectangle will restart if the mouse dragging direction is reversed 1 _ Ay Cape Baily iii Chart Level Z Scale 5 000 000 1 Chart Level B Scale 600 000 1 Chart Level D Scale 100 000 1 Manly Manly Middle Harbour he ie E ee et A a acre a ccc Coa Daca Tia Ove heats oa ee deer a a E EF Pie Sydney Sydirey Harbour A Bondi See eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee TLEL TT 3 2 3 Zoom with the Chart Levels Toolbar Ensure the Chart levels toolbar is displayed F2 key then if there is a more detailed chart level available at the location of the centre of the screen then directly select the chart level by pressing the appropriate letter button on the toolbar See Chart Levels Toolbar F2 page 10 14 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com
167. eless radio frequency transmission system comprising MOB controller pendants and repeaters The MOB DOLPHIN system works through continuous Signal links between the controller and the pendant When the pendant is out of the signal coverage disconnected or manually activated the MOB system will automatically alert other members aboard to provide immediate rescue actions SOB will display a variety of information in the Messages Panel as these pendants are Switched ON or OFF etc and in the event of a MOB situation latituide and longitude at time of splash are recorded and a SOB MOB event is triggered 5 7 Printing P Depress the printer button or P to initiate the printing feature Four buttons will appear in the top left corner of the chart window You may need to move the Ship s Data Panel to reveal the Printing buttons Decide whether landscape or portrait printout will best suit your needs then press the appropriate button to enable the Print Now button All SOB chart manipulation commands work as normal with the print area boxes overlaid Zoom and pan the chart until you have positioned the exact image that you want to print m When ready press the printer button to show the print preview window If OK then press the Print button to continue The standard Window s Print Dialog box will be displayed where you may select a different printer and change other printing options eg colour or B amp W printing re
168. en SOB exits This PastTrack Route will NOT be created if there is less than 20 minutes of data running time Reverse the PastTrack route created to use it as a Track Back possibility Or load this route as normal for future trips that you want to follow the precise path as last time 8 3 Analysing your Voyage SOB logs a lot of data about the ship every few seconds to a standard row column format for direct importing into a spreadsheet for archival purposes or voyage analysis A typical use would be to import the logfile into a spreadsheet every day or so or at the conclusion of a passage or to identify a storm etc The pasttrack data logged by SOB is Heading Description TIME UTC time for this row of data LAT LNG Latitude and Longitude MODE Real time Dead Reckoning or Voyage Replay COG Course Over Ground SOG Speed Over Ground DEPTH Depth of Water AWD Apparent Wind Direction AWS Apparent Wind Speed TWD True Wind Direction TWS True Wind Speed TEMP Water Temperature ALT Altitude Height above MSL Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual PAST TRACK TRIP Accumulated Distance SPD Speed Over Water HDG Heading Over Water Note if a past track from a different time zone is re loaded into SOB and saved again Then the time stamp for each point will no longer be UTC of the original position Be sure to keep a backup of the original past track file if you are reloading and resaving old
169. en received by SOB and the data correctly entered into the transponder by the Ship s Communications Officer Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 9 TARGETS D AG DSC ARPA RADAR wan 9 4 Viewing Target Details amp Information Summary information about Targets is also displayed in the Quick Info Box press the Info button or Enter key and hover the pointer over the Target s head point 9 4 1 uick Info Enter Par d ii e Click the Info button or press G the Enter key and hover the green i pointer over a target to a get quick summary detail about it af ites This selected target becomes the s7 see Active Target for tracking See next Pie i 7 Ree cee AEGEAN GLORY Note the hotspot for each target is the ate A 14 2 knots 14 7 T tip not the centre Or if the target is 0 yiio adig 3 Dest ROTTERDAM displayed as a scaled ship shape static eS collision Potential HIGH data message must have been received HHn flee a Ot e SR ery TimeToGo to 29 min 49 sec and the chart zoomed to a large scale SEENA N Denen CRA Behn then the hotspot is the GPS position marked within the shipshape Clearance Distance 2Olmtrs 9 4 2 Tracking Targets With Info mode active the last target that the info cursor hovers over will display detail in the Targets Panel We refer to these as the Tracked Target The tracked target will have a red circle around its chart symb
170. en shots After you have a Y in the ON column for each remote data server you wish to connect to press the Open Refresh Connections button A message similar to that pictured will show progress of the connection When the connection is successful you will see the NMEA data flowing on the Raw NMEA Data form and the final line Creating TCPIIP SOCKET TID1832 gt gt XXX XX XX XX Connected to yyy yy yy yy yy SEU caus 18 239 6 will be printed to the Messages panel lt 5 19 i68 0 2 EEES to 74 18 739 6 indicating that a connection channel has been created and is now active The TID column of the WAN Targets List form will match the TID printed in the Messages window This is the SOB process identification number for this network channel which can be used by third party network diagnostic programs if required You can open any additional connections or close any current ones at any time without affecting any other connections You can also nominate any other connection as OwnShip by simply right clicking on it even while connected 13 2 2 Tracking with GpsGate SOB seamlessly integrates with GpsGate Online uploading your position to the GpsGate server while simultaneously downloading position fixes from your GpsGate Buddy List and displaying them on the chart via the Targets feature Now anyone with an Internet connection can track your progress using either SOB Pro or the GpsGate Online map Details gt Support
171. ename wpt User defined groups of Waypoints stored in their own files for easy loading unloading into SOB txt or csv Move Copy any raw waypoint file lists in TXT or CSV format to this folder for importing into SOB via the AllWaypoints Form C SOB PastTracks IPastTrack txt When underway SOB regularly logs information about the current position speed heading wind depth etc into this PastTrack file This file is useful for in depth analysis of a journey using Excel charting for example The PastTrack txt file will grow at about 1Mb every 24 hours while underway We recommend you rename or delete this file periodically www digiboat com 16 7 16 8 Software On Board User Manual AGFERENCE LastTrack trk Is a log file of the visible track from the previous SOB session this is used to re load the track from the last SOB session when SOB next starts C SOB Routes archived C SOB Waypoints archived Before any Routes Waypoints Logs or PastTracks are overwritten the original copy is moved to the appropriate archive folder for backup or retrieval C SOB Usercard This folder is created as necessary and used by the AllWaypoints form to store the byte for byte backup copy of MARK EVENT ROUTE or TRACK files from your compatible C Map Chart Plotter via the C Map UserCard and the USBCC Card Reader Note this is currently only a one way process ie from the Usercard to SOB however bi directional support will b
172. ense an important consequence of this is that without a dongle YOU MUST BE USING SELECTOR ON THE COMPUTER THAT YOU WANT TO USE THE LICENSED CHART 2 Any significant upgrade you perform to a HID licensed computer may invalidate your chart license Contact C Map in this event for an Emergency Recovery Code 3 Ensure that you have the most recent version of the PC Selector CD ROM C Map updates charts approximately every 6 months During the Selecting amp Purchasing process you may be advised that you do not have the most recent chart CD ROM In which case you should quit the process and acquire the latest PC Selector CD ROM from C Map Here are three ways to receive the latest C Map CD 1 complete the Registration form at our website http www digiboat com and enter your postal address details which we will forward to C Map on your behalf or 2 complete the form at C Map s website http ntpc c map com signup html and they will post the latest Selector CD to you or 3 phone your local C Map office and request the PC Selector CD to be posted to you Example 1 Purchase and Install A New Chart Re Step 1 Install amp Run C Map Chart Selector program Insert the Chart Selector CD ROM into your CD drive the Installation Wizard will auto start Simply follow the Wizard and reboot your PC after installation completes The Wizard will also install a driver for the C Map Dongle this is a useful step to complete even if you don t
173. eporting or analysing the information with Excel The file used is SOBVMAX Logfiles AIS_DATA txt Note that this file IS NOT AVAILABLE for viewing or editing while SOB is running ie file copy rename delete etc will produce an error if SOB is running You must exit SOB before this file can be accessed Target details are logged at the time the target is deleted either manually with the Delete Target or Clear All buttons or when manually or auto purged or when SOB exits Acquired Targets AIS ARPA RADAR Clear All Targets Delete Target Log IS Data ISIS DATA bee Potal 3 Shows Aide Sample file data after opened in MS Excel Edmcresnit Berni Bock i i gt Ahes E ie edt cen pi Ferral Tock Qata Mirer Hala witli Oe Bis So i tle B OT pee pg teats CE BF T APSO BEBO a ee ae ont a Et anes bo i ee EEA ada EES Eat Let OL Ce evra stable MA cod A Le ma AHHEI HAME CALLSIGN un Tar neh LAT HOGS LG ACMA LT LOST LAT UISTAMG LOST An Ship Ain Ci OES TTR TOY SHIP EYE poe peist Sigg Seb n 447 St Se F ie HSN ok read rot payee O40 STR BS OOS A ee ee Sie Be Be WE EA j Arai eee ah Daen Lirerate 4 SSS RARE OTS haki AO SOB GL SPL Gee SL er Se oP wi cied AERA HE EO SIAL LS et maad Cote iS HH SL ee GES ey Gy ec Sie 426 eet oo nE 104 9 ot e Shep Te Lire w iniii ret rece inet SEES IMs HOG SS On Se eye Si Se jji coh Efrat pae Shap Tes Linke EEI W e EF AL ki Hi Sree r OY H L H Be j oe
174. er on the European Space Agency s ERS 2 satellite and on background wave information produced by the wave model using winds from the background forecast of the atmospheric data assimilation The method of optimum interpolation is used to adjust the background state towards observed values The move to the VPP700 enabled a significant increase in the spatial resolution of the wave model Currently the predicted wave spectrum has 12 directions and 25 frequencies so there are 300 degrees of freedom per grid point The grid is an irregular latitude longitude grid which has a constant latitudinal increment but adjusts the size of the longitudinal increment in such a way that the distance between grid points is almost constant much as in the atmospheric model The resolution is about 55 km and involves about 120 000 grid points An excellent source for more theory including the formulas used for calculating wave heights from fetch and wind can be found in Bowditch s American Practical Navigator included on the SOB CD or download from our website Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 15 7 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS 15 3 The GRIB Viewer Panel This is the primary interface for controlling what GRIB data is GRIB x displayed in SOB E A typical session would entail Show Hide GRIBS 1 Use the Request New Data button to retrieve new forecasts a E from the SailDocs Server Data Types 2 Use Load GRIB
175. erline Length 10 metres light displacement yacht 74 kn EZ large displacement yacht 7 0 kn Be multihull B 5kn Degrees Minutes Seconds dd mm ss 022 30 30 E Distance Metres 1852 Kilometres 1 852 Feet 6076 1 Nautical Miles 1 000 Wind Chill F r 7 E Fathoms 1012 7 Statute Miles 1 151 eee SSE Wind Chill temperature haz E ea 20 knots 20 C Magnetic Yaration 55 9 F f Use Ship s Position 2a h BF F Be T ha Z Ba 4 Use Chart Centre 2 2 5 1 Calculate Height of Eye Wind Chill Maximum Hull Speed Start typing your number in any box the results will be dynamically updated in all corresponding text boxes 2 2 5 2 Convert Coordinates Distances and True Magnetic Enter any style of angle to convert between the three possible combinations gt Decimal Degrees DD dddd gt Degrees Dec minutes DDOMM mmm gt Degrees Minutes Seconds DD MM SS Notice that entering a sexagesimal bigger than 59 will increment the higher order eg 95 minutes entered will be 1 35 plus whatever the Degrees entered Once a decimal point is entered into either the Degrees or Minutes boxes other boxes will be disabled to prevent entering an invalid combination of Deg Min and Sec Refer to the discussion on page 1 2 about the various display formats for a coordinate To use the distance converter simply enter your number in the correct known box the other possibilities will be automatically filled
176. erred to the navigation computer running SOB via Cat 5 LAN cable or via a WiFi wireless connection and connected to SOB as a WAN Connect using the IP Address of the Serial IP Server At the same time other NMEA devices closely situated to the navigation computer eg RADAR wind instruments backup GPS AIS Receiver can be directly connected to the computer via the normal serial COM port s SOB will thus merge data from the two built in serial ports and any ONE connected remote node that is set as the Primary ship on the WAN Target List form One particular example application of this feature regards some make models of AIS Transponders which connect to a computer s network hub and transfer their data over the network rather than a serial cable SOB Client can have GPS RADAR depth sounder etc connected via serial or USB and the AIS Transponder via the WAN list 13 2 5 Additional Networking Hardware Recommended GPRS Router amp Serial IP Server Suppliers Norway WWwW Navip no UK US www marineIQ com AUS NZ www alloy com au Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 13 8 Software On Board User Manual AOB NETWORKING 13 3 Server Mode aka HOST or MASTER SOB Server would typically be the computer onboard with all your GPS and any other NMEA instruments directly connected and another computer in your home or office computer running SOB Client and tracking your ship in real time In a different scenario SOB Server could be a land
177. essing the Reset XTE button will reset the intended course to the pink line from ship to destination It follows that the XTE will be ZERO immediately following the pressing of this button An alarm will sound 4 beeps on the PC speaker and a message will be posted to the Messages panel if the ship s XTE exceeds the value set in the Alarms form while traversing an active route To cancel the alarm condition sail back to less than the set value as a perpendicular distance from the leg or press the Reset XTE button A motor boat may need to use this button if they detour off an intended track for any reason and do NOT need to return to the initial track line before resuming the leg WARNING In either case sail or motor care would need to be paid to the safety of NOT resuming the original intended track as it may have been plotted to avoid submerged objects or land masses etc Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 7 8 Software On Board User Manual ROUTES 7 2 1 8 Reverse This will reverse the order of the turn marks and its use allows the same route to be used to retrace your course and return to the original start point An active route will be reset when reverse is used 7 2 1 9 Delete Will unload the route from the SOB session The route file can be reloaded To com pletely delete a route use Windows File Explorer to delete the route file 7 2 1 10 Route Settings The route colour leg width leg labe
178. et button will remove only the currently selected target from SOB Note that if this target is still in range and still transponding AIS data then it will be re acquired and re appear in the list If Log AIS Data is selected see point 9 3 4 below then the targets will be logged to the AIS_ DATA txt file before deleting 9 3 3 2 Hide Target Any target can be hidden from the display There are a number of reasons why this may be required See point 9 3 2 4 above for a discussion of some possible reasons 9 3 3 3 Pan to Target Use to centre the display at the highlighted target s position The cross hairs that always mark the centre of the SOB screen unless in de clutter mode will make it easy to identify the Target chosen If many targets have been acquired and the display is dense with them all overlapping you may have to zoom in to a larger scale or filter the display of less important targets by changing the display settings see page 9 10 9 3 3 4 Pan to CPA This button is only enabled if the target poses a collision threat Then it will centre the screen at the predicted location where your ship will be at time of CPA 9 3 3 5 Show Tracked Target Vectors see Tracking Targets page 9 9 9 3 3 6 Friends amp Add to Friends see below page 9 14 9 3 4 Log AIS Data When the Log AIS Data control box is ticked SOB will write target details to a standard row column format text file for archiving or r
179. f fuel is used For best results at least 5 minutes and for slow reving diesel engines then about 10 20 minutes is best Time how long it takes to use say 5 litres And note what speed you achieve at this RPM calibrate your fuel consumption At 1200 RPM to use 5 Itrs of fuel took 8 minutes 20 seconds Convert time 8min20sec to hours 8 60 20 3600 0 1389 hrs Consumption rate 1200 5 Itr 0 1389 hrs 36 litres hour Make a note of this information then redo for as many different RPM as you can You will end up with a table similar to this example RPM SOG bBurnRate 1000 3 0 29 8 1100 3 1 32 6 2900 9 4 167 4 3000 9 7 186 5 Create edit the file SOBvMAX Logfiles FuelRate txt using the same row column format as in the example above separate the values with the Tab character You can include a comment line at the top of the file the comment line MUST begin with the hash character If using the supplied spreadsheet just copy the first three columns of data and paste into a new NotePad file then save it to the SOBvMAX Logfiles folder with the name FuelRate txt Note You can keep several calibration files and just load the one relevant to your current operation for example the files may be FuelRate calm txt FuelRate rough txt FuelRate twin eng txt FuelRate single eng txt FuelRate empty txt FuelRate fully loaded txt etc etc Use the Load File button on the calibrate form to use a differe
180. for the WAN LAN Connect Network feature IFRIENDS_list txt Simple text list containing both AIS target details for those specifically entered into the Friend s List and also contains the database of previously received AIS target names if the option Remember Target Names is selected on the Raw NMEA Data form e A selection of sample NMEA log files that demonstrate the AIS and ARPA capabilities in SOB are included with the full download The AIS log files were captured around Dover Calais and Guernsey south of the UK The included demo ARPA log files for Florida are also for anyone interested in seeing the benefit of a connected RADAR to SOB C SOB Routes route name rte each route created in SOB is saved in its own file PastTrack0O01 yyyy mm dd rte On program exit or when requested on the AllRoutes form SOB will convert the visible PastTrack to a regular Route file This file can be re loaded into SOB as a Route and reversed activated analysed etc using the standard Route tools NOTE the PastTrack will NOT be automatically saved to a file if there has been less than about 20 minutes of running time Using Windows Explorer and normal file manipulation commands these plain text Route files can be deleted archived backed up emailed copied and reloaded C SOB Waypoints Idefault wpt This is the current state of Waypoints used by SOB s last session and to be automatically loaded when SOB next starts fil
181. g received this may or may not be noticeable Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 1 5 RAw NMGA DATA FORM Guidelines for Use It is probably best to enable checksum checking if it doesn t noticeably slow down your computer It should definitely be enabled if you notice a lot of erroneous data being displayed by SOB Unfortunately it is more common than it should be that some devices are known to transmit their data with incorrect checksum values Of course these sentences will be discarded by SOB if Checksum checking is enabled However if incomplete sentences are being received usually due to communication or wiring problems there is a good chance that SOB can still extract some useful data from them if checksums are not being used 11 1 3 4 Hardware Flow Control Configured in SOB PORTS Some connected serial devices eg ACTISENSE OPTO Isolator MiniPlex multiplexer require hardware flow control to be enabled for the serial port SOB s default setting is NO Flow Control requiring only a two wire serial connection Use this checkbox to use Hardware Flow Control also Known as RTS DTR control Note the serial plug must have additional connections for these devices to work consult your device s connection manual diagram for more information 11 1 3 5 Keep Alive Configured in SOB PORTS If this setting is ticked then SOB will attempt to re open the port if it closes of its own accor
182. gating Never rely completely on electronic navigation methods Always keep a good look out acquire local knowledge observe weather advice and keep updated your almanac and manual navigation skills and use your best judgement in all situations Whether navigating by traditional paper or electronic computer means always ensure that you have enough charts of adequate detail for the safe navigating and piloting of your intended route and destinations 1 2 1 1 Electronic Navigation requires 1 Software On Board navigation program 2 C MAP Electronic Charts 3 A standard Windows PC Win2000 or newer 4 A NMEA connected GPS 1 2 1 2 Traditional Navigation methods will require Calibrated sextant Calibrated compass Chronometer calibrated to 1 second Separate LOG device to determine boatspeed Mathematical Tables to help with the sight reduction calculations 10 Nautical Almanac to supply celestial information replaced annually 11 Sight reduction stationery 12 Plotting graph paper 13 Various Paper charts of different scales 14 The latest Sailing Directions to apply chart corrections 15 Dividers ruler protractor pencil pencil sharpener eraser 16 a higher degree in something that allows you to put all this together in rolling seas ina wet cabin at night eae oe 1 2 2 Important Note about Latitude and Longitude Display To avoid potential for great confusion and possible danger to your ship please
183. gating to a Destination N2D on page 5 1 Press this button to set the Waypoint as a Destination waypoint Only one waypoint will be a nominated Destination at one time although other Waypoints can have this button pressed SOB will set THE FIRST SEQUENTIAL WPT as the Destination Once this waypoint has been arrived at its status as a Destination will be automatically reset If any other waypoints are nominated as Destinations then the next sequentially created Wpt will become the new active Destination The Waypoint sequence is determined by the order in which they were created This order can be seen in the Loaded Waypoints listing on the AllWaypoints form Note SOB will automatically use the next and any subsequent Destination waypoints as each previous destination Waypoint is passed Be aware that if using an autopilot it will be disabled after the first waypoint is reached and will not automatically steer to any Subsequent waypoints To automatically steer to a sequence of points use an Active Route see page Error Bookmark not defined Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 6 4 Software On Board User Manual WAYPOINTS Destination Waypoints have additional text in the Waypoint Label and a Details button will appear on the red N2D panel This provides a convenient way to open the Waypoint form for the active waypoint 6 2 7 Arrival Anchor Zones The Alarm button and Radius serve a dual purpose 1 they define
184. generally coincides with an actual height of about 5600 metres The units used for GPH data are Geopotential Metres gpm This data iS often mistakenly referred to as the wind at 500 metres it has been perhaps best described to us as the steering winds for pressure systems The following description of GPH has been lifted from the Hong Kong weather site http www weather gov hk nwp nwp_backgroundinfo_e htm Geopotential or gravitational potential relative to mean sea level is the energy an air parcel may potentially acquire by virtue of its position in the gravitational field of the earth In the atmosphere geopotential varies with altitudes and across latitudes On an isobaric surface higher geopotential implies higher potential energy and vice versa Just like streams flow according to the layout of terrain air will flow from high to low geopotential regions Usually areas of relatively high or low geopotential correspond with areas of high pressure or low pressure respectively For the sake of atmospheric analysis geopotential is commonly converted namely divided by the standard acceleration due to gravity to geopotential height and expressed in units of geopotential metre To a good approximation geopotential height of say an isobaric surface is equal to the altitude of the surface From 500 hPa geopotential height maps one can depict important weather systems on the large scale e g subtropical ridge or long
185. ges and cruising and makes file pore to Klar replay reload and general management far easier W Use this name for current track If you choose Yes from the form pictured then all displayed pasttrack points will first be logged to a new track file which is auto f Yes log first then delete named as depending on the settings for the Voyage name Track YYYY MM DD xxx txt OoOo m o Cancel lao or voyage name YYY MM DD xxx txt then all track points will be cleared from the chart and the PastTrack txt file will be restarted m Log the Displayed Track before Deleting C No delete without saving Select No on this confirmation form to clear the track displayed on the chart No track data will be saved and no files deleted When Restart every X hours is not zero then the equivalent of the Save amp Restart Yes action is periodically performed every X hours When this time period elapses the entire displayed track is saved to the new Track YYYY MM DD xxx txt file but only the oldest HALF of the track is removed from the screen Disable periodic auto restarting by setting to O or a ridiculously high number Auto Restart at Midnight will save a daily voyage track data file The Restart at Midnight setting works independently of the Restart setting You can combine these two settings for fine control over the size and times of your track data Refer to the examples below Rel
186. gure Windows systems to enable this feature NOTE The Windows screenshots that follow are from Windows 2000 WinXP users will notice several discrepancies with their forms compared with those shown here however the basic functionality is identical so just find the equivalent page property or setting and continue with the instructions given 14 1 1 Configure and install Windows Speech System Required elements for TTS should be installed by default on WinXP computers Win2000 computers will probably not have these elements installed Microsoft also supplies some Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 14 2 Software On Board User Manual THE TALKING PILOT additional voices for use with TTS these are typically not present on either WinXP or Win2000 installation but can be freely downloaded from Microsoft 14 1 1 1 Install Speech Components First check if the required components are pre installed Open Control Panel if TTS is installed then a Speech applet will be listed as shown in this picture E3 Control Panel File Edit wiew Favorites Tools Help 4m Back m El Search Folders xI Fi Pas e Address Control Panel Sound Effect Printers Gaming Options Bluetooth Sounds anc Jaws PDF Manager Configuration Multimedia Creator Automatic Phone Monitor Power Options Scanners and Nokia Modem Phone and Network and Updates Options Cameras Options Modem Options Dial up Co If no speech icon is
187. h aids drawn on the chart are only refreshed when the chart is redrawn about every 5 10 seconds or when any pan zoom etc is performed In other words these aids are not dynamically updated with each change of speed course This is to prevent them jumping around too much as your incoming GPS and Wind data fluctuate This is the reason why you may wish to enable the regular wind laylines mentioned above in Pt 4 which will move around with each wind shift or change in boat heading If you want to force them to be redrawn simple pan etc the chart to force a normal screen refresh You may need to use the Dampen amp Calibrate feature to smooth the incoming wind and heading and speed data to reduce the jitteriness of the vectors drawn on the chart and the calculated values on the form from changing too wildly At a minimum we d recommend dampening your COG with a 3 to 5 seconds setting We recommend dampening your wind data at the instrument rather than SOB or SOB and your Wind Indicator displays will differ also these devices generally offer quite good internal dampening algorithms It is rarely required to dampen the electronic compass data boat heading as these devices mostly send very stable data if correctly mounted etc and in particular gyros but also great results from fluxgates especially if corrected by a yaw roll pitch rate gyro For an upwind starting line it may initially be confusing looking at the red green colour
188. h east coast Declutter mode is used to remove non essential chart elements such as text tools and symbols from the chart surface This displays a clear chart maximising its faculty for real time navigation C Map s inbuilt ClearView technology is responsible for determining which cartographic objects and navigation aids on the chart are displayed or hidden in Declutter mode Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 27 C MAP CHARTS 10 27 The remainder of SOB s tools and objects are either hidden or displayed more simply For example the Ship s Label will become transparent Route and RBL labels will be simplified Wind Tools will be hidden AIS Targets will have the target tracks and the MMSI and Name labels hidden And non dangerous targets and inactive target symbols will be displayed transparent a hollow triangle gt Waypoint display will be simplified VVVV When Declutter mode is enabled the display of most objects can be fine tuned Elements hidden by Declutter can be re displayed using its usual setup method For example redisplay gt Depth Soundings with the F5 key gt Wind Tools with the tick box on the ShipsForm The two example images above show the difference with Declutter on and off gt Target tracks pointers and labels are hidden and all non threatening targets are drawn with outline only Notice that the targets that remain coloured are the red target with a col
189. hark Lack ChartLock ON OverZoom ON Allow SkipEmpty ON si EREN Virtual OFF eae MixLevels OFF virtual charts Mix Chart Note on MixLevels Lavele For real time navigating it IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED that you do not use MixLevels This setting merges less detailed charts with your CTs a better coverage areas We do not consider this a safe display for navigating as it may not always be clear when the chart is displayed with full detail or less detail from a smaller scale level If NT and MAX charts are mixed in a region then chart alignment may be quite poor near the boundaries Use of MixLevels should be confined to normal chart browsing and planning dreaming functions Quickly toggle between MixLevels ON OFF with the F6 key SOB s zooming mechanism works in this manner each zoom request first tries to over or under zoom the current level by a pre set factor If the over under zoom creates a chart of poor scale then the next available level is chosen If your chart portfolio contains detailed charts for all your areas of interest then these settings will work perfectly for you in all circumstances Otherwise you will notice more grey chart areas where there is no coverage for your chosen chart level This can be partly overcome by zooming out turning ChartLock ON then zooming back down panning away from the current chart coverage level may be unreliable in this mode if so disable ChartL
190. hart s you have selected in your choice of currency You can also purchase a C Map Smartkey Dongle via the Chart Selector program Ce mie Perii EL aa OOOO HIE iis oe aji ware Pen LCE An fe a U ee m m e un awu n m 2 Pi Ti a Ter Ti Py m a E PESE FE a ur a i 3 ped 5 aa m Sample screens from the PC Chart Selector program supplied on the C MAP Chart CD ROM disks as an auto installing application 10 4 2 C Map USB Smartkey Dongle The C Map USB SmartKey otherwise called the Dongle allows your purchased C Map Charts to be used on any computer that has this Dongle plugged in To use your Licensed Chart s on other computers the supplied Dongle driver must first be installed on each computer then the chart file s and license code s must be transferred over Refer to Example 3 below Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 10 8 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS 10 4 3 Examples The following examples step you through the process of selecting and purchasing NT or MAX on PC chart files as distributed on the C Map Chart Selector CD ROM s Important Notes 1 For the examples that follow there are slight differences depending on whether you have a C Map Dongle which allows you to use your licensed charts on multiple computers or without a dongle your chart is licensed only for the computer on which you are running PC Selector when purchasing the chart lic
191. he display _ of Bounding Boxes The B key will Manuel Aitor open the Coverage Borders form Ehia raiik For normal SOB use these borders M lere A SEETHE l i x ae can be hidden or set to Automatic Fima Gh caT and 1 level Automatic will display the FF ered bounding boxes for only the available F Lerwsl 0i charts for the number of levels more F Level E Hida Al detailed than the current displayed F Level F 7 FF Level ty feats So if Level B is displayed and Automatic and 2 Levels is selected then Level C and Level D bounding boxes will be displayed if these detailed charts are available akan When first exploring your new licensed chart areas it is ideal although cluttered to set to Manual and tick all levels from C to G a worldwide level B is installed by default so it is unnecessary to Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 11 C MAP CHARTS show this The picture at right shows two areas covered by more detailed charts the harbour entrance and the northern arm have Level F charts available Once familiar with the detailed coverage areas you have in your portfolio then chart border display is probably best disabled to reduce unnecessary screen clutter Step 5 Backup your Chart License s This step is optional but HIGHLY recommended MT APC Selector Version 30 0 Bei S237 D Care G akou Krai Z riar chart catalog Gis a ia aa
192. hen press the Reset XTE button along the top e To reset XTE with Destination Waypoint open the waypoint form for the destination wpt unpress the Navigate to button then re press the Navigate to button e Confirm XTE has been zero ed on the red N2D panel 2 Press the PILOT key on the Coursemaster controller to enable autopilot control via commands from SOB NOTE for control to wind angle in step 1 hold down NAV key for longer until WV WAIT appears top right of controller screen Shortly after the WAIT will be replaced with the angle to steer Press PILOT key when ready le 2 Best Autopilot settings for TMQ Pilot AP55 During this discussion and reading the AP55 Operator s Manual any references to GPS control is interchangeable with control from SOB and the computer Contrary to the User Manual for this device the pilot is put into remote GPS control by starting with the H display then press and hold the AUTO key and press the MODE key until the AUTO and GPS lights come on then release the keys Disable GPS control by pressing the AUTO key If the GPS and AUTO lights flash and a warning alarm sounds the the AP55 is not receiving any or valid NMEA data Check your SOB Autopilot Outputs settings and all wiring and connections Prior to enabling GPS control on the AP55 you must of course set up SOB to output autopilot messages as described in previous example The TMQ AP55 pilot works best with
193. ible RADAR units and displays ARPA or MARPA targets in the same way as the AIS targets However ARPA targets don t transmit the same amount of detail about themselves so no Ship Type Destination dimensions ie none of the AIS Static Data at all SOB creates a unique MMSI number to associate to each received ARPA target A user defined name for any targets will be used by SOB the target s name is typically keyed in at your RADAR device s console SOB names these targets as ARPAx TGT xx the xx numbers that SOB assigns for these names are used by the RADAR ARPA device There is allowance for 99 such Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 9 4 Software On Board User Manual TARGETS D AG DSC ARPA RADAR wan targets although each RADAR device may impose its own limitations on the number of simultaneous targets that it will acquire SOB assigns an arbitrary MMSI number 9999999xx which has no relevance to the ARPA system and is used internally by SOB to identify this target Not all RADAR devices are ARPA or MARPA capable Check your RADAR s specifications if you are unsure Also refer to your RADAR s manual for detail about acquiring target fixes 9 2 4 RADAR Tools and EBL VRM Marks If your RADAR outputs the RSD NMEA sentence check the product s documentation then SOB can re display the following objects received from the RADAR 9 2 4 1 RADAR cursor s f This will move around the SOB chart window in _ lt H
194. ible with a GRIB request The following points describe these options 15 5 2 1 Boundaries These latitudes and longitudes define the area for which the GRIB data is required You can manually enter the boundaries or use the mouse to pre select the area prior to opening the Request form Zoom the chart out until the entire area you desire is visible now drag the middle mouse button sometimes a wheel from top left to lower right of the area a tracking rectangle will show your progress The chart will zoom to the chosen window and the edges of this window will be used to pre fill the GRIB request boundaries If you plan to retrieve data for a particular area across two or more emails then you re advised to use the identical boundary values which will allow the messages to be positioned in the tree list more efficiently Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 15 13 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS 15 5 2 2 Types Select any type of weather data you wish Multiple selections can be made with each request 15 5 2 3 Resolution Select the spacing between data points Most data is available as 1 2 or 5 resolution but not 12 resolution The SailDocs server will return a resolution of data as close to the requested as possible so usually leave this at 12 or 1 You may wish to decrease the resolution in order to decrease the GRIB file size due to limited email capacity 15 5 2 4 Forecasts Forecasts beyond 3 d
195. ic Spain Portugal CD10 The Mediterranean The Black Sea Africa The Gulf The Caspian Sea CD11 Asia Oceania North Russia Africa The Gulf The Caspian Sea C Map Chart Selector Disks as v 9 The C Map charts are now distributed on DVD Contact your Jeppesen Marine office or Reseller to organise the correct DVD to be posted to you 10 2 2 C Map Chart Cartridges C Cards FP SD PCMCIA Commonly used in chart plotters from a variety of manufacturers the charts on these cartridges can also be used by SOB on your computer An accessory supplied by C Map is the Card Reader which connects to your computer via a USB port and will permit use of any C Map Cartridge within SOB Most Card Readers can take two C Map cards at one time and further chart cards can be hot swapped without the need to close or re start SOB The USB Card Reader is supplied with the C Map NT Planner program or can be purchased separately from your local C Map Office www c map com or C Map Marine Retailer outlet or via our DigiBOAT Online Web Shop The following cartridge charts are all compatible with SOB C Map Card Reader required see section 10 3 NA M305 02 Sit Bhs B7B5 0164 WM MAX C Cards MAX SD Cards PCMCIA cards FP Furuno Cards IMPORTANT NOTE about SD Cards Although these cards are standard camera types they are not compatible with standard PC card readers They can only be used with C Map s USBMM Card Reader
196. ich can be used to wind back the passed TurnMarks in the event that SOB incorrectly believes that a TurnMark has been reached passed This can occur if your ship turns away from the destination mark and SOB then sees the mark aft a beam and considers it as passed when Use Aft a Beam is enabled Similarly the Pass Next button will mark the next turnmark as having been passed in case it was missed due to the boat not passing within the arrival circle setting when aft a beam is not used Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 7 10 ROUTES la The All Routes form is the central location for managing the routes loaded G in SOB Open the All Routes form with the F11 key or the View All button on the Route Details form or press the Info gt gt Route toolbar button combination Each route is contained in its own file by default SOB stores route files in the SOBvMAX Routes folder There is a limit to the total number of routes that can be loaded in a SOB session however SOB imposes no limits on the number of route files you can have limited only by hard disk size 7 4 1 Load Unload a Route The centre blue panel is a list of all routes currently loaded in SOB Select a route in the Route Files left hand window then press the gt gt button to load it into SOB Or simpoly double click the route file in the top left list Change folders if you have SOB route files stored in other locat
197. ide time Sometimes with a second or two delay with p Target Display Options the cursor movement on the RADAR screen Use Show Radar Rings Scale the settings on the Acquired Targets form to show hide Show RADAR Cursor p the cursor and to get the exact lat Ing of its position 00 00 00 0000 00 9 2 4 2 Range rings based on the scale setting wf Chew Tarnate The outer range ring displayed in SOB will match the scale setting of your RADAR display Display of these rings is enabled on the Acquired Targets form and are different to the configurable ship s range rings that can be displayed via the Ship s Form 9 2 4 3 Two VRM EBL positions selected by the RADAR operator This function is dependent on each RADAR device consult your manual for instructions in the use of VRM EBL SOB will redisplay the position of the VRM as a circular target on the chart display These two positions are treated by SOB as if immace Je they are acquired targets and are named Ete BF ge RADAR 1 and RADAR 2 Further infor ids mation about these targets is available on the Acquired Targets form as for AIS targets However no velocity course and speed information is known for these positions so CPA and other calculations don t exist or are meaningless for them This screen shot shows the green RADAR scale rings which are synched with the display scale of the RADAR unit The two yellow marks are the VRM EBL markers entered ont
198. ilot will steer to this waypoint If this waypoint is consequently un set then the next one found in the list that is set as a destination will be used etc The waypoint s status as a destination waypoint is reset once its ArrivalZone has been breached or the Navigate to button is reset A Man Over Board is a regular Waypoint pre set as N2D AutoPilot note if autopilot control is enabled SOB will disable it upon reaching the first N2D waypoint You must re enable autopilot output on the Raw NMEA Form to automatically steer to the next Waypoints nominated as a Destination 5 2 2 Active Route To activate a Route it must first be drawn on the chart or loaded from a file Then display either Route Form the Details or AllRoutes form and depress the Activate button An Active route will be drawn as a thick red line with any passed TurnMarks drawn as large green dot and the next as a yellow dot A TM is considered as been passed when either the ship has passed a perpendicular to the mark ie the mark s bearing is now aft of beam and is on a heading for the next or when the ship has come within a certain distance of the mark Summary Route data will be written to the Navigation ViewPanel Complete up to date information about the current Route is available from the Route Details form The Green Yellow or Grey indicators in the list will match the drawing of the corresponding TurnMarks on the chart display Green TMs have
199. ils form is the main interface for setting and tracking any existing SOB Route Each route in SOB has its own Route Details form Display the form by clicking any route mark twice this is not a double click rather click a mark once to select it then click again for the pop up menu The form can also be displayed from the All Routes form discussed in the next section or with the dedicated button on the red N2D panel when a route is active Route Data Start mark Start 05 59 1212 116 01 4643 Commenced Mon 04 Oct 18 10LT AAACN vow Load Reset STE T Pan LT Enote Toho Route Totals ENE ENT Refresh Stat ETD 7 E1026PM 410 200 TER Nsa TTG M A Fdays 17h55m anise 7 eee 1020 Arival E TA fo 120532 PRA fiza 02010 DER M A DTG H A nm ae SER Hr SFD HA Avg Spd 5 5kni Es Speed 21 64 Default 7 8 kn knots Delete Tumbar amp Leg Settings Lat Est Spd kn Long Max TE mtr Route Froperties a width a babei IY Show YTE guidelines Ca m o M Draw Arrows on Legs 2 IY Show Tumbak names M Use Af Beam Turntt ark Location _Anived Dist 9 Spe EE Outer 115535 Mon U4 Oct 18 2 2 anm 30AT a0 216 Hz min OF sec ed fl Rater alee Mon O4 Oct 19 2 4 4drm OO8 T 46 nal 54 min Mangalum ls Sa a Pal fat ea Mon 04 Oct 23 0 zanm 299 T Bi 0 a hre 45 mina OlRig Tam UEa Ae 1161 Tue 05 Oct 00 1 B 8nm 355 T p al 1 Ar O3 mine Cancel z HE ee
200. ils in compatible devices your AIS transponder must be capable of receiving static ship s data via the SSD and or VSD NMEA sentences 9 7 1 OwnShip Static Data If a compatible AIS transponder is connected then the ITU 1371 Static Ship s Data can be entered in this form and uploaded to the transponder settings arid Sa ee 3 For installations with AIS transponders as Ship s Position Ship Tools Custom Settings AlS Static Data Calculators apposed to a receiver only information dentification about your own ship needs to be entered in Shipname TEST SHIP Calion ke3 the transponder so that your AIS transmissions will contain the required static data for other receiving ship s information Use the Ship s Form gt gt AIS MMSI 503055700 IMO Humber 123456789 Pasition Current Status Moored Static Data page to easily enter this Static Next Destination PARKED Data ETA Wednesda 20 April 2005 123400PM Certain details in the Static Data need to be refreshed prior to each voyage Destination ETA Draught if changed Statice Ship Data EE fe oe Te etc use the Upload OwnShip Static Saina Devoe accurzeylion 2107 Data to VHF button on the AIS page of Dimensions metes gt GPS Antenna Poston the Ship s Form to upload this information man Ooo m Ai to your AIS radio transponder o a Eee L116 Your Transponder must be capable and use Metres enabled to receive remote setup
201. in the Windows voice recognition help pages The design of SOB should allow any feature to be accessed with a two or three word command Organise and plan your tasks thoroughly before beginning to create the voice command macros Examples SOB Voice Command Configure Macro to Perform These Actions Centre Ship press Centre Ship button on SOB Toolbar or space key Autocentre Ship Mode press Info then Centre Ship buttons Show Ships Form press F9 key Show AllRoutes form press F11 key Show Perspective View press F12 key close any open form a default command Select Waypoint Tool click Waypoint button on SOB Toolbar Select Routing Tool click Route button on SOB Toolbar click to right of display centre Pan Far East click on right edge of screen In addition many of the standard command macros created by the speech engine will be suitable for using with SOB ie Maximise Minimise Tab Go Down Go Up Page Down Enter etc Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 15 1 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS GRIB Weather Overlays G Introduced in SOBv8 compatibility with the worldwide GRIB weather data has been introduced This data is supplied freely by numerous weather agencies around the world by using a simple exchange of emails GRIB stands for Grided Binary and defines a universal standard for storing any type of data For our purposes the data of interest contains weather infor
202. ing of the wind approach lines drawn on the chart IE the Red line will be off to your Starboard side Of course when sailing along this line you will be on Port tack If the closest point approach vector appears the wrong way from the start line then reverse the order of the two waypoints If the ship s dimensions are entered on the AIS Static Data page then the actual location used for all approach calculations is the bow of the boat Otherwise the GPS position is used which would result in early starts depending on the distance between the GPS and bow etc Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 5 16 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS Press Ctrl Shift Y to overlay a graph of isogones linking lines of equal magnetic variation When this isomagnetic graph is displayed use the J amp K keys to step through the year as at Jul 07 imbedded variation data in the C Map charts is from 2000 to 2007 The QuickInfo cursor box will show the variation for any point when this graph is displayed aa EEE Sc mo tles ero es Bhan Y i h dA e E 210 048 1256 4 451Nn O1 T 067M 1G Wed 06 06 07 10 3108 Scale 11313038 W000 WO Portilo Pota mirs nder 00 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 6 1 WAYPOINTS d Waypoints Gtri W directly on the chart surface The waypoints can be grouped into separate files and loaded or unloaded in a SOB session at any time Pre
203. ing schematics available on our website www digiboat com manual man_technical htm schematic le 1 Connect GPS and Auto Because a GPS is a NMEA Talker and an Autopilot is a Listener these two devices can share a single serial port using the Rx and Tx pins and sharing a common Ground connection GPS AUTOPILOT NMEA OLT NMEA Data GND Data GND Serial COMM PORT Pin 3 Pin 3 Pin 2 Note this wiring diagram does not allow communication FROM the computer TO the GPS for example to upload routes waypoints to the GPS However the PC Output red wire could be split to feed data to both the GPS and Autopilot NMEA devices should provide enough power to split the output from a Talker to up to four different NMEA Listeners TO PC PIRA A For this configuration to work the Wind LOG Depth and Compass would generally have to be from the same hardware manufacturer Note in this example the GPS output is split to feed the daisy chain and the RADAR The NMEA Specifications state that a NMEA Talker can be split to send data to 4 separate NMEA Listeners Be aware that the inverse is NOT possible multiple Talkers can t be AUTOPILOT directly wired together into a single data stream a multiplexer is required in this instance see next example COMPASS www digiboat com 12 7 12 8 Software On Board User Manual CONNECTING NAGA NAVIGATION DEVICES Example 3 Multiplex M
204. iods that are loaded for the selected issued date and data type s SOB will only allow you to display a single forecast period at one time to eliminate any confusion as to the forecast data being viewed Loaded forecasts can be quickly stepped through either automatically with the animate tickbox or manually with the mouse wheel if the list doesn t have focus or the up down arrow keys if the list does have focus The delay period for the animate option can be changed on the Settings form 15 4 GRIB File Manager This is perhaps the most difficult of the GRIB components to learn and understand However it can be completely bypassed if your needs are straight forward in which case you just drag a GRIB file from a file folder or email attachment and drop it onto the SOB chart display Or use Ctrl O for File Open and load a GRB file from disk Use the GRIB File Manager for fine control of displaying and grouping your stored GRIB files To load and view any GRIB file in SOB it must be in the SOBVMAX GRIBS Inbox folder These files will mostly originate from a received email attachment or the folder from some other GRIB manager viewer program such as Airmail When the GRIB File Manager is first displayed or when the Refresh Tree button is pressed SOB partially decodes every GRIB file found in the GRIBS Inbox folder and organises the messages into a convenient tree list format Each GRIB file email may contain many data se
205. ion of Rhumb Line and Great Circle legs Typically created to avoid land masses or iceberg regions on great circle courses In the Composite Route example that follows a Rhumb Line course is used to avoid sailing further north than 48 latitude in the Great Circle leg le Great Circles Rhumb Lines and Composite Routes The following example demonstrates how to convert a Route leg to a Great Circle then back to a Rhumb Line The result being creation of a Composite course Step 1 Create the start and end points of the route oint Japan end point USA West Coast Start i y IH I oO Jamen 4551Nm O82 T 087 eh Now click the start point twice to display the Route p tool button bar Because the Route point selected fi is part of a Rhumb Line leg by default the middle button displays Next Leg to Great Circle Press this button Next Leg to Great Circle to convert the Rhumb Line leg into a series of shorter linked Rhumb Lines that overall will represent a Great Circle Next Leg to Great Circle Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 7 5 ROUTES Step 3 Convert part of the leg north of 48 back to a Rhumb Line The second part of this example states that we don t want to sail north of 48 latitude So select the first Turn Mark just north of this border in our example the 7 turn mark N a cu a F Cros sa pa bo E LE ae there a Lee wt ay uF ae
206. ions Subfolders are shown in the list enclosed in square brackets single click a subfolder entry to show its files and folders To unload a route highlight its name in the blue panel and press the Unload button 7 4 2 Save a Route All routes used during a SOB session are automatically saved when the program exits the route name is used for the file name To save the route at any time select the route in the blue list and press the lt lt button Routes are always saved to the SOBvMAX Routes folder And old route files will be saved to the SOBvMAX Routes archived folder before being over written Route Files Change Folder IAW DM 1 1 4 Cor SF brid route uc routes00 rte NickM arvin re See na E EE Stavanger Lundevg M astrafd Bo UC ROUTESOO tte PastT rack 01 2006 02 15 PastT rack 001 2006 02 1 PastT rack 001 2006 02 1 PastT rack 001 2006 02 1 PastT rack 001 2006 02 2 PastT rack 001 2006 02 2 PastT rack 001 2006 03 00 a w ern a i GFS Routes Stop Capture i Draw Arrows E z Turd ark Arval one no routes fies Arrival Circle Radius 20 metres mee Use Aft a Beam Save to Left UserCard Save PastTrack to Bome Ceste auton Kepboaard Cancel 7 4 3 Delete a Route To delete one of these routes first ensure it is not loaded in SOB then simply delete the file name from the SOBVMAX Routes folder using Windows File Explorer Re
207. is no real need for them for harbour or local sailing except if near in a major commercial port area but for long coastal cruising or ocean crossings or cruising in high density commercial shipping areas they are a great boost to safety And they will quickly become a must have item for any boat with a computer onboard For a demo of this technology and the way SOB implements it AIS sample log files are included in the SOB installation or we can email additional sample files to anyone interested Also if you have purchased a SOB Pro User License there are a couple of IP Addresses that are included on SOB s WAN List that you can connect to via SOB and an Internet connection Both of these addresses display LIVE AIS TRAFFIC direct on your SOB screen One of them is the ENTIRE Norwegian coastline with 800 simultaneous targets received and the other is AIS traffic captured from a boat moored in Seattle USA with a GPRS Internet connection This data stream usually shows about 60 visible targets See also ITU 1371 messages decoded by SOB page 9 12 9 2 2 DSC VHF Position Polling reports from DSC VHF radios appear as targets in SOB Developed in consultation with Sea Rescue Tasmania Inc SOB s DSC position tracking works similarly to AIS target tracking although not quite as much detail is transmitted with DSC All modern DSC VHF Radios have the ability of sending a digital packet of data to another DSC VHF The sending radio m
208. is coloured a single shade of blue to a depth contour based upon your chosen settings io Increase MAX The maximum depth limit that is displayed as blue can be set using depth setting the PgUp amp PgDn keys With each press of the PgUp key the high depth setting is increased by about 40 of the current setting IE if the chart is showing blue to the 10m depth contour Decrease MAX the next press of PgUp will increase this value to 14m and the 5 depth setting next press will increase it again to 20m Press the PgDn key to reduce the max depth shading limit Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 10 24 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS The following examples show the water shading coloured blue to the deeper depth contour lines after successively pressing the PgUp key E p 10 9 1 3 Depth Level Shading ON When depth shading is enabled all shallow water areas to 200m will be coloured blue and depending on the current chart level and zoom scale additional depths will be coloured based on C Map s internal ClearView shading algorithms The colours used and the shaded depths limits can t be controlled by SOB However SOB can display a bright green depth highlight band based upon minimum and maximum limit values that you set Showing hiding the highlight band is toggled with the F4 key But to prevent F4 from toggling shading on off first press the SHIFT key which changes the action of
209. is www aislive com AIS is currently available in two forms Class A and Class B Class A transponders are quite expensive and primarily designed for commercial vessels the newly specified Class B transponders are aimed to be lower cost alternatives for recreational boat users The technology is the same with each class but Class B transponders are not required to send all of the Static Data According to the official AIS specifications the following tables give an idea as to the frequency and types of data being transmitted These should be used as a guide only as real life tests have shown that not all AIS Janet nee adhere to these standards Excerpt from ITU 1371 chnical Characteristics for UA Section 4 2 1 Reporting rate The different information types are valid for a different time period and thus need a different update rate Static information Every 6 min or when data has been amended on request Dynamic information Dependent on speed and course alteration see tables Voyage related information Every 6 min or when data has been amended on request Safety related message As required Class A shipborne mobile equipment reporting intervals Ship s dynamic conditions Nominal reporting interval Ship at anchor or moored and not moving faster than 3 knots 3 min Ship at anchor or moored and moving faster than 3 knots 10 sec Ship 0 14 knots 10 sec Ship 0 14 knots and changing course 34 sec Ship 14 23
210. isplay Pan to or Centre buttons appear on the Targets Waypoint and Find Object forms where appropriate 3 2 Zooming we n Zoom with the Toolbar Buttons Keystrokes Mouse Wheel or a aR e Zoom Window Use the buttons or keys I O for In amp Out to step in or out of the chart in steps that approximately halve or double the current displayed scale The zooming mechanism by default will avoid over zooming a chart and will instead change to a more suitable chart level for the requested scale The zoom buttons will allow zooming to a very small scale beyond any available detailed levels if VirtualChart mode is ON and the chart background will be grey if no detailed chart is loaded for the area Over Under Zooming within any particular chart level is possible when Info Mode Enter key is enabled Any chart level can be over zoomed up to 64x or under zoomed to a factor of 0 25 an additional zoom step beyond these limits will return the displayed chart to its digitised scale RealChart This is the equivalent of pressing the 0 zero key to reset the zooming mechanism Also press the 0 if the zooming ever feels locked up at any time 3 2 1 Mouse Wheel The mouse wheel will rapidly zoom the chart in or out The size of the change of scale is dependant on the current scale Large scale charts will zoom with smaller steps when using the wheel and smaller scale charts will zoom with larger steps R
211. ition fixes or you may be loading multiple track files with overlapping data Recreate Trip Log will measure and accumulate the distance between each track point as it is loading and display the total distance at the top of the PastTrack form for the loaded track 8 2 Past Track Logfiles When SOB exits the current on screen PastTrack is automatically logged to two different files If SOB has not been Unlocked then PastTracks will not be logged to file The two primary files used by SOB to control the track data are LastTrack trk and PastTrack txt The LastTrack file is a backup of the track currently displayed This track file is automatically reloaded when SOB starts The PastTrack file is an accumulation of all pasttrack data When SOB exits any new pasttrack points will be appended to this file All track files log the same data fields and use the same row column file format Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 8 6 Software On Board User Manual PAST T RACK 8 2 1 ILastTrack trk This is a temporary file created to hold the current displayed PastTrack when SOB exits this track will be redisplayed in SOB when next started The LastTrack file is designed for SOB s internal use The PastTrack files below should be used for your purposes 8 2 2 PastTrack txt SOB will automatically create a Log File LogFiles PastTrack txt which will be appended with any unlogged new points from the current session The data in this fil
212. ition report msg 9 e Standard Class B equipment position report msg 18 e Extended Class B equipment position report msg 19 24 NOTE Not all AIS Receivers process and forward Class B messages to SOB e Aids to Navigation report msg 21 Acquired NavAids print as a circle Coloured Red if Off Position or a collision threat QuickInfo box can be used to display summary details about the NavAid Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 13 TARGETS D AG DSC ARPA RADAR wan 9 5 3 3 Replaying AIS Log files If the NMEA logfile contains only AIS data you will find that it replays very fast AIS data contains no time coding like a GPS sentence includes so the playback speed can t be auto calibrated to real time See Replay a LOG File page 11 6 9 5 3 4 Retaining AIS data on screen Move the Track Length slider to zero to stop the target tracks from being automatically removed and move the Time to Inactive slider to zero to disable target ageing and purging Targets won t auto purge if inactive time is set to Disable 9 5 3 5 NASA AIS Receiver This is a very popular low cost AIS receive only device Due to its popularity SOB has included functions to easily change its settings on the NMEA Output page see AIS page 11 6 When the NASA is first powered up it sends an identification in the form of an AIS Static Data message If SOB is on and the NASA is powered up then SOB will receive its ID mes
213. l 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 7 11 ROUTES 7 4 4 Route Properties 7 4 4 1 Label amp Leg Properties Make route wide adjustments to a loaded route by using these controls on the AllRoutes form Most of these settings can also be changed on the Route Details form 7 4 4 2 Reverse See Reverse page 7 8 7 4 4 3 Activate See Activate page 7 6 7 4 4 4 Details See Route Details Form page 7 6 7 4 4 5 ArrivalCircle Radius Enter the distance away from the TurnMark that SOB should command the autopilot to start the turn Please review the discussion on page 7 7 7 4 4 6 Use Aft a Beam This setting is most particular to sail craft under autopilot control while following an Active Route With this box ticked if your craft turns away from your destination point for about ten seconds the destination point may be considered as been passed and the following route TurnMark then becomes the destination mark Note that you must be within 10 of the leg s total length closer to the end of the leg before the aft a beam is activated However with this tickbox cleared Hens your afi must pass inside hed pre set ariel Zone of the destination TurnMark for it to be considered as passed Craft under motor are obviously much better at following a precise course under autopilot control And are thus better able to hit a small arrival circle at the destination However a motoring ship can still devi
214. lay of depth labels for contour lines and inter use with the F5 key to toggle display of Spot Soundings where charted 10 6 2 4 Bounding Boxes B Show a grey outline around areas where more detailed charts are available page 10 10 10 6 2 5 NightMode Form F7 Display the form for NightMode settings page 10 22 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 17 C MAP CHARTS 10 17 10 6 3 Chart Symbols Display Buttons 10 6 3 1 Text Labels Toggle the display of all text labels on the chart 10 6 3 2 Roads Toggle display of Roads where present in the cartography 10 6 3 3 Animate Lights Ctrl A Toggle light animation mode page 10 25 10 6 3 4 Land amp Sea Shading F4 Show hide extended colour shading of the land elevations and water depths and change the mon of a Depth Area a Hignugnting pane 10 i The C Map MAX charts include far more detail ee alee ae and land reigns chan previous chart formats and shows this with extra shades of colour For most purposes this enhances the chart display However SOB s drawing tools are best shown on a white background and certain colours can be reversed or diSappear completely if drawn on a coloured background When navigating and particularly when displaying Wind Tools or AIS ARPA Targets you should disable the Shading using the button on the F3 toolbar or directly with the F4 10 6 3 5 Perspective View Perspective View F12 or 3
215. laying WAV files MS Library for TTS Talking Pilot feature C SOB Charts MCP Licensed chart files Licensed purchased C MAP Charts are by default stored in C Program Files C MAP NT PC Selector Charts These licensed charts can be moved copied to SOB s C SOB Charts folder You should Backup your Chart License Codes also to this folder from within C MAP s Chart Selector program Choose any name for the Backup file we suggest cmap_licenses txt C SOB DemoCharts DMCOxxxx MCV Files of this format are unlicensed demonstration C MAP charts from various locations around the world including Sydney Auckland Singapore Maldives Hawaii etc Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 16 Nov 2010 AGFERENCE C SOB Logfiles log Text file captures of NMEA data These can be copied archived renamed etc using regular Windows file manipulation techniques Explorer dragging etc NMEA Log files can be loaded into SOB and replayed as a simulation SOB_NMEA_DATA log This NMEA logfile is opened each time SOB starts NMEA data is saved to the file if ticked on the Raw NMEA Data Form This file can NOT be accessed whilst SOB is running however after exiting SOB copy move or rename this file for easy recall to replay the voyage messages txt All text from the Messages data panel in SOB is periodically logged to this file IWAN_list txt A simple text list of Server IP details
216. les with Windows File Explorer With this method PC Selector does not need to be installed on the other computers unless of course you will be purchasing additional charts from those computers Ideally you would keep a USB Thumbdrive attached to your Dongle 1 The charts must be first installed and licenses registered on one computer following the examples above 2 On the USB Drive prepare these files gt SOBvMAX_Setup exe The full SOB self installing file also keep your waypoints routes and track files copied here for backup and or easy transfer gt cmap_license txt The license backup file created in Example 1 Step 5 gt ASC20206 MCP ENM00O202 MCP examples of the files of licensed charts By default Selector will install the chart files to C Program Files C MAP Selector Charts MCP Note SOB can use chart files in either this C Map folder or SOB s Charts folder gt Setup exe From the Eutron folder on the Chart Selector CD ROM This is the driver for the dongle It will be necessary to install this on each computer before the dongle will be functional For clarity you are advised to rename this file on your USB Drive to cmap_dongle_install exe or similar gt Any other files necessary for your installation eg USB Bluetooth GPS drivers 3 On other computer s using only the USB Drive and Dongle gt Install SOB and the dongle driver gt Copy cmap_license txt and all MCP chart files to
217. lision potential and the green target which is a member of the Target Friends list the Race Officials Boat in this example gt All chart text and non essential symbols are hidden Depth labels are hidden gt Wind Tools are hidden Ship and Waypoint Labels are simplified Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 10 28 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS This image is the same as the previous with fine Ph DESTINATION SR Alarm Zone 10 tuning done after arm Zone rs Declutter mode was enabled chart orien tation set to the upwind waypoint and all the Wind Tools redisplayed Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 29 C MAP CHARTS Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 11 1 RAw NMGA DATA FORM if Raw NMEA Data Form INI See also What is NMEA page 12 1 The Raw NMEA Data form is SOB s central location for handling all incoming and outgoing data To display the form double click anywhere on the chart or press the N key when the chart window is active Data can be received from directly connected serial devices eg GPS multiplexer depth sounder AIS RADAR etc or receive NMEA data via a network TCP IP connection either a local computer or remote device or SOB computer connected via the Internet SOB can also replay previous voyages if the NMEA data is contained in a standard text file All these options and operations are a
218. lly stop restart the capture to help SOB synchronise with the incoming Waypoint list 7 4 7 2 Converting Routes to Waypoints The To Text List button on the Route Details form will create a TXT file opened in Windows NotePad with a listing of Route legs in a very similar format to the listbox on the form This route text file can be used to print out the route details or for importing into Excel or can be used to convert the route into a SOB waypoints file To convert to waypoints save the NotePad file into the SOBvMAX Waypoints folder ensuring it has a txt file extension then use the AllWaypoints form and click on this filename to be automatically converted to a SOB wpt file format see page 6 8 character on any line not used for waypoint importing these lines are ignored The original route text file that SOB creates clearly demonstrates which lines should not have the hash character Although the start waypoint will be overlooked with the text file format if you would like to include this start mark in the waypoint list then copy its 7 4 7 3 Route Exporting SOB does not export routes to any other format either generic nor other navigation software 7 4 7 4 Importing Route files SOB doesn t directly import routes from other programs However we know of some 3rd party programs and have a few macros that our users have created to help with importing Waypoints and Routes from a variety of sources Email sup
219. ls leg direction arrows XTE display and the display of TurnMark names are simply set with these controls Experimentation is the best method to understand how these settings influence the on screen route display 7 2 1 11 TurnMark amp Leg Settings a Rename the TurnMarks by clicking on the name in the list Type the mem new name then press TAB Enter or click somewhere else on the LATE form to refresh ar mt a se Yo Fe 7 Lo a m fan D wpa 003 Hint To rename the StartMark which is displayed in the Title Bar and doesn t appear in the list first press Reverse to reverse the route the Start Mark will now appear in the list and you can rename it as described Then reverse the route again to reset it Beware that reversing a route clears any active route information that may be attached to this route Estimated speed for any particular leg can be individually set for example a leg through controlled waterways may be preset to 4kn or whatever speed limit is imposed for the waterway The total route times ETA etc will be calculated assuming that these legs are traversed at the manually entered speed The current leg is calculated based upon your present speed and the remaining future legs without nominated speeds will be assumed to be traversed at the estimated or default speed entered for the form The Latitude Longitude of each TurnMark can be manually set Any format can be used for entering the precise coordina
220. lue has been manually entered This is more automatic yet not as accurate unless the boat is motoring in the same sea wind conditions as were experienced while originally calibrating the consumption rates ie the range will be reduced if the speed is slower due to a head wind Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 2 9 SHIP S TARGET 2 2 6 3 Fuel Tank Settings Pre enter your tank capacities in the top section of A the form and your preferred volume units for SOB Fuel Tankis olan to use Tank 4 1540 TERA Units The example screenshot is setup with Tank 1 as ne 220 est the working tank and Tank 2 as the reserve tank Tank 0 T E Enter the optional Price per Litre and preferred 1760 0 Ltr Frice per Ltr 1 21 AUD currency if desired Note that this is an information only field and not directly used by SOB in any calculations You can however easily use this data yourself to estimate for example Cost to refill Capacity Volume Remain Cost Costs Enter Measured Values Enter your knownmeastured consumption rates and remaining fuel volume This wall be automatically entered if rate and volume data it available Consumption Rate 440 Lih 0 7 kn Calbrate Volume Remaining Lin 300 160 0 Cost to Travel Remaining Distance on a Leg Route Distance Remain Knots BurnRate Cost Measured Values will need to be updated at regular
221. m 9 12 Software On Board User Manual TARGETS D AG DSC ARPA RADAR wan your safe zone as set with the CPA Safe Time and Distance controls IE You may be moored within a 100 metres of their berth and your CPA Safe Distance is set at 2nm or you may be passing up a harbour channel which is narrower than your CPA Safe Distance setting so every ship within the channel will be red To reduce the collision threat red clutter in anchorages change this slider control to set a speed of 0 to 2 knots to indicate to SOB that the targets are to be considered Stationary below this speed Caution use this setting with care 300 metre tankers will still destroy your boat if they collide with you doing 2 knots 9 5 2 4 CPA Safe Time amp Safe Distance These settings are used to determine the safe danger circle zone surrounding your ship If any Target is calculated to enter this safe zone then it will be considered a Collision Potential SOB will indicate dangerous targets by colouring their on screen symbol to RED and assigning them a LOW HIGH or VERY HIGH collision potential status The Collision Threat will be cancelled when the target ship and ownship are aft a beam A HIGH target threat will invade your safe zone at some future time A VERY HIGH threat will be within 50 of your safe parameter settings If the CPA lies outside of your safe zone then the target has a LOW potential It may be that your paths wont converge for h
222. mation pressure temperature wind wave heights rain and GPH A further advantage of the GRIB storage format is its compactness making it efficient well at least possible to transfer much data over a slow speed email link as found on many cruising boats Airmail is a very popular onboard email system which utilises PACTOR technology communicating through the AM SSB radio SOB is designed to coexist nicely alongside Airmail and will find the GRIB files that Airmail has received For users of more typical email clients MAPI compatible such as Outlook or Outlook Express SOB will interface seamlessly with your Inbox and use the MAPI client for sending the GRIB data email requests and receiving the returned data file attachments 15 1 1 GRIB Data and Sources SOB includes default values for a few different suppliers of free GRIB weather data The actual data will be compiled by a relevant national weather agency depending on the geographic location included in the request These providers are a gateway that collects and issues this data by return email following a correctly formatted emailed request Refer to section 15 5 below for detail about the request format For further information about the free services built into SOB visit www saildocs com or Www mailasail com 15 1 2 Grid Bounding Box and Data Each displayed GRIB area sae can optionally display a red bounding box which includes basic data about the GRIB file
223. merican Practical Navigator download from our website or included on the SOB CD contains detailed information about weather systems and patterns as they relate to the mariner 15 2 1 Compatible Data Types Msg Description 2 Air Pressure 7 Geopotential Height Precipitation Rate Total Precipitation 80 Watertemperature si Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 5 3 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS A description of the main data types that SOB can display follows acronyms in brackets are the codes used in the request data email 15 2 2 Pressure PRMSL This is standard atmospheric pressure measured at mean sea level units are millibars SOB can display the pressure as either a contour map or a colour density graph Generally speaking the contour map display imparts more information visually than the colour graph although the colour graph may be required to determine high low pressure systems Note about pressure data when pressure data maps are generated by weather authorities some additional information is interpreted by the meteorologists and drawn on top of the contour map This extra information includes high and low pressure areas cold fronts warm fronts etc This extra info is interpreted from the data by human experts and is not duplicated in the SOB display Be aware that high pressure systems are simply a relative comparison of the surrounding pressure values rather than a
224. mpass COG is the true direction of the ship s movement measured by a GPS RL Rhumbline Rhumbline is a straight line course on a Mercator chart C MAP charts in SOB use the Mercator Projection RLs follow a constant magnetic heading and mathematically are known as a loxodromic curve GC Great Circle Great Circle courses orthodromes represent the shortest distance between two geographic locations but require a continuous change in the ship s heading PastTrack The tail behind the moving ship that indicates the exact path taken by the ship Show Hide the PastTrack on the Ship s Settings Form Further analyse the PastTrack by importing SOB Logfiles PastTrack txt into Excel OSs OwnShip Ship s Target SOB s indicator showing the current ship s location MAPI Messaging API This is computer talk API Application Programming Interface which describes the set of features and interaction with your Email program also called the Email Client MS Outlook is full MAPI compatible program Outlook Express Eudora Netscape mail etc are Simple MAPI compatible Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 16 3 AGCFERENCE 16 2 KeyStrokes Space Refresh chart display and tool Fi Help Screen list of keyboard shortcuts Are GE En E F2 Toggle Chart Levels Toolbar F3 Toggle Chart Toggles Toolbar F4 Toggle Depth Shading F5 Display Depth Spot Soundings End auto centre mode if enabled
225. mpatible Chartplotter onboard Step 1 Create or Load a SOB Route The route that you wish to transfer to the UserCard must be first displayed on the SOB screen You can import the route from your plotter using the Example above or load an existing SOB route from a file or create a new route in SOB Step 2 Copy the SOB Route to the UserCard Display the All Routes form using the F11 key or Info gt gt Route toolbar button Highlight the route to transfer in the centre blue list The button on the lower left side of the form will be enabled if a UserCard is detected and the slot where the UserCard is found is displayed on the button s caption If no UserCard is detected this button will be disabled see example pictures right Step 3 Transfer the SOB Route to the Chartplotter The SOB route is now saved to the UserCard a Route Name is created from its name as used in SOB This name may be truncated to fit the naming requirements of the UserCard Now simply remove the UserCard from the USB Card Reader and insert into your Chartplotter s card slot Consult your plotter s User Manual for instructions to load the route into the plotter Ho EtMap Useita found Save to Left UserCard Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 7 C MAP CHARTS 10 4 Purchasing amp Installing C Map Charts Using the cartridge style C Map charts C Cards with SOB is as easy as plugging in the Card Reader installi
226. n you can pass control over to the autopilot To begin with this may not seem right as SOB will not automatically steer you to the route s start However if you look at the example screenshot above the reason why SOB acts in this way should be clear There is a land mass between the ship and the Start Mark However if you want your current position to be the starting mark for your route then Simply move the Start Mark to the Ship s Position hint use SHIFT Click when setting the Start Mark at the ship to prevent the Ship s Form from appearing 7 1 2 Select a Route Touch any route TurnMark to select the entire route the route will change colour to red to show it is selected The currently selected TurnMark will become a large solid dot the next mark along the route will be a large hollow dot 7 1 3 Edit a Route Panning and Zooming is available while in route edit mode use the Middle Button and Middle Wheel to pan and zoom when route mode is selected To add delete TurnMarks for GreatCircle Rhumbline drawing and access to the Route Details form is available from the Route button menu Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 7 3 Route Hong Insert a Delete a Turn ark i Turm ark Hame Mark TP 1 Shon Mark labele M Show Leg labels D Use Aft A Beam Touch the same Route TurnMark twice to pop up this Button Menu 7 1 4 Move a TurnMark A Route mark must first be selected
227. n NMEA GPS or other serial NMEA data source NMEA instruments that aren t provided with a PC connector cable will have to be wired up to the computer manually The User Manual for the device is necessary to complete this task If you don t have this in possession then they can usually be downloaded from the Internet for free as a PDF file You must locate and become familiar with the wiring connecting other NMEA devices or similar section of your manual In brief identify the NMEA input and output connections for the device There is no standard nomenclature for these connections examples are e IN and IN OUT OUT e POS or DATA and NEG or GROUND or EARTH or COMMON a PIN 5 GROUND e IN A and IN B e etc etc Wires for the connections are hand soldered to the pins on a blank 9 pin Female Serial D plug pictured Pin 2 3 and 5 are used caution must be exercised if using an older style Serial Connector Female Pin Contacts 25 pin serial plug as the role of pin 2 and 3 are reversed and the ground pin is pin 7 not 5 The wire to plug connection involves soldering two or three small wires to even smaller holes The soldering is easy it s the fiddly parts that make this job more complex Test the connection using the tug test it will want to be a strong solder joint to survive the marine environment Recommend that you knot or kink the wire before it leaves the plug housing to prevent direct pulling on
228. n empirical determination This is also true of cold fronts which are interpreted based on the pressure and temperature data surrounding the pressure systems This example image is clipped from the lower left corner of the overview image of Australia on the previous page The colours have been manually adjusted to increase the contrast in temperature change along the ridge at the low pressure s leading edge A Suitably qualified meteorologist would determine that this is a cold front and would draw the appropriate line and symbols for the published synoptic map the blue curve has been manually drawn on the image to demonstrate this Use the Settings form to choose to display the data as a colour mapped solid dither or a contour map From a visual inspection only of the contour map it is rarely obvious whether a weather system is a high or low pressure system as highs lows are determined only by the relative values surrounding the system ie in one circumstance a LOW pressure may be say 998mb if the surrounding pressure values are larger than 998 however if another pressure system has 998mb as its centre value and all surrounding values are smaller than 998 then this is a HIGH pressure system If in doubt then display the pressure data as a coloured density graph the blue red Shades displayed will make it easy to determine the highs from the lows Underlaying the temperature or 500mb data under the pressure contours will also usuall
229. n the picture and scale considering the current zoom factor The most right hand text indicates whether the chart is being displayed at or close to its creation scale RealChart or if it is zoomed in or out OverZoom or if it is greatly zoomed in VirtualChart NOTE OverZoom or VirtualChart displays will not necessarily show all chart features in their precise geographic locations SOB should NOT be relied upon for close up real time navigation while in either of these chart states Finally the COM indicator will show NoCOM if communication has been disabled via the Raw NMEA Data form or because no Serial Ports where found or COMx will be displayed where x is a number from 1 to 255 if SOB has opened an available and compatible Serial Port Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 1 8 Software On Board User Manual SOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION 1 4 7 Cursor Box pop u C Move the mouse over the far left side of the statusbar E approx one inch of the left hand side of the StatusBar miisi E depending on your monitor resolution or use the C key to display a pop up box for easier viewing of the cursor position and range and bearing from the ship to the cursor Lat 05 50 323 Lng 116 0 540 Rng 49metres Brg 34 T 346 M J 1 4 7 1 Rel This is the Relative bearing from either 1 the ships heading when not drawing an RBL or 2 the relative bearing difference between the previous RBL line
230. n this with our course line A good tip here is to use the middle mouse button to centre the chart at this position we will use this position in the next step Now restart a new RBL by clicking the RBL button As we advance on our course the RBL will update to twice Make the first line ie Ship to closest point by reflect our new position Of course the perpendicular clicking in the screen centre as determined in last step distance off line will remain fixed Then Click at edge of shoal area to complete the RBL triangle 1 5nm 1 H4 T 1 64 h 1 6nm 185 T 1 84 m g 1050Mm 255 T 2547M N Gubbins Wo Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 3 6 Software On Board User Manual THE SOB MAIN TOOLBAR This is the Quick Nav Line which connects your Ship to the Quick NavBox You When SOB first starts there will be a red line emanating from the Ship s Target can hide the line by using the tickbox on the ShipsForm gt gt ShipTools page The NavBox can t be hidden it defaults to a position in Siberia This is a frequently used tool and most of the time it will be in your display area when you don t want it cluttering the chart zoom out or pan and move it out of the way The NavBox displays brief navigation details from your Ship to that point The Time To Go is calculated based on a straight line from your current Ship s Position to the marked point at your current SOG or BoatSpeed When the difference bet
231. nautical miles MACQUARIE a Tower White gt Flashing 2 Vhite 10second s 105meters25miles a fs Other actions possible from OI mode Lock down the CentreShip button will keep the Ship s Target always visible on the display If the ship is about to sail off the computer screen the chart will re position itself to keep the Ship s Target visible The charts may change to a less detailed level aha when re positioning if no detailed levels are available for this location IF Press the Route Tool button when in OI mode to display the AllRoutes form ail Press the Waypoint Tool button when in OI mode to display the AllWaypoints form ani rer s Press the Targets button to display the Target Friends form Zooming will be constrained to changing the scale within the current chart level 5 2 Navigating to a Destination N2D SOB will automatically provide extra information in a ViewPanel whenever a Navigate to Destination scenario is active If an autopilot is connected control data is only sent to the autopilot when SOB is in N2D scenario and the appropriate NMEA output is enabled on the Raw NMEA Data form There are three such scenarios in SOB In order of priority they are Half Way to Noumea Sun 25 ap 1 Man Over Board Enabled by pressing the MOB button 2 Navigate to Destination Waypoint 2Pe22 11 5 160 00 S9 E Steer 5 to Stbd Any waypoint can be set as a destination by pressing
232. nd 201 Chart Objects at 33 39 3353 151 18 3153 a UX Objects Found ROYAL PRINCE ALFRED YACHT CLUB Bes E PORT ARES complex PORT MARINA complex PORT MARINA complex E PORT MARINA complex B co eee complex af fs y 2 BOAT YARD BOAT YARD ACCESSORIES MARINE ENGINE REPAIRS ENGINE REPAIRS RESTAURANT CHANDLER i BAR EAR PARKING FOR BOAT ANL SLIPWIAY Objects Found Detailed Information Close FUEL STATION OPENING TIME 00 00 CLOSING TIME 23 59 FUEL TYPE G amp SQ0LINE DIESEL OILGAS DIL Mle Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 19 C MAP CHARTS 10 7 2 Imbedded Photographs es The Camera Icons show points on the chart containing photographs of the area To reduce chart clutter these icons can be hidden with a tickbox on the ShipsForm gt gt CustomSettings page Note future MAX chart versions and SOB will include information about the direction and elevation of the camera when the shot was taken Right click a camera icon to show the photograph on the Found Objects form Found 5 Chart Objects at 33 37 9825 151 18 2216 E i Objects Found PITTWATER Close MULTIMEDIA CONTENT CAUTION AREA CAUTION AREA DEPTH AREA DATA SOURCE 10 7 3 Tides Tidal Streams and Currents 10 7 3 1 Tide Predictions Numerous tide stations are located on the C Map charts
233. nd paste the command from SOB into the email body Note the different methods MailASail requires the command be placed in the Subject line and an empty Body When the GRIB email is received containing the GRIB data as an attachment either drag the attachment directly and drop it onto the SOB chart or save the attachment to the SOBvMAX GRIBS Inbox folder or any other folder of your choice and use the Change Folder button on the GRIB File Manager form to set this folder Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 15 15 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS Now the whole GRIB file or any part of it can be easily loaded into SOB via the GRIB File Tree 15 7 1 4 Using GRIB data from a different viewer program Use a similar method as just described to save the GRIB data file to either SOB s GRIBS Inbox folder or any other folder of your choice Or if the source of the file is compatible drag amp drop the file from the other program directly onto the SOB chart 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 16 1 AGFERENCE 16 Reference 16 1 Glossary Abbreviations and Acronyms UTC GMT Universal Co ordinated Time Greenwich Mean Time TZ Time Zone LAT Latitude LNG Longitude MOB Man Over Board LKP Last Known Position RNG Range BRG Bearing ETA Estimated Time of Arrival TTG Time To Go
234. nect Any connected ship will show BOTH a Y in the ON column and a number in the TID column 2 Press the Toggle Connect button The Y will be replaced with a in the ON column and the Open Refresh Connection button will be enabled Several ships can be disconnected at the same time by repeating these steps for any other connected ship ALL currently connected ships can be flagged for disconnection by pressing the Disconnect All button 3 Press the Open Refresh Connection button when ready both IP and Serial devices on OwnShip When a WAN connection is made SOB automatically closes any open serial ports for any direct connected devices eg GPS This is a safety feature to prevent any mis understanding about what data source is being displayed by SOB When WAN LAN Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 13 7 SOB NETWORKING data is being displayed as OwnShip data the Ship s Data ViewPanel will be displayed with a silver grey background see sample Ship s Data displays below It is possible and reasonable to use data from both IP and serial connections simultaneously For instance a set of NMEA devices could be located in a remote area of the ship eg rudder angle sensor GPS antenna SONAR transducer fluxgate compass combined using a multiplexer for example into a single data stream then run through a Serial IP Server The output from the Serial IP Server can then be transf
235. ng otherwise they can be ordered direct from C MAP at any time Specific charts on the CDs must be selected and licensed prior to use A simple program Chart Selector will install from the C Map CD which allows easy point and click chart selection and immediate on line or call centre ordering C Map then only supplies you with a Chart Licence Code which will instantly register the purchased chart allowing SOB immediate full access to it Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 10 2 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS 10 2 1 1 NT NT Charts Although outdated now SOB maintains compatibility with these previous versions of C Map charts C Map Chart Selector Disks as v 8 ee ee CD1 The Americas CD2 South North Europe CD3 West Europe and Rest Of The World 10 2 1 2 MAX Charts These are the latest version of the C Map charts and represent a Significant leap in vector chart technology C Map Chart Selector Disks as v 8 CD4 US amp Canada West Coasts Alaska NE Russia Nthn Asia Central America CD5 US amp Canada East Coasts Gulf of Mexico amp Caribbean Central America CD6 US Rivers amp Lakes Central amp South America Greenland CD7 Europe 1 Norway Denmark Sweden Germany Poland Finland Baltic States Western Russia CD8 Europe 2 Denmark Germany The Netherlands Belgium European Rivers and Lakes MAX Lakes CD9 Europe 3 Iceland Greenland The United Kingdom Atlantic France Atlant
236. ng SOB in an educational situation as a study of geography or planning or dreaming about your next cruise or fishing trip or any other virtual use you devise will be a rewarding exercise with SOB at your fingertips Information about nearby facilities navigable rivers and channels and various other chart objects can be identified and closely examined and of course when it comes to the point of planning your voyage SOB s Route creation and planning tools will easily consume much of your virtual Sailing hours In addition to just playing with the included charts several of SOB s features provide you with the ability to bring SOB to life even when used ashore with no instruments connected 1 5 1 Dead Reckoning Mode Click the Ship s Target or press the F9 function key to display the Ship s Form then check Dead Reckoning enter your estimated or measured course and speed to animate SOB into movement Any Route can be loaded or drawn then dry runned while in DR mode The Route can be Activated and course and speed manually changed as necessary to simulate this voyage The Destination ViewPanel will display data based upon the DR settings Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 9 SOB AND COMPUTER NAVIGATION 1 5 2 Voyage Replay Mode Double click the chart surface to display the Raw NMEA Data form Press the button to replay a pre recorded NMEA log file 1 5 3 Real Time Navigation Just plug
237. ng its supplied driver inserting a C Card and starting SOB There are no additional steps installations or setups required for SOB to use the cartridge charts The remainder of this section refers to installing and using C Map chart FILES supplied on the NT PC or MAX PC Chart Selector disks 10 4 1 C Map s Chart Selector program The Chart Selector program is supplied by C Map on their chart DVDs Different DVDs are available which cover different world regions eg Oceania Middle East Europe Americas Africa etc See list on page 10 2 The Chart Selector DVD is sent out free of charge by C Map and contains all available charts for the regions covered The charts are contained on the DVD as encrypted files and must be purchased registered and installed prior to being used The Chart Selector program is automatically installed from the DVD and allows you to select your region then continue to immediate online purchase with an Internet connection or you can complete the purchase by phoning your details through to a call centre the available phone numbers will be presented to you during the purchasing process The Chart Selector program provides simple tools for performing each of these steps plus additional features allow you to examine details about your current licensed and installed charts and backup restore abilities for your Chart License Codes During the purchasing process you will be presented with the cost s of the c
238. ngs Start gt gt Run gt gt RegEdit Enter Navigate to this Registry key HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software SoftwareOnBoard sob Settings Windows and delete these values pos bottom pos_top pos_left pos_right and pos_minmax These methods are quite advanced please email us for more instructions if required 1 4 4 Notes on SOB s User Interface SOB uses the following conventions any text enclosed in square brackets denotes a button or key in SOB keys enclosed in braces denote toggle keys These keys should be pressed and released prior to using the subsequent keystroke all working files that SOB creates or uses begin with a exclamation mark This is a useful trick to have the files appear at the top of an alphabetical listing A mouse with a middle wheel is the best tool to use with SOB ideally in combination with a touch screen or Tablet PC a keyboard is occasionally required but usually can be stored out of the way When text input is required ie to input the co ordinates of a dead reckoning position or to type a name for a Route or Waypoint an onscreen keyboard can be used the virtual keyboard is automatically installed with Win2000 and newer Of course a regular keyboard can be used for inputting data but generally Speaking put the keyboard in a drawer while navigating there are no special keystrokes or keyboard commands that can t be performed without the mouse aes Se Accessibility Wizard
239. night Dec 31st 1970 Line 7 UTC Date imported to SOB or created by SOB Will usually be the same as utc_created unless utc_created is imported from another wpt source Line 8 Size O small 1 medium 2 large Line 9 Label O off 1 name 2 lat Ing 4 RNG BRG 8 TTG ETA Use the logical AND to have combinations eg 3 name and lat Ing Line 10 CLR fore RGB colour code ie Red 0xFF0000 Applies only to circle square triangle diamond shapes Line 11 CLR back RGB colour code ie Red OxFFOO00 Applies only to circle square triangle diamond shapes Line 12 Wind Half Angle Number from 1 to 90 Line 13 Arrival Zone Radius Size of arrival circle drawn when Destination or Anchor zone is set in Metres Line 14 attachments Semi Colon delimited file list Waypoints Attachments folder Line 15 notes Standard text note No CR or LF allowed End of this waypoint marker Flags digits counted left to right digit 1 Oori Draw filled or not filled applies only to circle square triangle diamond shapes digit 2 Oori Draw cross over wpt digit 3 Oori Autoload if 0 then wpt drawn as thin dashed circle digit 4 Oori Destination 1 if Navigate to mode set for this wpt digit 5 Oori Show wind laylines digit 6 Oori Show wind shadow digit 7 Oori Arrival anchor zone alarm set digit 8 Oori Moving dynamic waypoint not currently implemented digit 9 11 000 to 999 Waypoint shape see table below digit 12 Oori
240. nitor from cay Printer USB Docking Station Serial RS 232 sacle 9 pin Serial plug Belew External Monitor External Mouse Keyboard Additional COM ports can be created with a USB Serial Converter and extra USB plugs are simply and cheaply added with a USB Hub 12 2 1 2 RS 232 vs RS 422 Serial The serial standard has been the most widely adopted throughout the life of the Personal Computer On IBM style computers this standard is RS 232 and on Macintosh is RS 422 Most NMEA devices are actually RS 422 serial devices In a technical sense RS 422 has different electrical characteristics than RS 232 but in a practical sense the RS 422 NMEA devices will interface directly with the PC s RS 232 connection It is extremely uncommon for incompatibilities to exist for this reason Legacy COM ports are almost obsolete replaced by the USB communication standard Although Desktop computers generally are supplied with one or two serial ports included most laptop s sold no longer include the formerly ubiquitous 9 pin serial connector 12 2 1 3 USB Serial Communication Virtual COM Ports With the introduction of Win98SE USB was available as an upgraded alternative to the decades old RS 232 standard for connecting peripheral devices USB is compatible with the modern Windows Plug amp Play technologies greatly simplifying the process of connecting peripheral devices and installing their drivers The USB standard also Supports far
241. ns OF NMEA Device GPS COMA Seral On USB Fort Opens OK no data rec al Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 2 5 CONNECTING NAGA NAVIGATION DEVICES So for this example the USB GPS has been identified on COM3 and a Garmin GPS on COM2 Remember COM2 was the USB Serial Converter virtual port with a Garmin connected Description Status Data Rec LOM Communications Port Upens OF no data rec COM ATEN USE to Seral Cable Opens OF NMEA Device Garmin GFS See eee Select this item in the list above then press the a fe with Chr Click Max 2 ports Add gt gt COM2 button Set the baud rate to 4800 then Save amp Exit this program SOB ts configured to connect to these Ports Foti COM Example 3 Connect to a USB GPS AEH This is a very similar scenario to the previous example step 2 amp 3 Step 1 would require you to install the driver that was supplied with the USB GPS Receiver Then follow Step 2 and 3 above to identify the COM port then configure SOB to use it This scenario requires an additional piece of hardware connected to the computer a Bluetooth USB Radio many modern laptops and tablet PCs have this feature inbuilt The GPS communicates with the PC via radio waves Step 1 Install and Setup the Bluetooth Dongle and GPS Drivers The external USB Bluetooth radio is in the form of a Dongle and is characterised by its bright blue LED light The d
242. nstant compass heading so GC legs are usually made up of a collection of short Rhumbline legs Rhumblines follow a constant compass heading Because lines of longitude are great circles there is usually little advantage in creating a GC leg from a predominantly North South heading The Equator is also a great circle so again little advantage in converting an East West leg near the Equator to a GC For other legs great circles can be as much as 10 shorter than the equivalent Rhumbline course with increased savings for legs directly east west and closer to the poles So for practical purposes in navigation distances less than 200nm and courses North or South gain little benefit from using great circle courses When a SOB leg is converted to a great circle SOB will remember which TurnMarks have been inserted Select any of these marks and the pop up Route Button Menu will show a different button Convert GC to Rhumbline Selecting this button will delete all GC marks from the current selected one to the last in the current GC leg Note Great Circles are defined as the intersection of a sphere and a plane passing through its centre Mathematically great circles are known as orthodromes and Rhumb Lines are loxodromes By definition all longitudes and the Equator are great circles All other latitudes are small circles Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 1 4 Software On Board User Manual ROUTES Composite Routes are a combinat
243. nt set of data in SOB Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 3 1 THE SOB MAIN TOOLBAR 3 The 08 Main Toolbar SOB Tools provides access to SOB s main functions information and drawing modes Chart ZOOM In I hae Chart ZOOM Out O 700M in in same level 700M Out in same level Centre Ship Space fauto centre ship Ctrl double press to make Wpt at ship PE Y Auto Pan Single click Target Selection Draw Waypoints Edit Waypoints Ctrl W s Quick Navigation Line gt Show AllWaypoints Form Draw Routes Edit Routes Ctrl R Show AllRoutes Form RE Range and Bearing Lines A Show RADAR Form T Man Over Board Ctrl M Show Target Friends Form Manual Target SOS Form R Locate Ports and Services F ith Show Alarms Form Print chart P Quick Chart Information Enter SOB information Registration and Unlocks Right Click Chart Info mode S Q C MAP Charts installed and Run C MAP FAIt button mode for Centre Ship Selector program Waypoints Routes and Targets Control ViewPanel displays V Show Hide all ViewPanels Open GRIB Weather Overlays controls G NOTES While in Autopan mode a single click on a Target will select it as the Active Target Entries in braces are accessed by first pressing the Info button Tn SOS Mode this icon changes to the Target Input tool The main toolbar SOB To
244. ntences received from a connected AIS Receiver or Transponder Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 1 3 RAw NMGA DATA FORM Skipped is a count of sentences that SOB did not process They are either NMEA sentences that SOB does not recognise or are incomplete or corrupted sentences that SOB will not process 11 1 2 General NMEA Form Buttons 11 1 2 1 Setup COM Ports Use the Identify Ports button to run SOB_PORTS EXE utility program for detecting and setting the COM ports for SOB to use See Step 2 Identify the port number assigned to the Virtual COM port page 12 4 The About SOB form also includes a list of available and in use COM Serial Ports printed at the end of the Text Window as a diagnostic aid 11 1 2 2 Network Connections Refer to The WAN Target List Form page 13 2 11 1 2 3 Device Manager This is a Windows utility program used to determine the devices attached to your computer Device Manager can be run from Control Panel but it is buried beneath many pages and mouse clicks and can be difficult to locate We have provided this short cut button to run Device Manager because it is a very useful utility for checking your connected serial ports whether built in COM ports or Virtual COM ports If necessary to remove a potential port conflict the pre assigned COM port numbers for any device can be re assigned using the Advanced button on the Settings page of the port
245. o Bluetooth Audio Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 14 4 Software On Board User Manual THE TALKING PILOT 14 2 Talking Pilot form Ctrl Space Open the Talking Pilot form with the Ctrl Space key combination These keys have been chosen to allow sight impaired users to find them easily This is a paid SOB License feature Its functionality will be limited to saying the Time only if using an unlicensed SOB version 14 2 1 Test button Press the Test button at the bottom of the form to narrate a general sentence followed by the current time Use this to test that the Speech system is working as you are expecting Otherwise return to the Windows Settings topics in the first half of this chapter to correctly configure the Windows Speech and Sound systems 14 2 2 Time amp Timer 14 2 2 1 Time Simply instruct SOB to speak the time at an interval of your choosing Depending on your requirements you may need the time spoken every few seconds or every half hour for example Configure these requirements as necessary When SOB is set to speak time in intervals less than 1 minute then the short format will be used the hour will not be narrated only the minutes and seconds In long format mode when saying the time in frequencies greater than a minute then the hours and minutes are spoken but not the seconds If speaking the Time is enabled then the time will also always be spoken on the hour 14 2 2 2
246. o the RADAR unit s console and the large green cross follows the position of the RADAR s cursor returned echoes of its magnetron An arbitrary MMSI number 9999999xx is assigned to the target which has no 9 2 5 Online Tracking with GpsGate SOB seamlessly integrates with GpsGate Online uploading your position to the GpsGate server while simultaneously downloading position fixes from your GpsGate Buddy List and displaying them on the chart using the Targets feature Now anyone with an Internet connection can track your progress using either SOB Pro or the GpsGate Online map Refer to http www gpsgate com for further information about this real time online tracking service Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 9 5 TARGETS D AG DSC ARPA RADAR wan Step by step How To guide for using SOB with GpsGate http digiboat biz HOWTO Track with GpsGate pdf and the Networking chapter page 13 2 9 2 6 WAN Remote Connected Ships see SOB Networking Client Mode page 13 2 9 3 Targets List T Detailed information and customisable Closest Point of Approach CPA settings are to be found on the Targets Form use the AIS ARPA RADAR button on SOB s main toolbar or type the letter T to display this form The AIS examples from the English Channel used in this section are from the NMEA sample AIS logfile installed with SOB You can replay this log file as you work through this
247. oad when SOB starts ensure that this box is ticked All waypoints in the default wpt file will be automatically loaded when SOB starts Waypoints can also be saved to their own files for organising and grouping Refer to next section AllWaypoints form for details If the waypoint is not marked as Autoload Wpt when SOB next starts then the waypoint will still be loaded however it will be drawn semi hidden and the Show Hide button will be up and appear as a small dashed circle on the display This waypoint can be selected in the normal way use the Waypoint Tool and its setting changed if you desire See Hide the Waypoint page 6 3 6 2 4 Delete Waypoint s Open the Waypoints form then press the Delete button and OK the warning box Individual or multiple Wpts can be deleted from the All Waypoints form see page 6 7 If the waypoint is not marked as Save Wpt in default wpt file then it effectively is deleted when SOB exits 6 2 5 Hide the Waypoint Toggle the Show Hide button The waypoint will still be visible on the chart when hidden but only as a small dashed circle compare the images below This is also the manner in which the Waypoint will be displayed if Autoload is unticked Hidden waypoints can still be selected with the waypoint tool and re shown etc Fan Wipt 2 tay 33 45 6190 151 23 16 1Nm 344 T 3 MAPLE AC cee MAPLE AC NCES 6 2 6 Navigate to Destination button See also Navi
248. ock again at the first opportunity Remember that if you have full chart coverage for your area then this issue is dramatically reduced 10 6 1 1 ChartLock Allows panning and zooming only to an existing chart With ChartLock enabled SOB will not display grey charts the display will be zoomed to a less detailed level if necessary until a level with coverage is found Note If you experience display errors with the PastTrack when navigating near the edge of a detailed chart region then turn ON ChartLock will solve the display discrepancy 10 6 1 2 OverZoom will allow over under zooming of each chart level should be ON for most chart configurations and chart usage Note In Perspective View OverZoom is automatically disabled Perspective View will only show charts at the scale they were digitised 10 6 1 3 SkipEmptyLevels will display only levels that exist when zooming should also be ON for most usage Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 10 16 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS 10 6 1 4 VirtualCharts will allow unlimited zooming but to course scale charts at times ie heavily over zoomed typically useful for accurate calculations and measurements at extreme zoom levels very large scales The display will be greyed when zoomed beyond available chart coverage depths The graticule is still visible and all measurements and tools are valid etc These virtual levels can be used for extreme close up work
249. offshore oil rig There was a 100 recovery rate after 2 hrs delay before searching commenced Even though one of the victims had drifted 2 miles away from the remainder of the closely grouped pack http www mobilarm com cat index cgi shopfront view product details product id 702294 5 6 1 2 Raymarine Lifetag SOB automatically supports the Raymarine LifeTAG man overboard device The Lifetag ouputs a specially formatted RMC NMEA sentence containing the lat and long at the time of signal loss If your Raymarine bus is connected to the PC then a SOB MOB Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 5 1 2 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS waypoint will automatically be created as soon as the LifeTAG system sets a Man Over Board scenario and a brief message will be printed to the Messages Panel Use the red N2D Panel to return to the splash zone and recover your victim Note If multiple Lifetags are in use and more than one is activated SOB will only set a MOB waypoint for the first one that is triggered Due to the functionality of these devices ie they don t track the device but simply indicate the location of signal loss it is likely that multiple activations would be within the same area as the first In addition to this if a MOB scenario has been set manually in SOB and is still active then a Lifetag MOB will not be acted upon 5 6 1 3 AMEC MOB Dolphin device AMEC MOB DOLPHIN system is a 2 4GHz wir
250. ol and if it poses a collision threat then guide lines for the CPA projections for both the target and ownship are drawn on the screen 9 4 2 1 Show Tracked Target Vectors Any target nominated as the Tracked Target will have a dark red coloured circle drawn around it to provide an easy visual indicator as to which target is being tracked Full details updated every two seconds are printed to the Targets panel In addition use this button on the Acquired Targets form to enable disable the drawing of dynamic markers vectors to display the calculated CPA with the Tracked SEAFRANCE RENOIR PRECIO Caber HAH maa i A Tapa Feet dig r iie Hoir Dat CALAR ETA itii Litt eo 17 0 irat oogt hog ath T Cofasn Potential HEH CPA Ag OOF Lt oO TOA J wer all oer Cara yri OG Zan i ELL rope let regi Dren S200 ae Source be A AS Blink tiga Target The guidelines drawn onscreen are a thin dashed red line from the target to its position at CPA and a thick solid red line with arrows at each end which represents the minimum separation distance at CPA abbreviated as DCPA for Distance at CPA As the calculated CPA varies as would occur if either ship changes course or speed then Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 9 10 Software On Board User Manual TARGETS D AG DSC ARPA RADAR wan the CPA vectors will be re drawn every 2 seconds to indicate the new prediction With only a small amount of pr
251. ols can be reshaped or closed when it s undocked Click the cross in its top right corner to close it or press the 1 key Close the toolbar to protect the navigation display once setup and active or to expose more screen space for chart use Without the toolbar displayed the current setup can t be inadvertently changed Use the 1 key to redisplay the toolbar 3 1 Panning 3 1 1 Panto the Ship Centre the display at the ship s position 3 1 2 Pan by selecting a new chart centre Move the chart freely and quickly around the screen by clicking a point on the chart to centre the display at that position The StatusBar shows the Lat Long at the mouse position that will become the new display centre To Pan vast distances first zoom out a few steps then continuously click the appropriate side of the screen The new chart centre can be chosen by left clicking any place providing no other click condition receives priority ie left clicking the Ship s target ALWAYS gives priority to Showing the Setup Ship s Position form The middle click always centres the display at the point clicked on the chart regardless of whatever tools may be active Route drawing Waypoint tool etc Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 3 2 Software On Board User Manual THE SOB MAIN TOOLBAR 3 1 2 1 Pan to Exact Position Goto AbpHabe Piratii Press ALT Space to open the Goto Absolute Position form Enter any correct values for your Lati
252. omputers which enables additional parts extra tools more routes and waypoints etc of the software e Registered users will receive free on line support e Registered users can request the C MAP NT PC Chart disks to be posted to them for easy chart selection and instant on line purchasing e You receive a 5 discount when ordering C MAP charts on line Use Reseller Code R30 468 when and if prompted e You can become a contributor of our Dream Features competitions and Wish Lists to add your feature idea to a future SOB version 1 3 3 SOB Licenses and Unlock Codes Firstly the SOB UnlockCode is a completely separate thing to the C Map Chart License Keys that you receive after purchasing charts More about the C Map Charts later in the Manual see page 10 1 For private use Registered or Licensed SOB users can request up to 3 SOB Unlock Codes for using SOB on multiple computers Commercial licenses are valid on a single computer only Unlicensed Users will receive an UnlockCode for AccessLevel 1 This level of access will allow unlimited Waypoints and Route TurnMarks and will enable additional features in the program AccessLevel 2 is available by purchasing a SOB Standard User License and in addition to enabling all of the Level 1 bonuses it also enables additional features and functionality such as autopilot output and completely removes the trial period The SOB Pro User License provides AccessLevel 4 ALL SOB features are ena
253. on standard RS 232 or RS 422 at 4800 baud Many newer devices and others can communicate at higher baud rates and via new interface technologies USB Bluetooth WAN etc For example AIS Receivers connect at 38400 baud and NMEA multiplexers usually use 9600 baud connections SOB is compatible with all such devices and examples SOB can connect to two Simultaneous serial ports at speeds of 4800 9600 19200 or 38400 In addition SOB can connect to infinite depending on available computer resources memory CPU speed etc LAN or WAN network connections serving NMEA data using TCP IP communication protocols see the SOB Networking chapter for details Following is an example list of NMEA capable navigation instruments compatible with SOB GPS Autopilot AIS Receiver Transponder RADAR DSC VHF Radios Apparent Wind Instruments SONAR Echo Sounder for Depth Boat Speed LOG Electronic Compass fluxgate gyro Rudder Turn Indicators Temperature Senders Volt Meters Most NMEA devices will be automatically set up with the proper settings for interfacing with SOB If you are experiencing communication problems check the following settings are correct Configure your NMEA devices for gt NMEA 0183 compatible protocol Version 2 x or any lower version gt 4800 baud rate bps gt WGS 84 Datum Standard for GPS devices gt Consult the GPS manual to enable the device for Data Output or NMEA Output or similar this applies
254. on the ship near the edge of the screen behind it after Sailing only a short distance from the centre In other words these settings will keep a maximum amount of screen space in front of the ship 2 2 1 8 Quick Navigation Line connects the Ship to the Quick Nav Box 2 2 1 9 Race Start start line Refer to Race Start S page 5 14 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 2 4 Software On Board User Manual SHIP S TARGET 2 2 2 Page 2 Ship Tools Various objects drawn at the ship s position can be displayed or hidden using the interactive form shown 2 2 2 1 Display at Ship TT Hollow Target the Ship s Target is best against a white background such TEE TrA Fial Eris as C MAP charts display along most PPOR Sinbat gient 45 Biako Dads navigable waters At times the target z Cpe at i hp mm fe Habra Blige T t O H Lk Lub Line Fe COG Look ohead Line H Crus Lae bo os Cee He Shoes S hap 5 hee Troe S ee bea cade fi YWEN aino me E Apea dann AE pepe 7 r ikide aadh SG F Sparar Shap a acta r Shore Speed Hark eke These HES dart ee gnd 1 krkera Cranpectr gan kepada displays more clearly when hollow with heavier rings drawn When drawn solid and if a Wind instrument is connected then the outer ring will be RED or GREEN indicating whether the yacht is sailing on Port or Starboard tack Look Ahead lines are dotted lines through the centre of the ship and extending al
255. ong the exact heading or course Optionally show either or both HDG actual direction ship is pointing and or COG actual direction ship is 2 whe Bose ILT E devine moving J Sha ind Tools w wind iteco Note traditionally the HDG would Show i hanom M ppn F Tuini OFF align with the lubber line on an Mii icin a ky lest analogue compass anye Pe C Higad E Higa State wired Course Line if a N2D scenario is active a dashed line is drawn from the ship to the destination point tae 2 2 2 2 Ship Shape The ship will be drawn to a scale ship shape when zoomed below the pre set chart scale 1 50000 1 20000 1 15000 etc The ship s dimensions as entered on the AIS Static Data page are used If the dimensions are not entered then a fixed size generic ship icon will be used The best display for real time navigating is with Hollow Ship s Target set to ON The Ship Shape can be selected to align to either the HDG or the COG The COG is Supplied with data from the GPS and the HDG data is supplied separately by a connected electronic compass fluxgate gyro etc If no electronic compass is connected then the ship will always be aligned to the COG however it is more natural for the ship to be aligned to its heading although this can be overridden by ticking the Align to COG option 2 2 2 3 Ship s Vector gt Hide Don t draw the vector The ship s target symbol will still be displayed gt Short The vector will b
256. ongle will be supplied with Bluetooth Manager software and a Driver disk which must be loaded Bluetooth radio manufacturers use different management and device configuration software with different interfaces So it is not possible for us to assist you too much with configuring your Bluetooth GPS device However in short you must 1 Install BT Dongle driver and BlueTooth Manager software gt This will install via Plug amp Play the first time you plug in the Bluetooth dongle gt Ifa driver disk is required it will be included with the dongle gt This step is not required if your laptop tablet has Bluetooth built in 2 Install the GPS driver gt the Bluetooth GPS will be provided with a driver disk 3 Pair the GPS with your computer gt this establishes the link between the GPS and computer gt a4 character code may need to be input it is usually 0000 4 Enable the Serial communication Service for the Bluetooth pairing gt this step will set and enable the virtual COM port which SOB will use to communicate with the GPS The actions required to perform steps 3 amp 4 are determined by your Bluetooth management software No more specific advice can be supplied here Step 2 Identify the Virtual COM Port and configure SOB s ports Follow Example 2 Steps 2 amp 3 above Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 12 6 Software On Board User Manual CONNECTING NAGA NAVIGATION DEVICES Example 5 Connect to a built i
257. only the APB sentence enabled in SOB Note The TMQ autopilot does not have a facility for sail to wind angle This is primarily a heavy duty commercial fishing boat pilot but personal experience has confirmed this as an excellent pilot for large sailing yachts Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 5 SPECIAL TOOLS dilot settings Most Raymarines tested perform equally well using any of the NMEA sentence options from SOB All things being equal APA or APB should be chosen but experimentation with your model is recommended Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 5 6 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS 5 4 Wind Tools When a NMEA compatible Apparent Wind sensor anemometer is connected ba several helpful indicators can be drawn on the chart and Apparent wind and g True wind values are displayed in the Navigation Panel 5 4 1 Wind Vector Arrows Open the Ship s Form click the Ship s Target at any time and check Show Wind Tools men check your choice of Apparent and or True Wind Vectors for display SS n H The apparent Wind Vector is drawn as either a red or green arrow dependent on whether you are Sailing on port or starboard tack E atin til _ ob iaai 2p sre iiim 1 oem Cd The apparent vector is read directly Anew oe M from the Wind Instrument and eh anemia ald L shows the relative wind direction as felt on the deck of the yacht
258. ons for SOB For Win2000 and WinXP computers ensure that you have read write rights to your SOB installation folder both 1 while installing and 2 whenever you run SOB If you don t have multiple user ID s on your system then you may need to be logged in as Administrator NOTE that SOB can NOT run from a CD ROM or other read only storage device or any folder without read write access privileges SOB needs to be able to create certain files on the disk which is not possible with a CD ROM or security protected drive 16 4 2 Chart Folders SOB Charts and SOB DemoCharts folders are now used inter changeably by SOB Chart files demo or licensed can reside in either or both of these folders However we recommend you don t have THE SAME CHART file in both folders as SOB will return double entries for some functions such as the Port Find feature C Map s default chart installation folder is C Program Files C MAP NT PC Selector Charts We recommend moving the chart file to SOB s chart folder 16 4 3 User Selectable Data Folders SOB has the facility to allow you to separate the data folders from the program folder To change the location of the data folders they must be moved all together to the alternate location If SOB can t find the SOBvMAX LogFiles folder when it starts up then a Browse for Folder pop up will allow you to select the new location eg C My Documents sob If a valid folder containing ALL of SO
259. ontains the ship s MMSI number You can use this weblink to search for details about any ship based on its Name MMSI or Callsign there are over 400 000 ship s particulars contained in the database http www itu int cgi bin htsh mars ship_search sh 9 3 2 2 Name This is the ship s name as entered in the AIS transponder by the operator SOB will only know the ship s name if the static data message has been received 9 3 2 3 Rng amp Brg The range and bearing from your ship to the target vessel 9 3 2 4 Show Received targets can be hidden from SOB s display If a target is included in the Target Friends list and selected to not be displayed then it will be hidden However you can override the Friends setting with the Hide Target button Apart from targets automatically hidden other targets may also benefit from being hidden ie a row of sSuper tankers moored outside a port and cluttering the chart display And if you are using your own AIS received data about your own ship as your primary input then you will need to hide your ownship target to prevent it from drawing over the top of your ship s symbol This should be pre set in your Friend s List see OwnShip as a Target page 9 15 and Target Friend s List page 9 14 And similarly if using the WAN feature to connect to ownship then hide the target either manually with this button or automatically via the Friend s list when the remote connected ship is set as Primary
260. ool is built into SOB on the ShipsForm gt gt Conversions page e The symbol for minutes is the apostrophe and seconds is the quote mark Strictly speaking seconds are actually called second minutes but termed seconds by common usage conventions e Minutes and seconds are sexagesimal numbers which means they are numbers from 0 to 59 so not decimals from 0 to 99 e The degree symbol can be typed from a keyboard Hold down the ALT key type 0176 on the numeric numberpad some keyboards want 0186 not 0176 then release the ALT key This can take some practice to begin with e SOB will automatically detect what format is used when inputting coordinates whether the inputs are made manually eg on the Ship s Form or Waypoint form or Route Details form or when importing lists of waypoints etc containing latitudes and longitudes For SOB s auto detection to work correctly the coordinate must adhere to these basic rules 1 A space or a colon can be used in place of the degree symbol eg 34 30 5 34 30 5 2 Two spaces can be used to separate minutes from degrees and seconds eg 34 30 30 34 30 30 If entering deg decimal minutes then ONLY ONE SPACE IS ALLOWED 3 Include a W S E N or w s e n at the end or at the start If no cardinal indicator is present SOB will assume so East Lngs or North Lats 4 For format 2 the final is optional but recommended 5 For format 3 th
261. or F3 Persp tiles iew Controls toolbar toggle button or tickbox on ShipsForm gt gt CustomPage _ gives a configurable elevated view rather than OFF the typical overhead view Over Under zooming is not permitted in perspective view Only available chart levels Shown at their digitised scales will be allowed so MixLevels and OverZoom are automatically disabled in this view Consequently a lot more grey area may appear in Perspective View All usual chart functions and navigation tools are available although some may be found to be unsuitable with some configurations The viewing position can be moved to give a different shape to your chart You may want to hide the display of certain objects or choose de clutter mode to speed the chart drawing time on slower machines and or to make the view more readable In Perspective View a new toolbar appears with Up Down Left Right On Off controls The Up Down and Left Right can be changed to move in small or large steps with the Shift key used as a toggle don t hold it down each press will toggle small large steps Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 10 18 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS 10 7 Chart Data Information Services amp Tides There is a vast amount of data imbedded into the C Map charts Cartographic nautical or POI Points of Interest symbols drawn on the chart are the gateway to the imbedded data SOB provides two
262. other Nav l TTG TA e fi eE Card Wind Shadow Notes Prog rams there T Show Shadow q4 notez gt gt Da may be limitations Show Laylines as to what Angle 4 a0 Created Mon Noy 15 12 13 58 2010 Pad characters are allowed and how many characters are possible For instance most GPS units will only accept 6 letter names for waypoints 6 2 2 Distance Heading and Time Data The data displayed at the top of the form provides detailed information about the location of the waypoint relative to the Ship s Position The Heading to Wpt and Bearing from Wpt are reciprocals ie same course but opposite directions And these angles are given as True compass values The SOG is Speed Over Ground supplied by the GPS SPD is the Boat Speed across the water as supplied by a speed LOG device if connected Velocity Made Good or VMG is that component of your speed that is actually helping you make ground towards the waypoint away from the Waypoint then VMG will be ZERO or have a negative value According to Pythagoras and trigonometry the VMG for other headings will be calculated Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 6 3 WAYPOINTS 6 2 3 Storage Waypoint Files Temporary waypoints are created if the Save Wpt in default wpt file checkbox is not ticked ie the Waypoint will exist only while SOB is running To keep this waypoint in the default wpt file to automatically l
263. otograph is available for this area Right click the camera icon to display the imbedded photo Future versions of C Map charts will include more multimedia options Perspective View see Perspective View page 10 17 Light Animation see Animate Lights page 10 17 2 2 3 2 Width of Monitor To correctly set the text size used for best viewing on your display size and resolution you can alter this value SOB will need to be restarted for the new setting to take effect The measurement should be the physical diagonal size of your screen although depending on your screen resolution as set with Windows Display properties in Control Panel you may need to experiment with different values for your personal requirements 2 2 4 Page 4 AIS Static Data Refer to OwnShip Static Data page 9 15 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 2 7 SHIP S TARGET 2 2 5 Page 5 amp 6 Calculators amp Conversions Ship sForm O O O O O OOO Ship s Form Ship s Position Ship Tools Custom Settings AIS Static Data Calculators Conver Custom Settings AIS Static Data Calculators Conversions r Distance to Horizon Enter any combination of parts of an angle Dist 3 5 Height of eve E metres ee i EN ES km E501 mtra J feet k me pfe Degrees Minutes Seconds 22 205 Degrees Decimal dd ddd 22 508333 Degrees Decimal Minutes dd mmn m 22 30 S000 Theoretical Maximum Hull Speed Wat
264. our cellular ISP that allows data transfer with NO ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT you can connect your laptop to the Internet wherever you have phone reception you may require a Bluetooth dongle for the laptop to complete the laptop s connection to the phone 2 A second scenario that is confidently predicted as the next boom in the marine industry is to have your onboard GPS connected to a dedicated GPRS Router or CDMA 3G etc router and permanently sending your ship s position over the Internet Now you can precisely track your boat in real time from any Internet connected computer running SOB And because SOB can make multiple and simultaneous connections the same SOB Client computer can connect to many ships sending their GPS data at the same time Only one such connection can be nominated as OwnShip column OS on the WAN Target List form all other connections will appear in SOB as Targets same as the AIS and ARPA targets This provides a simple method for Vessel Tracking Systems VTS for any fleet managers charter operators or yacht races etc The schematic pictured shows how you can use this technology to view live navigation data from your dorre boat at a remote location poe i i i The remote computers will run SOB the ship s IP N address and port number Serial IP specific to the installed Converter GPRS Router is entered i into the SOB WAN form then simply make the connection to the boat as O
265. ours or days but if they WILL converge then they are marked as a low threat This feature can be used to intercept a vessel even days in the future across an ocean although out of VHF range for such an example we assume you can receive the other ship s data from some source SOB can create a target from a WAN connection for instance refer to the Networking chapter 9 5 3 Notes and Miscellaneous Questions 9 5 3 1 Target is not being drawn as a scaled ship shape A true to scale shape of the Target ship will be drawn on the chart for chart scales larger than 1 20 000 or the scale setting on the Ships Form see page 2 4 The ship shape will only be drawn if the Static Data sentence has been received from the target which includes data about the ship s dimensions 9 5 3 2 ITU 1371 messages decoded by SOB The International Telecommunication Union ITU controls the standards used by AIS devices All AIS messages and details are published in the ITU 1371 document Various message numbers or Types are defined the messages decoded and used by SOB are the following Class A position report msgs 1 2 3 Class A Static amp Voyage related data msg 5 Base Station Report msg 4 Base Station UTC Response msg 11 Binary Addressed Message msg 6 Binary Broadcast Message msg 8 Received messages will be printed to the purple Messages panel No messages will be initiated by SOB no acknowledgments sent e Standard SAR aircraft pos
266. port digiboat com au for more information 7 4 7 5 Copy to another Computer SOB routes are easily transferred between computers either email as an attachment or save to disk just place the file in the destination computer s Routes folder then load it as described above Routes can also be sent via text only email services such as SailMail or INMARSAT the SOB route files are standard text format so if attachments are not permitted then the contents of the Route file can be copied and pasted into the email body then extracted and saved to a file at the receiving end Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 7 13 ROUTES 7 5 Auto Search Routes The Create AutoRoutes button on the All Routes form opens the Create Search Routes form Create Search Routes x Enter the search area in Desn Search Pattem _____ COSY C S square miles nautical and the required leg separation 5 h 50 N Leg seperation 200 metres f Ai Adjacent legs will attempt Number of Rows 67 454Nm Number of Tumblarks 269 to be drawn no more than i Grid H S i Grid EA Circular Cy Circular COW this distance apart In most instances this would be twice the distance that your lookout or side scan sonar can see The number of Rows and r Calculate Centre of Search Area Lat 00 000 Long 00 000 Last Known Position 29
267. port stbd tacks black if too few points for a good statistical average 5 5 2 2 Import from a Maxsea POL file Maxsea uses a simple row column format for defining some key data for known points of sail and a selection of wind strengths When SOB imports and converts these files data is interpolated between known points and extrapolated beyond the known data based on certain rules see also next point 5 5 2 3 Create using interpolation and extrapolation from known data points The Maxsea file format is simple enough to serve as a generic format for importing custom or published polar data A sample spreadsheet is included in the SOBvMAX PastTracks Polars folder with example sheets showing how to convert published polar data for the Sydney 38 and Catalina 36 yachts into the simple Maxsea data table Or determine from measurements some of your yacht s data and create a simple table as shown on the first spreadsheet With the completed Maxsea data table simply cut and paste the cells from Excel into Notepad and save in the SOBvMAX PastTracks Polars folder with a POL extension For best results you should include a value for each column for 180 degrees running Square and values for your optimum and or minimum upwind sailing angle Basically the more data included the better SOB can fill in the gaps SOB will not extrapolate beyond the highest wind speed included in the data so SOB s data for all stronger winds will be zero All
268. prietary Sentences GPS Data PSOBI SOB Inquiry sentence PSOBA SOB Alarm Module settings GGA GPS Fix data not all fields supported GSA GPS dilution of precision and active satellites PSTOB Dataline Battery Volts GSV Satellites in view PFEC Furuno for sending Waypoints to SOB SGD Accuracy PGRMZ Garmin Altitude Depth Temps amp Misc NASA Marine AIS Engine settings PNMLS Received message threshold DBK Depth below keel PNMLV Version ID DBT Depth below Transducer PNMLT Threshold set DPT Depth amp Transducer offset PNMLC Channel set DBS Depth Below Surface MTW Water Temperature GpsGate Online VLW Distance Logs FRSES Session ID RSA Rudder sensor angle FRRMC Single buddy position report FRPOS Multiple buddies position report Text Alarms and Messages Magellan GPS TXT Text message PMGNVER_ Make model version information ALM Alarm message PMGNCMD Command message ALR Alarm state PMGNWPL Waypoint transfer AAM Waypoint arrival alarm PMGNTRK Track transfer PMGNRTE Route transfer Notes 1 Not yet implemented for uploading to GPS 2 Checksums are always used with these sentences 3 Used to upload AIS static data to the AIS radio And for some DSC VHF radios ie ICOM can be used to upload MMSI etc to the radio 4 This sentence includes a manually set offset from the transducer to either the surface or bottom of keel If this value is not present SOB will print a warning to the Messages Panel Rel 4 16 Nov 20
269. products The C Map UserCard is a digital memory storage C MAP User Card i 5 Fohl device or cartridge sold by C MAP The cartridge Lett Slot s is the same type used for distribution of C Card Charts for use in Chartplotters however the Mark 49 006 UserCards are blank and designed to be used in a home 004 ROUTE manner similar to floppy disks Pitt M ew 004 ROUTE i RE Idefault 003 MARK They were originally designed for the backup or Fecert 003 MARE transfer of any user marks events routes and tracks that have been drawn on the chartplotter It Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 5 C MA P CHARTS should be possible to transfer waypoints routes and tracks between SOB PC Planner and any C MAP compatible chartplotters 10 3 1 1 Transferring Files with the UserCard Select the C MAP User Card option at the top of the All Waypoints form to show alist of all files on the UserCard The Usercard can be in either slot of the Card Reader SOB will auto detect any UserCard and the appropriate Left or Right button will be enabled A variety of conversion possibilities exist for the C Map UserCard and x SOB data transferring From UserCard to SOB MARK files gt Waypoint file or Text list or backup to hard disk EVENT files gt Waypoint file or Text list or backup to hard disk ROUTE files gt Route file or PastTrack file or backup to hard disk TRACK file
270. ptions of grey red and black 3 WinXP users may have to change a setting in Control Panel s Display option so the SOB night mode changes will also be applied to the main title bar of each window Win 2000 uses the classic theme for title bar display and will not require this step x Night Mode Settings Chart Brightness Off Windows Elementa Custom f Normal C Red C Black pid ra i _ p ra we t kn ARRS Soft ce OOU RN UOO i LPIA Di i amp P Li 4 A final method applies to both LCD and CRT to optimise Cancel i _ Cmca your monitor for night use is to physically adjust the brightness and contrast controls to reduce the screen s luminescence The buttons for these adjustments are usually on the monitor s frame or in the Menu of the monitor s OSD On Screen Display Laptops may have these built into Function keys 10 8 1 Chart Brightness Click a picture or its accompanying radio button to select the setting The background chart will be redrawn in this shade Press Cancel to close the form and return to your previous setting or OK to accept the new brightness setting 10 8 2 Windows Elements Click an image to select one of the preset Windows Themes GREY RED or BLACK Normal will return to the colour scheme in use when SOB was started Note for WinXP If the default WinXP theme is in use then the main title bar of each window will
271. quite sophisticated synthesized voices which most SOB users should be very satisfied with Pa fou can control the voice properties speed and other options for text to speech translation Voce selection a See a a ae Uke aaah oh Sion ah aE After selecting a new voice from the a drop down list Windows will narrate the Sample sentence so you can immediately hear this voice Normal Fast A wide variety of additional voices can Cancel KAEN be purchased online from various Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 14 3 THE TALKING PILOT websites for around USD 30 each These commercial voices are VERY good synthesized voices Some links to websites offering voices for download are listed later in this chapter 14 1 1 3 Select Audio Output device for MS Speech Your PC may have multiple Audio Sound sub systems installed for example the internal Speakers external connected speakers connected Bluetooth headphones or even a Bluetooth mobile phone acting as a remote audio device SOB can also play a WAV sound file to simulate narration of a data value this is described later in the chapter so BOTH Sound for TTS and Audio for playing WAV files output devices must be configured according to your requirements Press the Audio Output button on the Speech Properties form circled red in the image above to open this simple TTS Settings form Text to Spe
272. reate a virtual COM port for the computer Pictured are two types left is a single serial port from one USB port and right creates two serial ports from a USB port Also available are Quad Serial USB Converters These are relatively cheap devices available from office supply and computer equipment shops Dual and Quad Converters can be purchased online from our Shop webpage All Serial USB Converters will be supplied with a driver disk which must be installed The driver creates the virtual COM port which programs running on your computer can use as if it were a built in COM port Note there is no guarantee that the same COM port number will be assigned to the same USB device every time it is connected To reduce the chance of a problem always connect your Converter to the same USB port This problem is mostly apparent if you plug the Converter into a USB port on a hub Step 2 Identify the port number assigned to the Virtual COM port There is a SOB Port Identify and Configure utility installed automatically to your SOB folder SOB_PORTS EXE This program can be run directly from Windows Explorer or within SOB via the Identify Ports button on the Raw NMEA Data form La SO COM PORTS SETUP i This example image shows that 4 Hebe COM ports have been identified aiaks Tiaa e Ota and the status shows that they are Tsoin all suitable for SOB s use The c i Eirinen Prt Oper C c t ATEH LAE to baiji abi Chant C
273. rectly on the chart surface It is important to notice that NO menus exist within the SOB program All features and functions are designed to be used with a touch screen or mouse You will rarely need to use the keyboard when navigating onboard Access SOB s features quickly through the Toolbar or by clicking directly on a chart symbol or tool Panning and Zooming is a fast and easy one click process with a wheel mouse SOB is designed to be easily used either at home planning or dreaming or on board in a real life environment If using at home then we recommend you work through as much of this manual as possible while using the program in a simulation mode To simulate real time use use either Dead Reckoning mode or Voyage Replay mode from a logfile A selection of logfiles for replay are included with the installation In a real life navigating environment plugged into a GPS while moving SOB will work with no additional setup or configuration The Ship s Target will immediately move around the chart display showing your exact position and any navigation data from connected instruments will be displayed Serial ports for GPS and other instruments may have to be manually set Refer to page 12 1 for instructions 1 4 1 Compatible Windows Versions We don t recommend Win9x or WinME for mission critical computer use such as real time navigating due to their relative instability compared with Win2000 and newer Windows versions and
274. ress the Friend s button on the Acquired Targets form This is quite a free form feature with no particular use specified You may use it as a fleet manager to highlight your own vessels or a social sailor to keep track of your fleet of friends or a border patrol to highlight for future easy identification any suspicious vessels Your own requirements will dictate how you might best make use of this feature A customised list of known x targets can be maintained which allow you to highlight mms Name Cobu H Total 6 these targets with different ERER ii i colouring and custom names 235062728 Malcolm 16744703 r 603355800 Simon 16711935 The Friend s List can also be 33344000 VIVID KK 16776960 used to exclude particular 538070168 SAILDANCE II KK 16776960 targets from the display By default MMSI 0 is in the list and set for hidden This MMSI number can appear quite frequently in SOB it is always from either corrupt incoming transmission via the AIS system or a result of SOB s WAN connect feature Use the Add to Friends button on the Acquired Targets form to quickly include the current highlighted target into your list of target friends Hick Name Hide P Auto Saved Acquired Targets that are found in the Friend s List will be drawn on the chart display using the colour chosen for the Friend and any previous points and joining track lines if selected will be drawn in the
275. ressure and wind After examining this data in SOB you may decide you also want data for temperature and also pressure and wind for 24 and 48 hours When SOB processes this second GRIB file then providing the bounds and issue date are identical with the previous file requested SOB will decode the new messages from the file to this same branch of the tree 15 4 1 1 Load a GRIB Message GRIB files in the tree list have been partially decoded to retrieve bounds issue date forecast period message type resolution etc so they can be organised in the tree However the actually data contained in the messages is not decoded and SOB can t display it until it is specifically Loaded To load an individual forecast and data type double click the item in the tree This will immediately decode the data and add items to the Viewer panel lists Alternately mark the item as ticked and it will be decoded at the first attempt to view it on the chart To load all the messages for a chosen issue date and area then double click the Bounds item will decode all the sub items ie all contained messages The items in the tree are colour coded to indicate their status te BEE cast 4 hrs Ho Darker blue items have been decoded and are oa ii 3 Lane mast H 66hrs Tu Grey text indicates either second part of loaded wind p LOS message or data that has been ticked for loading but not sane yet decoded it will be decoded prior to first viewing
276. rom the File Manager press Load GRIB Files button to show the GRIB File Manager See next section 15 3 1 2 Data Types List Most GRIB weather sessions you experience in SOB would contain at minimum Pressure and Wind data and perhaps all available types The types you ve requested from the provider s is generally a function of your email technology see below Multiple types can be selected use the standard Windows list commands for selecting multiple items to extended selections use ctrl or shift click with mouse or shift arrows with keyboard Click on a selected item to deselect it As additional items in the list are selected the Issue Dates list will change so its items remain synchronised to the data types being selected 15 3 1 3 Issue Dates List Dates in the list will be only those available for the selected data types according to what GRIB data has been loaded via the Load button On an extended cruise you may load two or three different Issue Dates for comparison purposes although really only the latest data you have received should be used with all earlier issued forecasts considered obsolete Of course any number of issue dates may be loaded if using old or archived data 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 15 8 Software On Board User Manual GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS 15 3 1 4 Available Forecasts List This list will be updated as selections are made in the top two lists to only show forecasts per
277. rred this definition somewhat Internet Q E D TCP IP Transport Control Protocol Internet Protocol The set of standards that define how data is transported over a network either a local network or the Internet Network Internet and or Intranets As used in SOB documentation should be understood to mean any number of computers connected together using any available networking technology and using the TCP IP universal data protocols for communicating Examples are but not limited to a PDA with a Bluetooth connection to your laptop an office computer in a large LAN or WAN generally referred to as an intranet or any computer with Internet access IP Address or URL Universal Resource Locator A unique number or label that defines a node on a network Every device connected to an intranet or Internet has a unique address The address is in the popular URL format eg www microsoft com or in the dotted decimal equivalent eg 127 0 0 1 VPN Virtual Private Network A technique that uses Internet connections to make a secure private network between a group of computers GPRS General Packet Radio Service 3G CDMA EDGE etc Data communication systems for Internet connection using the cellular mobile phone network The differences between the various connection types are mostly speed age and Service Provider The older CDMA and GPRS were the first to offer speeds suitable for Internet browsing with the even older GSM phones
278. s _ E rw J d aAa F AT Q iwi Ship s Data ViewPanel display options The Ship s Data ViewPanel displays important and immediate navigation data Speed Course and Depth There are several different modes for this panel these are shown in the next table GPS Navigation Efe The BLACK panels indicate that valid GPS data is being received These examples show with and without a connected depth 0 0 knots sounder 120 oT Panels can be compacted and resized eee rue Use the Size button to toggle through three different sizes for 108 Mag this panel to make visibility of this data from the cockpit easier 23 0 mtrs Use the Compact button to display the panel in a more compact form If ever the panel becomes inaccessible while resizing eg moves _ Off screen then reset it to its default size and Cre SS position by pressing the Show All button on SAMH the Data Display button menu 0 0 knots 120 True 108 Mag Ship s Data A PINK panel indicates that GPS data has been lost Use the Raw NMEA Data form to check or set the incoming GPS data The GPS must have a clear view of the sky however generally speaking a GPS signal can pass through fibreglass or 241 Mag timber but not metal nor metal film glass no depth data Note SOB will display this pink panel if no valid position data has been received for 5 seconds Image at right is an example of smallest si
279. s ALE66 GOD Level CD ROM HOR ww navip no Software On Board MAE CMAP Library Wer 6 1 33 0 A 3 08 2005 The various C Map Card Readers connected FSYS Library Wer 3 3 0 A 2012 2005 and correctly installed will be identified and EE EDTA listed in the text window of the About SOB C MAP charts installed 18 l form pictured eg USBCC USBMM and Hinclides DemoCharts Licensed Charts Chart Cartridges US BFP 10 2 Compatible Chart Types The C Map Electronic Charts are available on CD ROM as Windows chart files or on plug in Cartridges SD Chips or C Cards Either of these chart formats indeed both in combination are suitable for use in SOB The newer MAX cartography represents a significant leap in coverage clarity and features SOB seamlessly integrates the new MAX features such as Perspective View Animated Navigation Lights Tidal Stream amp Current Indicators and imbedded photographs of key locations and points of interest C MAP NT These charts are issued in the same way as the NT charts on CD or C Card or SD card See also C Map s dedicated website for MAX Specific information www maxnavigator com Specifically SOB is compatible with any of these C Map format charts 10 2 1 CD ROM Chart Files The C Map Chart Selector CDs containing all the World s C Map charts are given away freely by C Map registered SOB users had the option of having these disks posted to them at the time of registeri
280. s gt Route file or PastTrack file or backup to hard disk From SOB to UserCard Loaded Route gt ROUTE file Text File Waypoint File gt MARK file Copy home O04 waypoint File ter selfard Right Side Slat 1 If the Backup to SOB Usercard is chosen SOB will automatically create the ue SOB UserCard folder if it doesn t exist and do a byte for byte copy of the SOB UserCard Usercard file SOB currently can t copy this file back to the Usercard however this bi directional support will be included in a future SOB version 2 This conversion is accessed via the AllRoutes form 10 3 1 2 UserCard limitations in SOB gt SOB does not currently copy the backed up UserCard files from SOB Usercard back to the UserCard This capability will exist in the future gt SOB does not have any means to Format the UserCard Rename or Delete files on the UserCard Use your Plotter or PC Planner for these operations These operations will possibly be included in future SOB versions gt SOB supports both or either slots for UserCard reading and writing on the AllWaypoints form however currently not supported is copying files from one slot to the other This can be effected by converting a UserCard file to SOB then inserting another UserCard into a slot and converting the SOB file back to the new UserCard Copying files from slot to slot will be Supported in future SOB versions gt A SOB Route via the AllRoutes form
281. s Properties window in Device Manager 11 1 2 4 Refresh This button doesn t really do anything as the form updates itself a couple of times a second or whenever new data is received But please press it if you want to 11 1 3 COM Page This is the central controlling page for your device connections to SOB via the serial COM ports installed in your COMI Open Failed COM19 Open Failed computer All IBM compatible e Windows computers have the first ___Pot30icabed ETE four COM ports COM1 to COM4 T Log received data to SOB NMEA DATA log file reserved for built in COM ports P ineert UTC in logfile EDA box which provided easy connections Traditionally computers included two Setup COM FORTS Network Connections for COM1 and COM2 The other 9 pin serial connectors built into the Standard ports COM3 and COM4 are generally reserved for use by a modem COM NMEA Output Replay Logs Satellites Close Device Manager Refresh Quit However in recent years computers particularly laptops no longer have the physical 9 pin connectors built into the computer In this case either USB devices or serial devices via a Serial to USB Converter must be used which create a Virtual COM Port For all intents and purposes SOB will use virtual COM ports as if they are native built in COM ports In fact SOB cannot determine the difference between a physically present COM port or a virtual port created by a USB or
282. s Ownship Position uploading and buddies positions downloading gt Ownship position is uploaded only if valid GPS is received in SOB black coloured Ship s Data panel gt URL IP Address online gpsgate com port 30175 Refer to http www gpsgate com for further information about this real time online tracking service Step by step How To guide for using SOB with GpsGate http digiboat biz HOWTO Track with GpsGate pdf Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 13 4 Software On Board User Manual SOB NETWORKING 13 2 3 Discussion IP Addresses See also Server IP Address page 13 9 If you have a URL name for the remote server then this provides you with a trouble free connection although you may need to add SOBvMAX EXE as a permitted program in your Firewall settings For remotes when an IP Address is used you must be able to access this IP address from your computer this can be complicated by firewalls routers switches and a variety of other reasons Simply stated the server you wish to connect to must have a URL or a publicly accessible static IP address You can perform a quick simple test in Windows to see if you can connect to an IP address Testing network access to an IP Address Select Run on the Start menu type cmd and hit the Enter key In the COMMAND window that opens type ping followed by the IP address then Enter You will see screens similar to the following ci C WINNT system32 cm
283. sage and create a target for it This is a convenient way to determine that the AIS is working and correctly connected to SOB 9 5 3 6 AIS N A data Due to the quantity of data transmitted over the AIS system it will often be seen that various elements are apparently incorrect or not available Of course no static data will be available until a static data message has been received but even then static and dynamic data may be unavailable ie the transmitting ship may not have a rate of turn indicator or separate electronic compass installed or the GPS is turned off SOB will follow these rules when dealing with incomplete or unavailable data e If SOG is not available it will have the value 102 3kn and SOB will display N A for target speed Collision Potential calculations for these targets will be invalid e If COG or HDG received data is invalid SOB will show the target or pointer with a heading of 360 True due North In other cases a correct Northerly heading is shown as 0 True e If LAT LNG data received is invalid target will be set to 0 0 The Gulf of Guinea e Static data is displayed as unknown or not received until the static data message has been transmitted and acquired by SOB Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 9 14 Software On Board User Manual TARGETS D AG DSC ARPA BADAR wan 9 6 Target Friend s List Display the Target Friend s list using the Info gt gt Target button combination or p
284. selected file into a Route The route created will use the waypoints in the same order that they are listed in the wot file ie the order in which they were created and the order that they appear in the waypoint list on the right hand side of this form NOTE This order currently cannot be changed however once the route has been created and loaded in SOB via the AllRoutes form regular route editing techniques can be used to correct the order of the TurnMarks Alternatively with care the order of the waypoints in the waypoint file can be manually adjusted Keep a backup copy of the original file in case you mistakenly corrupt the file format to the point where SOB can no longer interpret it www digiboat com 6 7 6 8 Software On Board User Manual WAYPOINTS 6 3 4 Export Wpt List Select the waypoint file from the blue list then press the Export button to save the waypoint file to a new text file with a simple row column text listing ideal for opening in Excel or as a generic format for transferring between programs The new txt file will be saved to the SOB Waypoints folder Lat and Long format used for the exported positions is dependent on the Custom Settings chosen on the Ship s Form 6 3 5 Export to XML This button will export the selected Waypoint file to an XML format file In the last few years XML has become the standard file format for transferring Waypoints between various applications 6 3 6 Impor
285. ses COM1 is connected turned on 3 enabled etc Otherwise SOB may z Use the NMEA form double click the chart to select a different COM port HAFGLLOOO OON Close COM1 select a 2 with the gt gt GPGS 3 2 12 08 10 299 00 13 53 209 43 16 37 128 00 19 05 040 00 button then press the Open COM2 GPGS 3 1 12 02 01 231 00 03 18 069 00 04 08 262 00 07 10 113 00 button Raw NMEA Data E automatically if the device that usually mistakenly use COM1 expecting a GPS to be later connected GPGSY3 3 12 20 45 357 00 23 68 128 00 24 11 287 00 27 31 274 00 lt GPG34 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 lt GPGGA 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 M 0 M 0 lt Sani GPRMB V 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 N A stream of data similar to the sample ETE PEO a eee eee 2 image left will be flowing in the ade ot i IPGRMZ OFTE window when the correct port is opened ERARE hd Akdi A hdl le 2 Connect to a Serial GPS via USB This scenario occurs when you don t have a COM port available on your computer to connect a serial GPS or other serial device to Either a COM port is physically not present or an existing port is in use by another device perhaps another NMEA navigation device or other serial peripheral eg PACTOR modem PalmPilot etc Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 12 4 Software On Board User Manual CONNECTING NAGA NAVIGATION DEVICES Step 1 Create a serial port for the computer Use a Serial to USB Converter to c
286. session the CD containing the chosen chart 2 if you have a dongle but Eutron SmartKey is not shown in the Shopping Cart window and 3 you do not have a dongle AND this computer IS NOT the one you wish to license the charts for Pay for the chart gt If the computer is connected to the Internet then press the Shopping Online button and have your credit card ready You will also have an opportunity to enter our Dealer Code R30 468 to receive a 5 discount gt If your computer is not Internet connected then press the Call Centre button and proceed with the purchase via the telephone Quote our Dealer Code to the operator for your discount Register the chart license After purchase you receive a Chart License Code Press the Insert Chart License button and enter this code in the text box that appears at the bottom of the screen Be sure that your chart CD is inserted in the CD Drive and press the Register button The newly licensed chart will be copied from the CD to your hard disk and the license code will be saved to the Windows Registry You will have to restart SOB to allow access to this just purchased chart Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 10 10 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS Step 4 Confirm SOB can see your New Charts Unfortunately completing the previous steps is not necessarily a guarantee that SOB will be able to see the licensed chart s There are a few reasons wher
287. sing any of these commands Backspace key click colour scale if visible use the button on Ship s Form Button on Ship s Form oe 8 1 1 Load Openin NotePad Load any previous PastTrack by selecting it in the list and pressing nee the Load button or by double eta clicking the file name in the list You E x 34 Marks Visible Length 1 hrs 39 mins TripLog 3458rnm Available PastTrack Files lHolelr all 2 Satun trimmedtxt 06 Jul 10 lHolelriv all 2 Satun bet 2r dun 10 2451 K Past rack KK just prior to GFC 14 Sep 10 12424 k PastT rack mid way to HE twt 28 Sep 10 FUB4 kK PastT rack tut 15 Nov 10 23920 K PastTrack prob Aattles N w P ta 22 4ug 10 20653 K lTrack Falmouth to Hobart 20 23 Feb 10 17323 k Copy of Track 2010 03 08 No 22 Apr 10 1757K Copy of 402 filtered Julz4 A O09 Oct 08 4162 K NWP Part Ttat 23 Aug 10 3527 K Perene have a choice to replace the current MWF Part 2B Missing bit bet 23 ug 10 1433 K NwP Part 3 tet 23 Aug 10 1172K R Show Hide Track track or to add this one to the track MWF to Alege bt 21 Aug 10 B99 K i NWP Req Saliq tet Adugio 3693K gt ee en Tals already displayed Raffles VIP Day Track 2070 0 23 Aug 10 2692 K Show DateTime OTC i i A Track 2010 09 02 001 tet 02 Sep 10 1663 K F Show Depths Load multiple files by using the Track 2010 09 03 001 txt 02 Sep 10 3241 K Standard Windows Shift Ctrl key Colour Shading
288. site s Download page For your convenience the driver files are also included in a folder on the SOB Install CD ROM To check for a successful Card Reader driver installation the About SOB form will display the type s of Card Readers found Device Manager Use DigiB 0AT 1 PC CODE 8534175 i A UnlockCode 15923259 Status AL666 GOD Level can also be used to determine if the Card Reader was detected by Windows Plug amp Play technology C MAF Libram Yer 6 1 33 0 A 3 08 2005 i FSYS Libram Yer 330A 20 12 2005 and its driver loaded ie TPES MOF i a Lode Found eee OF CYOE F205 Readers found USBC Software On Board vMax 6 gd For Card Reader installation troubleshooting refer to cludes DemoCharts Licensed Charts Chart Cartridges the SOB Online User Manual http www digiboat com manual man_cardreaders htm To utilise the C Map UserCard features the following are required e C Map UserCard supplied by C Map or their resellers e Compatible C Map ChartPlotter as supplied by a variety of hardware manufacturers eg NAVMAN SEIWA FURUNO etc e Card Reader connected to the SOB PC supplied by C Map or their resellers Any UserCard files formatted to C Map s standard for saving marks events routes and tracks can be read and or written by SOB All Waypoints The AllWaypoints form F10 serves as the primary interface for the C Map UserCard route mark event and track transfers between compatible
289. solution number of copies etc Turn off printing mode with either the red cross button or un press the printer button on the toolbar 5 8 Alarms 5 8 1 Alarms ON OFF Enables disables sounding of the alarms used for AIS features The alarm is sounded through the PC s built in speaker and not through the PC s multi media audio interface In other words the alarms will not be heard through external speakers unless settings in Control Panel for your audio driver are changed This is particular to each installation please consult your audio driver or Windows documentation for directions The alarms currently implemented are a small blip when a new target is acquired and a louder double tone when a target first becomes a collision threat ie the target s colouring on screen changes from yellow to red Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 13 SPECIAL TOOLS Future SOB versions will interface with a new NMEA Alarm Controller Module that is under construction and will allow SOB very flexible control over external sirens horns buzzers or flashing lights etc which are triggered according to settings you configure in SOB Default Default 7 metes PCBEEP 1000 20012000 20011000 300 2000 400 ae i LLH Am Add L mer T M d ed ThaL Oan n Deep Alam 12 9 metres PEBEEP 2000 300 3000 700 2000 500 hota LLH a Ad Pk Pt Tbe d d Tha a CA a a Targets M New Target Acquired
290. speed and course OVER GROUND information An electronic compass and LOG device provide speed and course OVER WATER information A vector combination of these two sets of data can be used to calculate your ship s Leeway or the current s Set amp Drift The calculated values for Leeway or Set amp Drift are printed in the Ship s Label and optionally on the Navigation View Panel Me 33749 3784 151 22 5479 ee ee ee Over Ground 20 0 kA 055 T 042 h Mathematically this is R V L Over Water 16 0 kn O40 T 027 M Where R V amp L are the vectors Leeway 6 1 kn O9F T sae R SOG COG V SPD HDG L S amp D Note data from an electronic compass is usually supplied by an additional output from the autopilot refer to your autopilot s manual Alternately a stand alone NMEA compatible electronic compass can be installed separately Most major marine instrument manufacturers make stand alone electronic compasses 2 2 2 5 Wind Tools See Wind Tools page 5 1 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 2 6 Software On Board User Manual SHIP S TARGET 2 2 3 Page 3 Custom Settings Customise the display of SOB s chart objects and personalise the display of speed distances depths and coordinate units used a 2 2 3 1 Chart Toggles hiss Pari Cietra Sui AH Jira rar e i pon na DoMi Depth settings are also available with the F5 rupee WCULR R function key to toggle spot soundings ON OFF Saar h Paaa P
291. splayed the next time the chart is refreshed 2 2 1 5 Range Rings Selectively show hide range rings to be drawn around the ship First select whether to draw as a fixed distance around the ship or the distance that the ship will travel in a specified time Enter the value for nautical miles or minutes When range rings are ON the radius size is printed in the Ship s Label 2 2 1 6 Chart Orientation Rotates the chart according to your selection Destination Up will only be available if a N2D scenario is active If Heading Up is selected the chart display will refresh more frequently and a refresh will be forced whenever there is a course change in ship s direction exceeding 5 For all selections other than North Up a north indicator will appear at the top right corner of the screen Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 2 3 SHIP S TARGET 2 2 1 7 Auto Centre Mode Enable auto centre mode by ticking the box or using the key or button combination described above Edge Limit Enter a value which determines how close the ship will sail to the edge of the screen before being repositioned Centre Position This value determines how close to the centre of the screen the ship will be repositioned to The values entered are a percentage of the screen resolution measured from the centre to the edge of the screen that the ship is aiming at For example values of Edge 5 and Centre 80 will repositi
292. ss the Waypoint Tool button on the Main toolbar to enable Waypoint Mode Any licensed version of SOB can display an unlimited number of Waypoints aa Waypoints in SOB are a multi purpose tool for placing a mark event or notation a Waypoints can be organised into groups for any purpose you require SOB maintains a default waypoint list which is automatically re loaded whenever SOB starts Individual or groups of waypoints can be saved to their own file for grouping purposes These waypoint files can be loaded or unloaded in SOB as necessary Note A limit of 20 displayed waypoints is imposed for Unregistered SOB Users the LITE version allows only 5 wpts to be on screen 6 1 1 Create a new Waypoint gunemu Ti With the Waypoint tool selected touch left a f click on the chart to place a mark at that De e Fi position A confirmation form will pop up TTG A ale sec A Set some basic features of the Waypoint and ETA Tha 11Map get accept by pressing the OK button or press the More button to open the Waypoints form to configure the waypoint exactly as you wish A Waypoint can be placed at the current ship s position by 1 Double tap the Space bar or 2 Double Click the Centre Ship toolbar button Of course pressing the MOB button will place a wpt at Ship s Position but this use should be reserved solely for a Man Overboard event as various other processes are started automatically when the MOB button is pressed
293. t Hbr Arrival pt E E Lng Hbr Departure w PT Saale 191176F ze ERIA Jra 13118 23 Sth Paciic Divedsites cs 39 35 92 151 18 23 TEST2WET a 34 42 15118 FA 54 18 75074 08 a3 30 31 751774088 3330 90 75114 Fo Nothing Selected M Save in Default Waypoint File Hothng Selected Sawe to File La gt The right hand list contains waypoints that are currently loaded in SOB Double click any waypoint in this list to show the Waypoints form and adjust the properties for that waypoint Untick the Save in Default to make the waypoint temporary it will not be kept when SOB next exits A waypoint or group of waypoints can also be deleted or moved or copied as described below Conversions Keyboard gt The left hand list contains waypoint data from remote sources a compatible GPS or the C Map UserCard gt The central blue list displays all waypoint files found in the SOBVMAX Waypoints folder These can be SOB format waypoint files WPT or any raw list of waypoint data TXT or CSV for importing and converting to SOB format Press the button above the right hand list to identify waypoints that are contained within SOB s default file or the waypoints contained within the particular file that s selected in the blue list SOB waypoints are saved to a default file unless the Save in Default Waypoint File option is not checked In this case the waypoint will be temporary and will no longer exis
294. t after you exit SOB This is the same setting as the tick box on the Waypoints form The default file is automatically loaded when SOB starts Any other waypoint files must be manually loaded simply select the file in the central blue list then press the Load button at the bottom of this list or Double Click the file name in the blue list Unload a file by selecting the file to unload then press the button below the list the button caption will change to Unload Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 WAYPOINTS When a waypoint file is loaded the number of waypoints and the file status will be included in the blue list and if the file has been loaded the right hand list will display the waypoints for that file If a CSV or TXT file listing of waypoints is clicked SOB will automatically convert it to a SOB WPT format file ready for loading The original raw file will be moved to the SOBVMAX Waypoints archived folder NOTE SOB will read any previous file format SOBV60 X 1 and SOBV66 sob 2 etc and automatically convert them to the latest format when SOB exits Any old format waypoint files will be copied to GOB Waypoints archived folder before being converted to the new format Be aware that files are not backward compatible so SOBv66 will not read a SOBVMAX waypoint file 6 3 1 Delete Multiple Waypoints Waypoints can be deleted in groups by holding down the
295. t com Software On Board User Manual 5 1 5 SPECIAL TOOLS if using a close haul approach it may help to enable the wind laylines on Ship Form Your wind Y2 angle should also be accurately set on the Ships Form or Wind Polars form 5 Choose your Starting Strategy this can be changed as required right up to the final start countdown The chosen strategy will draw the approach line listed in prev point in bold 6 Start the Countdown Timer Synchronise this timer to the time used by the Committee Boat ie as puffs of smoke or hoisted start flags are noticed the appropriate time to start button can be pressed Now use the displayed Final Approach data to determine your optimum speed and heading to achieve the perfect start A short two tone alarm will play through your PC Speaker when the timer reaches zero Notes If wpts are added or deleted to SOB the Start Line wpt lists will not be refreshed until the Race Start form is hidden then redisplayed Any wpts that had been preselected for the Start Line may need to be re selected The Final Approach countdown is calculated and displayed every second if there is less than a 5 second difference between this and the start time the boxes will be WHITE If you are early for the start the boxes will be RED ie Red traffic light Slow Down and if you are slow to the start the boxes will be YELLOW ie Yellow traffic light Speed Up The visual approac
296. t data it is hard for SOB to import all information correctly all the time For best chances of Success you may need to do some manipulation with some lists in Excel However some fairly standardised settings are SHAPE amp COLOR amp NOTES although there s no universal way these are stored represented amongst all the different programs and devices that use waypoints SOB can import the shape colour and notes from some known sources eg the C Map UserCard most Magellan GPS and in fact SOB will try to match even more waypoint Shapes that are exported by the sending data source A similar story for colours each other device or program store their code for colours differently The future is likely to be a universal transfer format known as XML SOB plans to Support the XML format in the near future to simplify waypoint transfer with all possible properties intact 6 3 8 Capturing Waypoints from a GPS SOB can automatically capture waypoints from a Magellan GPS Other GPS units will need to be manually configured to transmit their waypoint lists Please refer External Wacnoint S urce to the device s User Manual for directions rc C CMAP User Card 6 3 8 1 Magellan Works simply through the normal NMEA connection 7 GPS wits Re Start Capture Some devices also send colour shape and notes SOB _ _ th imports these waypoints easily via the Capture section of the AllWaypoints form l 6 3 8 2 Garmin
297. t description will not always RAII SC ee ea definitively identify a device for wy you Note in the example COM2 is a USB Serial converter as you d Bath i Peed babes het Cares eek 1 kanki rE ipi Barer vth Cr hCick Hae pot ranba palada expect from the description and so BOE konika 6 norne by ee Fois i is COM4 its description iS EEES bat S400 nee __Pinpertonarage not quite as clear But gt sa eee utjan gt Re COM3 is actually a USB eel aaa sa GPS Receiver pictured SS S38 ee right If ever in doubt simply unplug the device wait a short moment and press the Refresh button The unplugged USB device should be removed from the list Plug the device back in wait for the New Hardware Found to complete then Refresh to confirm Step 3 Set and Configure the COM port for SOB In the step above we used SOB_PORTS program to identify all available COM ports in your computer It is usually a simple matter to determine which port your Serial GPS in our example is using However if many devices are connected and sending data use the Test for data button and SOB will quickly check each port in turn and try to recognise the device attached it must be a NMEA Talker Installed COM Ports F Show All TestforData Done COM Description Status Data Rec COM Communications Port Upens OF no data rec LOM ATEN USE to Serial Cable Upens OK NMEA Device Garmin GFS LOM Prolific USB to Sernal Comm Port Upe
298. tandard for Interfacing Marine Electronic Devices www nmea org C Map Electronic Charts are supplied independently of DigiBOAT by www jeppesen com www digiboat com 16 Nov 2010 10 Table of Contents SOB and Computer Navigation 0 1 1 Introduction to SOB 1 2 The Modern Age of Navigation 1 3 First Use Registering and Licensing SOB 1 4 General Usage Information 1 5 Making SOB Come Alive Ship s Tal CE isvcccwevcssettnnscceeerisscrcenstaenednes 2 2 Ship s Form F9 The SOB Main Toolbar ccccsccsssesseeeeeeees 3 1 Panning 3 2 Zooming 3 3 Range and Bearing Lines RBL 3 4 Quick Navigation Box Tool ViewPanells V ccssccssecseescseseseeeeneeaeeees 4 1 Ship s Data Panel 4 2 Messages ViewPanel 4 3 Destination ViewPanel 4 4 Navigation ViewPanel 4 5 Targets 4 6 Wind Special TOols c ccccscccseccseccceeeceeeceeensseeaees 5 1 QuickInfo Enter 5 2 Navigating to a Destination N2D 5 3 AutoPilots 5 4 Wind Tools 5 5 Wind Polar Data 5 6 Man Over Board aka MOB 5 7 Printing P 5 8 Alarms 5 9 Race Start S 5 10 Isomagnetic Variation Graph Ctrl Shift Y Waypoints Ctri W cccecsseeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 2 Waypoints Form 6 3 All Waypoints Form F10 Routes Ctrl R cccecsceceseeeeeseseseesseseeeeees 7 1 Drawing Editing and Following a Route 7 2 Route Details Form 7 3 Route Planning 7 4 All Routes Form F11 7 5
299. tation does clearly indicate that the current for this location is always SSW or NNW To save or print a table of tidal stream values for the selected day press the View Table button to open NotePad with the table automatically inserted with the values in 10 minute intervals The cardinal direction is also shown for each value for easy reference Note that SOB will overwrite this file next time the View Table button is pressed so if you wish to save this table for future use you must rename it using File gt gt Save As menu command in NotePad The file is created in the SOBVMAX folder by default ra TidalStream Table txt Notepad File Edit Format Help gt gt gt This file will be over written next time a Table is created TRAE lg Tide Stream Station sARGosSS 145182 l Location 34 00 23 151 30 16 Date Wed 21 Feb 2007 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 10 22 Software On Board User Manual C MAP CHARTS 10 8 Night Modes F7 Setting up the best possible display for night use may involve several steps 1 SOB provides a means to change the luminescence of the chart Nine Shades are possible ensuring that there is an ideal setting for any conditions 2 The second process for setting night mode involves adjusting all the Windows display components such as borders buttons toolbars scroll bars etc Supplied internally in SOB are three different custom Windows display o
300. te a Ce Ged he i arazi ddir Coloured Density Graph DE TaN TA pre i Aes wal Sira tite Bate os ma Feat alre Ee pi Coloured Wind Barbs Black Wind Barbs Small size Coloured Arrows The two images at left show arrow or barb display at high zooms small charts scales When the scale 5kn 205 SSW is suitable SOB will display the textual information also for the data point 35kn 205 585W At low zooms SOB will not draw the barbs or arrows Adding the pressure contour map over the wind Such overview images often provide good visual clues data helps to interpret the areas of strong weak as to the general characteristics of the wind movement wind in relation to the pressure systems 15 2 4 Temperature TMP This is atmospheric air temperature measured at 2 metres above sea level Units are user selectable as Celsius or Fahrenheit Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 5 5 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS Apart from the obvious benefit to player comfort of knowing the temperature at a future place and time the greatest benefit is to aid in interpreting the overall weather systems and patterns ie location of cold fronts and direction of wind flow etc Refer to the Pressure example above 15 2 5 Geo Potential Height HGT500 Geo Potential Height is the energy potential of the atmosphere measured at a height where the pressure is equal to 500 hecto Pascals this
301. tes refer to page 1 2 Max XTE in effect this sets the size of the arrival circle around this turnmark Each turnmark can have a different size arrival circle and the XTE guides for the legs will stretch from the perpendicular extents of these arrival circles for consecutive marks 7 2 1 12 To Text List Export the Route Details to a plain text file This file is created for NotePad and can be used to print the list of turn marks or opened in Excel etc The text file is placed in the SOBVMAX Waypoints folder and can be imported back into SOB as a waypoint file Use this technique to convert the route marks to waypoint lists See also Converting Routes to Waypoints page 7 12 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 7 9 ROUTES 7 3 Route Planning SOB includes rudimentary route planning features for determining starting and arrival times and average speed The ETD Estimated Time of Departure and ETA Estimated Time of Arrival settings on the Route Details form become the Actual departure time and Planned arrival time once underway and the route has been Activated The Default speed setting applies to all legs unless overridden by the value for Est Speed as calculated by setting Plan Departure and Arrival RTE depart Mon 22 14 29 Stat ETD fy 1E0000 4M 21 05 2006 times or a leg speed setting as set for any adi 1 AnivallE TA 9 43 30 PM at 0572006 par
302. the Navigate to button on its Waypoint Form Also for a destination waypoint an Arrival Zone Alarm can be set The arrival zone will appear on the chart as a red hashed circle around the destination waypoint 3 Next Turn Mark on an Active Route 037 mac NE If neither 1 nor 2 apply AND a Route is currently marked as active then the Navigate to panel will show details pertaining to the next turning point on the Route press the Activate button on either Route form to nominate the Route as active WEG 19 9 knots TTS day OSh25m ETA Mon 26Jan 16 53 In N2D mode a red Destination Information Panel will show all necessary data to help you navigate to your selected destination Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 5 2 Software On Board User Manual SPECIAL TOOLS 5 2 1 Waypoints as Destinations Waypoints nominated as a Destination create a Navigate to Destination N2D scenario in SOB Any N2D scenario also a Man Over Board or Active Route will display the red N2D ViewPanel providing constantly updated information to help you navigate to this location The Waypoint label on the chart surface will also supply basic navigation information if enabled from the Wpt form To nominate a Waypoint as a destination press the Navigate to Destination button on the Waypoint Form the FIRST waypoint found in the list that is set as a destination waypoint will be the one used for on screen navigation the autop
303. the Windows Sound system gt Finally Say after is played through the TTS engine synthesizer 14 2 6 3 Refreshing values on the form Not all changes to values typed on the Talking Pilot form are instantly set In particular changing the values in the textboxes will not immediately be used by SOB as new settings These changes have to be applied before they will take affect Pressing the enable button the red green button or clicking any checkbox or spin control buttons or changing seconds minutes will then apply all current settings on the form 14 3 Ship s Bells 7 Not a part of SOB s Talking Pilot feature but controlled via a checkbox at the bottom of the Talking Pilot form or toggled on off with the 7 key Ship s Bells are a uniquely nautical feature from an era past Every half hour the Ship s Bells are tolled so all members of the crew can keep track of the watch times watch being the period during which you are on watch and not referring to a wristwatch Infact this custom probably died out once all crew members owned their own timepieces When enabled in SOB the Ship s Bells are played through the default Windows Sound System every half hour At 12 30 one bell is played at 1 00 two bells are played then each half hour will be an additional bell up until eight bells 4 hours later when traditionally a change of watch occurred Each bell is contained in its own WAV file eg 1bells wav 2bells wav 3bells wav etc
304. ticular leg Remain 244m Est Speed Iw l2 knots Default 7 5 kn Use a combination of eng D kana any two of ETD ETA TT Inlay Ishim or Estimated Speed for setting the third Lock in a setting ETA Wed 24May 03 35 by ticking the checkbox and the setting will be greyed out Behind Schedule Note that the ETD will be fixed by SOB to current time once 99 hrs 34 mins the route has been activated est 15 7 knots When traversing an active route the Estimated Speed is See can ree ener continuously adjusted and represents the speed required to SES rT be maintained to arrive at the Planned ETA The Estimated Speed takes into consideration any fixed leg speeds which F have been individually set on the Route Details form __showles Beale To use the planned departure arrival settings the checkboxes must be ticked Note the ETD can t be changed once the route has commenced been activated For an active route a dampening value is used for the Planned arrival speed and Planned TTG to stabilise the value The dampening will average the previous 10 values of the required speed for planned ETA The dampening value can be changed if required This is an advanced user setting contact support digiboat com au for details Use the two state button Show Leg or Show Route to switch between displaying data for navigating the current route leg or information for the entire route The Route Details form has a button Un Pass Last wh
305. ting XML Waypoint files XML Format Waypoint files should be placed in the SOBVMAX Waypoints folder When the AllWaypoints form is next opened these files will appear in the blue list and clicking on them will automatically convert them to a regular SOB wpt file and load them into SOB 6 3 7 Importing CSV files SOB is quite good at importing waypoint lists and converting them automatically to SOB s own WPT file format Simply copy your correctly formatted CSV waypoint file into SOB s Waypoints folder and they will appear in the blue file list and will be marked as raw files The filenames must have a CSV or TXT file extension Click on these raw files and SOB will automatically convert them to a SOB WPT file and move the original file into the Waypoints archived folder Now you can load unload the SOB format file in the normal way with the button at the bottom of the blue list The new WPT file will have the same base name as the original with a three digit number added eg testfile csv would become testfile001 wpt the testfile csv will be moved to the Waypoints archived folder For a successful file import the following file format description must be adhered to Sample CSV text file excerpt e NAME LAT Lng e SINGAPR 04 11 020 134 553365 e TEST O44 020 134 93142 e BOATKEY 04 11 020 120 557 54 e SAVEO11 00 48 734 124 11 743 NOTES on File format e The first line of the list must contain the
306. tion Data Display 7 Ship s Data Navigation Time amp Date IY Wind Data Routes Leeway Hide Al Messages Destination Chart Objects Targets Wand Toggle the state of the button to show hide the matching Panel The Show All Hide All buttons will change depending on whether all the panels are currently visible or not The visible state and window position of the Panels is retained between SOB sessions SOB will display hide some VPs of its own accord eg when an Alarm is triggered the Messages View Panel will be displayed All Panels will be displayed in their default positions and sizes when the Show All button is pressed Use this technique to reset the panel displays if any have been lost on a second inactive monitor or otherwise dragged to a location from which they can t be retrieved Resize any of the Panels by dragging an edge using standard Windows techniques to customize the layout as you desire Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 NOTES If an N2D scenario is active MOB Destination Waypoint Active Route the Navigate to Destination red panel CANNOT be hidden until the N2D is completed or cancelled The Hide button on the Panels don t work while the Data Display menu bar is visible use the toggle buttons on this menu bar to set the state of the View panels www digiboat com 4 2 Software On Board User Manual VIEWPANGLS V M hM nine LaFa S A A A An D Y B oh Ss Bo
307. to the tide graph or the polar WE graph pictured right Ny Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 10 21 C MA P CHARTS The polar graph shows the current prediction for a 24 hour period The current set for a particular time is read off the graph like a compass the distance out from the centre indicates the rate a scale is printed along the vertical axis The graph is shown brown coloured for the morning and red for the afternoon values to aid in the visual interpretation Use the lt lt and gt gt buttons to view the predictions for different days When today s prediction is displayed the blue indicator line and present time is drawn to indicate NOW tidal stream ie this direction will align with the arrow drawn on the chart surface Labels are placed along the curve at 6 hourly intervals and hovering the mouse pointer anywhere on the curve ieSteanSi tlon RGIF 17131 will display the time set and rate of the current for that point The blue line shows the current s set and rate for the present time an HFT et ix Certain data sets are not very distinct with this style of visual display polar graph in which case the line graph or text table should be used The display on the right is an example of a data set not really suitable for representation with a polar graph Select the table or line graph for best interpreting or visualising this type of data Although this represen
308. tooth devices via standard serial communication protocols This is the service required to use Bluetooth navigation instruments with SOB 12 2 1 5 Networking communications TCP IP The modern computer world is now overrun by the TCP IP communication protocol This is the language of the Internet and also the language used by many other connected devices wireless WiFi computer connections Bluetooth connections between a PDA and a desktop etc etc SOB has very advanced abilities in relation to TCP IP please refer to the SOB Networking chapter page 13 1 12 3 Example Simple Connection Scenarios le 1 Connect to a Serial GPS and COM1 This is a typical situation prior to about the year 2000 when built in SERIAL RS 232 COM ports where phased out of laptop designs and the proliferation of USB connected devices Most desktop computers still have built in COM ports and many GPS still use RS 232 or RS 422 serial communication protocols These diagrams show the standard 9 pin Serial D plug the male plug left is the connection built into the computer This configuration should be performed automatically SOB should detect that COM1 is available and configure it to open without any interaction from the user However if another serial device is TTE E using COM1 and the GPS is connected DM NMEA Output Replay Logs Satslites to COM2 SOB will only setup correctly Port 1 Open COM 2 u
309. ts or messages The data sets could be different data types pressure wind etc and or different forecast periods 12 hour 24 hour etc The tree starts with two primary groupings for your GRIB data CURRENT and PAST The current section is simply a convenient way to keep the latest data separated from the rest so it can be quickly found in this list Set the number of hours a forecast is to be considered current on the Viewer Settings form The hours for current setting should correspond to the normal delay between downloading your GRIB data eg 24 48 etc Example hours for current settings you may have a schedule of either downloading the data daily or getting 72 hrs of forecasts every three days For the former a setting of 1 day 24 hrs is appropriate but for the latter 3 days 72 hrs would be ideal however 4 days would keep the previous forecasts handy for another day in case you wish to quickly refer back to the info you ve just been using for three days GRIB Fils Hamat guemcannk z a m gt Lonck 46 Uula Er DMAE a jt Pjfoulnds Lat 425 825 Lig TAE to8 Iastie Dates 22 SEP Oe TA DF cet Piers Tee SF wideite 2 0 Hs Preciare redeted te Hil Pa Jibi GIE ic CF tast Oilers Fri th aiSaite 2 0 0 Preetiere redeted te HiL Fa PIRMA Py F cect et fat 2S wideite 2 0 st 0 Freettere Peba te HIL Fa ged Ober ge Facer PUR cect Ors Toe AF wideite 20T 0 e cenpeeet oF ulead A T gr iBUS
310. ts and thus invisible to the Internet are 10 1 1 xx or 192 168 0 xx In this situation a far simpler solution is to install the free software utility Hamachi pictured on each B 5 233 24 247 computer that you wish to be on the VPN Hamachi creates a zero configuration Virtual Private Network for f A DN any number of computers and most importantly for our DigiBOAT purposes it will assign each computer in a group with 5 393 125 184 DigiBOAT Remote an accessible static IP address www hamachi cc agale sa digiboat junk Of course if you are accessing your SOB Server through your local intranet then the client computer will connect E amp amp using the local IP Address of the Server computer 13 3 3 Example network connections le 1 Determining your computer s IP Address There are many ways to discover your PC s IP Address Win XP usually displays it simply by hovering the mouse over the small computer icons flashing down near the Clock Windows 2000 hides this information behind about 27 mouse clicks A simple way with either Windows versions is to press Start then Run type cmd then Enter Now in the DOS window type ipconfig and Enter Write down the IP Address listed eg 220 236 198 158 then close this DOS window le 2 Connect a SOB Client to a SOB server over an intranet For the CLIENT computer running SOB to connect to you they must know your SOB Server computer s IP Address If your computer
311. ty Made Good and represents that m OS ain 8 a destination To reset the XTE for a Destination Wpt simply cancel then restart the Destination option on the Wpt form Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 4 4 Software On Board User Manual VIEWPANGLS V 4 4 Navigation ViewPanel _ Select which extra information to display in the Navigation ViewPanel with the tick boxes on the Data Pc Thu Aug 19 13 20 14 2004 Display menu GPS Thu Aug 19 13 20 12 2004 Information relating to Time can be displayed in this Meridian Time 23 32 panel Meridian time is based upon your current Zone X ray GMT 11 longitude aka Ship s Time based on Local Apparent PATETAS Noon or GHA This time zone is purely geographic and True Wind 254 T WS 52 6kn can be different to your cultural Time Zone as established Aoparent OS0 T WE 5 8kn by National governing bodies 21 off Port Bow Wind information is available if an Apparent Wind Max Gust Ta2 6 43 0 Instrument anemometer is fitted to the boat and es connected via NMEA to SOB If only Wind is selected to No routes are loaded display then the text will be greatly enlarged making No Routes Selected visibility such as from the cockpit much easier No Routes are Active seen Route summary data is listed here For detailed Route Tiseb Teele E Kea ME naina data refer to the Route Details form Leeway or the boat s Set amp Drift from current effects can be calculated and displayed if
312. u 11 1 5 Replay Logs Page Any standard ASCII text logfile containing NMEA sentences MEA Gutput Replay Logs Satellites can be replayed in SOB This file can be saved from any NMEA source external to SOB or the SOB_NMEA_DATA log file saved by SOB can after Eberiages es Fle renaming be later used as the source file to replay the voyage Stop Replay 11 1 5 1 Replay a LOG File Select any previously saved NMEA logfile for replay Use the Pause Stop lt lt amp gt gt buttons to control the replay action SOB has intelligent algorithms that will synchronise the playback speed to real time Progressive pressing of the gt gt fast forward button will temporarily speed up the playback rate however SOB s synchronising ability will eventually return the speed to real time playback NOTE The SOB_NMEA_DATA log file can t be opened for replay This is SOB s default file for writing NMEA data to SOB will ignore any attempt to run this file To replay this file first quit SOB then rename the file before restarting SOB The renamed file can now be replayed Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 11 7 RAW NMGA DATA FORM This logfile is ONLY AVAILABLE after SOB exits If you try any file operation on it from outside SOB eg Windows File Explorer while SOB is running you get a File Open Error reported by Windows 11 1 5 2 SOB NMEA DATA log The NMEA data log file is used
313. ual for further details The All Wind output doesn t require Autopilot to be ticked however the selected Autopilot Output port will be used for sending Wind data NOTE Only Registered SOB versions with AccessLevel 1 or higher will have the Wind and other autopilot commands enabled 11 1 4 4 AIS Output NMEA commands for communicating with a connected AIS device will be output to this chosen port These commands include uploading of the AIS Static Data and configuration settings for the NASA AIS Receiver NASA AIS Receiver Notes This is a very popular low cost AIS receive only device which allows some configuration options Channel and Threshold These can be set within SOB and sent to the NASA Receiver the next time the AIS COM port is closed then opened or when SOB first starts The newer versions of the NASA AIS Receiver manufactured after June 2005 have included a Channel Swap ability for alternating to monitoring both AIS channels A and B If using the NASA with the GPS pass through connection then most of the NMEA data is Stripped off and only the single RMC NMEA sentence is passed on to SOB Of course if you don t wish to have two serial connections to your computer and don t need to connect any other NMEA devices or aren t interested in the extra GPS details satellite displays waypoint transfers etc then use the pass through facility No loss of critical GPS navigational data is experienced when using the pass thr
314. ue style graphic display and if a Polar file is loaded critical data for optimum upwind and downwind sailing performance The data is derived from the Wind Polar data See Wind Polar Data page 5 8 Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 4 5 VIEWPANGLS V The window is resizable so it can be enlarged for easy cockpit viewing Target Speed on current hdg 5 0kn 120 0 Optimum Upwind 30 and 5 0kn Please load Polar file The data in the top half red for Port Tack in the example is the apparent wind Speed and relative angle and the blue data below is the True Wind speed and its relative angle to the front of the boat When a Polar file is loaded additional text is displayed which shows optimum sailing speeds and angles for the conditions Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 5 1 SPECIAL TOOLS D Special Tools 5 1 Quicklinfo Enter Display brief information for any chart object by hovering the mouse cursor over the object when Object Info mode is enabled Enable OI mode by hitting the Enter key or pressing the Info button gt This example screen shot is using the Object cursor to examine the lighthouse on Sydney Harbour s South Head Quick Light Info Example Macquarie Lighthouse is a White Tower 105 metres above sea level with a white light which flashes twice every 10 seconds In ideal conditions the light is visible for 25
315. ultiple Devices When connecting a number of AUTOPILOT GPS SOUNDER RADAR disparate devices and for many other connection scenarios a multiplexer is a dedicated NMEA device that can be used to simplify complex installations An option with newer model a multiplexers is to connect to the PC ene Memeo E via USB or even Bluetooth The distinct advantage with Bluetooth is the simplification of physical connections as wires don t need to be run between the two This is especially convenient if using a laptop as it can still receive data from ALL your onboard instruments from any position in the boat For less technical users Bluetooth connections can be frustratingly difficult to install set up and configure HEA le 4 Connecting to Seatalk instruments Seatalk is Raymarine s proprietary communication system which IS NOT compatible with NMEA devices nor SOB However through the use of a Seatalk NMEA Converter SOB can read all data provided by the Seatalk instruments A converter is supplied by Raymarine as an accessory part E85001 Other options are 3 party devices supplied by private companies and individuals search the Internet for Seatalk NMEA convert and a NMEA multiplexer which includes an input for Seatalk devices eg ShipModul and Brookhouse devices SEATALK NET Da Y vatew Data Soren di YR ie SEATALK 85001 SEATALKINMEAIRS232 Interface E ohn Rel 4 16 Nov 201
316. ust have a GPS connected and the sending and receiving radios must have their unique MMSI numbers programmed in then the sending receiving of position data is automatic although with some radios you may need enable the Routine Position Reporting function For Ship to Shore the sending radio has a connection to a GPS but does not need to be connected to a computer the receiving radio requires the computer connected so the remote ship can be plotted in SOB Refer to http digiboat biz DSC VHF Ship to Shore pdf for list of requirements and schematic diagrams If SOB receives a DSC Distress message an alarm will sound and details printed to the purple Messages panel Hint The DSC Buddy Tracking option built into most DSC Radios is an easy way to highlight if your friends are near and is also a very useful tool for Tender Tracking if your tender has a DSC VHF Radio Note that each DSC radio requires an MMSI number as issued by your Nations Comms Department AMSA in Australia OFCOM in the UK Note DSC targets are NOT automatically purged from the Target list This is due to some Personal MOB devices now using DSC eg the Mobilarm V100 IE A real MOB situation would not want the target deleted from the screen just because no signal has been received from it in the last 10 minutes 9 2 3 ARPA MARPA In SOB ARPA targets are functionally equivalent to AIS targets SOB reads the TTM TLB and TTL NMEA sentences sent from compat
317. vailable from www hamachi cc can simplify many complicated network configurations For other setups you will likely require the advice of a networking expert to permit such connections from your computer More about Hamachi see point 13 3 2 2 page 13 8 SOB Client can also connect through a Proxy Server Email support digiboat com au if you wish to configure this 13 2 4 Examples for using SOB Client le 1 when you might connect to a GPRS CDMA 3G EDGE data server Although this probably sounds blah blah technology to most SOB users It is actually a very simple and usually quite cheap technology that has wide application Basically it is using your mobile cellular phone as a wireless internet connection modem Recent developments in cellular technology has increased the data speeds over cellular networks to very acceptable Internet usage speeds 3G or EGDE standards are the newest and the fastest connections available at the time of writing And in most countries the cellular ISPs have lowered prices for data only accounts and created flexible charging either by data volume or connection times Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 1 3 5 AOB NETWORKING 1 Most cellular phones available have one of these capabilities built in to connect the phone to the Internet ie GPRS 3G etc and the phone will also be Bluetooth enabled to allow it to connect to your laptop So providing you have an account with y
318. ver sob 3 Scale wpt with zooming small red circle when zoomed out Waypoint shapes Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 000 SOB DEFAULT 001 CIRCLE 002 CIRCLE_SOLID 003 CROSS 004 TRIANGLE 005 ARROW 006 SQUARE 007 TENT 008 FLAG 009 ANCHOR 010 HOUSE 011 BUOY 012 FISH 013 DANGER 014 BELL 015 DIAMOND 016 LIGHTHOUSE 017 WRECK 018 MEDIC 019 BUOY_RED 020 BUOY_GREEN 021 SQUARE_RED 022 SQUARE_GREEN 023 SCUBA 024 SCUBA_FLAG1 025 SCUBA_FLAG2 026 CAR 027 BOAT 028 PLANE 029 LIGHT 030 ARROW_LEFT 031 ARROW_RIGHT 032 MOB 033 INFO 034 CLOCK 035 CARDINAL NORTH 036 CARDINAL SOUTH 037 CARDINAL WEST 038 CARDINAL EAST 039 ISOLATED DANGER www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 7 1 ROUTES Routes Ctri Rl tool with many levels of details and control When a route has been activated it will send commands to an attached autopilot and steer the boat to the path laid out by the route SOB s Routes are quick and easy to create and edit yet this is a very powerful oh When a route is active the red N2D panel will appear with up to the second data for approaching the next TurnMark and distance and time data for the entire route Each Route corresponds to its own file The file name used is the same as the name applied to the route Route files are loaded and unloaded in SOB using the All Routes form 7 4 Drawing E
319. visible then the Speech components must be installed For WinXP users re run the Windows installation Add Remove Programs in Control Panel and choose Windows Programs and be sure to tick the Speech components to install Alternately for Win2000 or if Speech is not an option with WinXP install then download the SpeechSDK Installer from the Microsoft website http www microsoft com downloads and search for Speech Software Development Kit 5 1 which is a 68Mb download Even if Speech is installed on your XP computer you may still wish to download and install this SpeechSDK as it includes two additional voices Mike amp Mary that are not installed by default with WinXP 14 1 1 2 Configure Microsoft Speech Once the Speech applet is installed in Control Panel double click the icon to open the Speech Properties dialog box Pi os j This screenshot is displayed with the Speech Recognition Text To Speech other Voice Selection combo box opened to Show the list of voices installed The Sample TTS voice option is installed by default and is a sample only with limited vocabulary and should NOT be selected Microsoft May Sam is the default Microsoft voice which sounds very synthesized and is not particularly good Mike amp Mary voices ERTS AIS POET are installed with the SpeechSDK You have selected Microsoft Mary as the computer s default voice described in the previous point and are Preview Voice
320. w GRIB emails have been received from SailDocs or MailASail etc 15 4 2 2 Request New Button Open the Request GRIB File form to prepare and send a request for GRIB data email to the most suitable Provider depending on the data types you require Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual 15 11 GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS 15 4 2 3 Load Button If any GRIB emails were found in the Inbox following the last Inbox scan then this button will be enabled Press this button to save all GRIB attachments currently in the Inbox to the SOBvMAX GRIB Inbox folder The messages contained in the attachments will be partially decoded and located in the main tree list It is not possible to save only a single chosen attachment EVERY attachment in the list will be added to the tree when the Load button is pressed 15 4 3 Copy a GRIB file to use with SOB The lower right list on the GRIB File Manager form provides easy access to any folder on your hard disk where GRIB files may be located By default this is set to Airmail s usual location for downloaded files This allows for an easy transfer of the GRIB data to SOB if you use Airmail as your onboard email system Simply retrieve your SailMail emails including GRIBs in your usual manner then select the newly downloaded GRIB file from the SOB File in Folder list and load it to SOB and place the messages into the tree 15 4 3 1 Change Folder Button You can choose
321. ware that the raw LAT LNG data on the top left of the form is in decimal degrees format and is highly unlikely that it will look the same as the reading on your GPS or elsewhere in SOB Please refer to Important Note about Latitude and Longitude Display page 1 2 for a better understanding weta wyte Un 11 1 1 Raw Data Section 11 1 1 1 Dampen amp Calibrate button Tab Open a simple form for enabling dampening of the received data applies to lat Ing SOG COG HDG or SPD The dampening settings configure SOB to average the received data values according to your choices Use dampening if your instruments change values wildly or too quickly This could be either a function of the instrument itself or required as a result of the installation For example many modern GPS are highly accurate and refresh very frequently As a Sailing yacht is being bounced around in a chop the accurate COG value from the GPS closely tracks the yacht s varying course It is usually more desirable for the boat s Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 2 Software On Board User Manual RAw NMGA DATA FORM heading to remain fairly consistent and not be influenced by every small shift of the boat s heading Use the calibrate options to overcome short comings with certain devices or their installation For example correct for a speed log propeller paddlewheel type which over or under reads or a wind direction vane that is not aligned correctly
322. we freely admit that SOB can be unreliable running on these pre 2000 operating systems SOB has had no testing and no feedback from our users about its performance on the WinNT platform SOB is also successfully used in Embedded XP hardware OEMs please contact DigiBOAT for information and licensing details for embedded use 1 4 2 Help for Sight Impaired Users Although the Talking Pilot feature has a variety of uses for many situations it was built in consultation with a blind sailor so it is a valuable navigation tool for sight impaired users There are also many utilities built into Windows to assist with making your display more easily readable These are generically referred to as the Accessibility Features In addition laptops often have further features and functions to assist the sight impaired review your laptop s User Manual for details Examples of the features included with Windows are a Magnifier and large size Themes large text mouse cursors controls and buttons Enable the Magnifier from the Start menu Start gt gt Programs gt gt Accessories gt gt Accessibility gt gt Magnifier A section of the screen will be set aside to show an enlarged version of wherever the mouse cursor is Microsoft also provides more magnification and other accessibility utilities and information at this weblink www microsoft com enable For Windows Themes select Display in Control Panel and open the Appearance p
323. ween Great Circle and Rhumb line distances is less than 5nm a generic Distance is displayed representing the Rhumb line value See page 7 3 for GC RL example O42 29 0240 07333 22 AF Mag Variation 14 3 W Distance 2Hm Bearing 345 T 329M Reciprocal 135 T 149 Time To Go 4mths bdays 04303 0261 1295 7 5504 Mag Variation 17 4E GreatCircle 2 521Hm RhumbLine 2 4 34m Bearing 2fF2 T 255M Reciprocal 092 T 075M Time To Go 11imiths 14days Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Software On Board User Manual VIEWPANCLS V 4 1 4 m ViewPanels IV Press this paper clip button or the V key to control the display state of the ViewPanels These panels display pertinent data and information to simplify the navigation process Ship s Data vital navigation data Heading Speed and Depth Messages a variety of SOB or User created messages and notes Also displayed here are any Alarm messages and device generated MOB situations Destination Navigation data when an N2D scenario is active Objects When used with the Quick Object Info cursor then shows the chart data under cursor Wind A graphic analogue style display of wind data and when used with a Polar file optimum angles and target speeds for the conditions Targets list of Targets as they are acquired Switch to Detail mode for information about a specific target Navigation Time Wind Routes and Leeway informa
324. wnShip LAN NMEA date A GT eT ay p 7 a ss Example 2 Connecting to WAN LAN ship s Note this applies to a connection over the Internet OR to the devices on your own ship 1 Open Raw NMEA Data form double click chart surface or press N gt Press the WAN Connect button If this button is disabled then you will need to purchase the SOB Pro User License refer to the DigiBOAT Shop webpage 2 optional Make a new connection gt enter a Display Name to help identify the ship the Add button will then be enabled gt enter a URL or IP Address for the remote node This URL IP Address will be assigned by your network hardware administrator installer or your Internet Service Provider ISP of your GPRS connection gt the correct Port number that the node s URL uses to provide a data path to the network This will be assigned with the URL gt the TimeOut value in seconds A default of 10 seconds will be used if set to O or if bigger than 600 The ideal value will be dependent on the transmission rate configured for your Serial IP Server to forward its NMEA data to the Internet and to the transmission rate of the connected NMEA instruments Press Add to add the new connection to the list 3 Select an entry in the list that you wish to connect to Multiple entries can be selected by using standard Windows highlighting commands eg hold down Shift and or Ctrl keys while selecting to e
325. xtend the items highlighted Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 13 6 Software On Board User Manual SOB NETWORKING gt Press the Toggle Connect button The ON column will display a Y for the selected ship s 4 Select Set as Primary Ship if necessary Press this button if you want this ship to display in SOB as the OwnShip If not set to OwnShip the connected boat will be represented in SOB as a simulated AIS Target The remote data source must be sending GPS and or other navigation instrument data to benefit from this setting If the remote source is only sending AIS data then the OwnShip setting is meaningless and will be ignored Notes e The OS column will display a Y for the connection that will be used as OwnShip e Only one remote ship can be set as OwnShip e The OwnShip status can be changed using this form at any time even when multiple remote ships are already connected e If a connection is changed from not being the OwnShip to OwnShip then its AIS Target symbol will still be on the screen This can be deleted or hidden using the Targets form if desired e When a remote ship is set to OwnShip SOB will close any serial COM port currently in use by direct connected GPS or other instruments and the OwnShip remote ship data will be used as the primary NMEA data source for SOB 5 Press Open Refresh Connection button This button will only be enabled when there are connections that need to be changed
326. y are ZTERH or PACTOR based email systems see below Deer tie bidtew te toes in mmm mia amal hibas oe de in 15 5 1 Use MAPI or Simple MAPI or Other SOB will interface seamlessly with a MAPI compatible email program such as MS Outlook When the request command is complete simply press the Send Request button to place a new email in the Outbox ready for sending MAPI is the ideal choice to use for MS Outlook Simple MAPI should be compatible with Outlook Express Eudora Netscape Mail and any other email client that adheres to the MAPI protocol For Airmail or other non MAPI email users you can still use this form to construct the request command However you should first select the Use Other option which will change the function of the Send Request button to Copy to Clipboard When the command is complete then copy to clipboard and simply paste into the body of your email then send to query saildocs com or the Provider s address as listed on the form be sure to have entered your correct reply email address Within minutes the requested GRIB data will be returned to the reply email address 15 5 2 Request Command For complete details about acceptable request commands send a blank email to query saildocs com or weather mailasail com and a return email will contain further details about the systems and formats that they use This Request form allows you to quickly select a fairly extensive subset of the total commands poss
327. y help determine the relative high low pressure systems As a contour map the lines are separated by either 1 or 2 mb depending on the display scale and the requested resolution 1 x1 etc At very high zooms text information will be drawn to the display at each data point contained in the GRIB data 15 2 3 Wind WIND Wind prediction data is for 2 metres above sea level as knots and direction measured from true north This is the weather data usually of most interest to the mariner SOB provides many options for the display of wind data primarily as coloured density graph or wind barbs The wind barbs resemble feathers on an arrow The arrow flies in the direction of the wind and the flags indicate the wind speed each long flag equates to 10 knots and half flags are 5kn increments IE Two long flags and one short flag would indicate a wind speed of 20 25kn The wind barbs can also be displayed as arrows either coloured to indicate relative speed or black At low zooms small scale chart the flags or arrows will not be drawn to reduce the screen clutter and at very high zooms large scales the values for each data point will be printed as text on the chart The following example images display the various ways that SOB can display wind data 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com 15 4 Software On Board User Manual GRIB WEATHER OVERLAYS a ray SLI larap LEM giar Sa a piii qfiara ha ALE H Pa rm paat iia pigeon ar qrazi gebry i
328. yboard shortcut TrueWind 5 9 knots 052 T NE 4 3 Snapper Hole 035 42 9792 150 12 85237 Steer 21 to Stod 27 FO r MAG NNW Whig 7 4 knots TTS 9 min O2 sec ETA Tues 2 Dec 16 19 Details Hide XTE is the Cross Track Error value required by the AutoPilot and represents the perpendicular distance i that you are displaced from your original intended it p course to the destination mark Active routes in SOB 1 EER ia measure the XTE from the route leg if the XTE aide ik a becomes excessive most Autopilots will allow a XTE maximum of 3 nm it can be reset using the button on the Route Details form For destination waypoints point 1 of your course is always measured as your present position when the waypoint is first marked as Destination ViewPanel fees a This panel is automatically enabled whenever one of SOB s Navigate to Destination N2D scenarios is activated in order of priority 1 Man Over Board 2 Waypoint set as a Destination 3 Activated Route The N2D panel supplies all the information required at a glance to assist you with arriving at your destination If using the AutoPilot to steer your boat then a N2D scenario must be active to enable outputting of AutoPilot commands NOTE VMG is component of your speed AND direction that is helping you get to the destination If you are steering away from the destination then VMG will be negative Veloci
329. ze in compact display Homa Size GPS Invalid Dead Reckoning Navigation amp Voyage Replay Mode a ee aaa BLUE panels are used to indicate a simulation mode SE Bree of navigation either replaying a saved NMEA log 0 Legt ee file or when in Dead Reckoning mode Note when in O00 True g ge DR mode emphasis is given to Magnetic heading as S55 hac 241 Mag DR navigating is typically performed by steering to a compass course Networked OwnShip MAE i Any remote TCP IP connection can be designated as OwnShip a i a data ie as if the GPS were directly connected 0 0 knots The GREY panel indicates that Ship s Data is being received from 243 True a remotely connected data source either via a local network link WiFi LAN etc or over the Internet 242 Mag ing depth data Rel 4 16 Nov 2010 www digiboat com Starup Time UTC 11 May 2006 02 05 LOCAL fGMT 10 00 AUS Eastern Daylight Time 11 May 2006 12 05 Porti COM1L 38400 Opendk Port2 COME 4800 Opendk IP Server Started Default Address 1001 TID16 Server 1 Listening TID1620 LIT 11 May 2006 02 03 Fis OOBSE 4 3 146 09 05 E Watch change Nothing to report LIT 11 May 2006 04 17 Waypoint Arrival Zone Alarm Nou are within SOmtrs of wWwPT 1 TI NMEA Autopilot commands have been de activated Please resume manual control Hide e e Software On Board User Manual 4 3 VIEWPANGLS V

SOB User Manual__32

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents